"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:8
#, no-c-format
msgid "Online Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: date
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:11
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2018-04-01"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: date
+#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:11
#, no-c-format
msgid "2016-04-17"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: releaseinfo
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:12
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Applications 18.04"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: releaseinfo
+#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:12
#, no-c-format
msgid "Applications 16.04"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:16
#, no-c-format
msgid "On this page, you can find different ways to find online help and additional information provided by the KDE community."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE UserBase"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:21
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<ulink url=\"https://userbase.kde.org/Special:myLanguage/An_introduction_to_KDE\">An Introduction to KDE</ulink> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://userbase.kde.org/An_introduction_to_KDE\">An Introduction to KDE</ulink> "
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:25
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Learn more about the <ulink url=\"https://userbase.kde.org/Special:myLanguage/What_is_KDE\"> KDE community and its software</ulink> and find information to help you get started. Also, discover what <ulink url=\"https://userbase.kde.org/Special:myLanguage/Welcome_to_KDE_UserBase\"> UserBase</ulink> is and how it can help you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "Learn more about the <ulink url=\"http://userbase.kde.org/What_is_KDE\"> KDE community and its software</ulink> and find information to help you get started. Also, discover what <ulink url=\"http://userbase.kde.org/Welcome_to_KDE_UserBase\"> UserBase</ulink> is and how it can help you."
msgid "Need some help? Here are some suggested places where you can get help with problems, as well some hints on how to improve the quality of answers you receive."
msgid "How-To's, Tips & Tricks that can help make your KDE software experience more enjoyable and productive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE Forum"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:64
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<ulink url=\"https://forum.kde.org/\">KDE Community Forums</ulink> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:64
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://forum.kde.org/\">KDE Community Forums</ulink> "
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "The KDE Forums offer users, developers and people interested in KDE a place to help each other, discuss KDE-related topics and exchange ideas. You can find <ulink url=\"http://forum.kde.org/viewforum.php?f=14/\">Tutorials & Tips</ulink> in the forum."
msgid "This page holds the complete KDE User Documentation in over 25 languages for the released and the development version of &kde-frameworks;, &plasma-workspaces; and &applications;."
msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html\">GNU Free Documentation License</ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the &krusader; sources."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: date
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:291
+#: index.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
-msgid "2016-10-22"
+msgid "2017-04-12"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: releaseinfo
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:292
+#: index.docbook:322
#, no-c-format
-msgid "2.5.0"
+msgid "2.6.0"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:294
+#: index.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is an advanced, twin-panel (commander-style) file-manager for Plasma and other desktops in the *nix world"
"<para>Select a file and use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Right-Click menu</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send by Email</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Selecting this option will open a new &kmail; window with the file already attached. Just fill in the subject and recipient(s) and send it. Of course, &kmail; must be properly configured.</para>"
" </sect1> &profiles;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: advanced-functions.docbook:48
+#: advanced-functions.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "ACL permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: advanced-functions.docbook:49
+#: advanced-functions.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"gloss-acl\">ACL permissions</link> are fully supported when using properties, preserve attributes and the synchronizer (disabled at the compilation time by default). To view/modify the ACL permissions, select a file and use the <link linkend=\"context-menu\">Context Menu</link>: <menuchoice> <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Permissions</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Advanced permissions</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. At Copy/Move, the ACL permissions are also copied. The synchronizer (disabled at the compilation time by default) keeps the ACL permissions as well."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:2
+#: archives.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive Handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:4
+#: archives.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:7
+#: archives.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "Browsing Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:8
+#: archives.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> allows you to browse archives as if it was a directory. Currently &krusader; supports the following archives types: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip, and 7-zip and supports the following passworded archives: arj, ace, rar and zip. Passwords can be stored in <application>Kwallet</application>. Please note that the archive support first needs to be properly <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">configured</link> in Konfigurator. To open the archive, use &Enter;, (double-)click or the <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap>. &krusader; supports also <emphasis role=\"bold\">hidden archives</emphasis>, these are renamed archives with a *wrong* extension, ⪚ <trademark class=\"registered\">OpenOffice</trademark> uses zip archives with the following extensions: <literal role=\"extension\">.odt</literal>, <literal role=\"extension\">.sxw</literal> and <literal role=\"extension\">.odw</literal>. &Enter; will open the <trademark class=\"registered\">OpenOffice</trademark> document and the <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap> will open the archive. Another example is J2EE, where the <literal role=\"extension\">.jar</literal> extension means a zip archive. Since &krusader; auto-detects the supported archive types, it will open with <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap> even if it has another MIME type. Please note that browsing archives has a few limitations:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:35
+#: archives.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Not all functions are supported by all archive types. (&ie;: you can not delete files in ace or rar archives)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:40
+#: archives.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "The permissions you have inside the archive are the same as the permissions you have for the archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:44
+#: archives.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "The command line (if visible) will not follow you inside the archive but will point to the archive directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:49
+#: archives.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before any action is performed on files/directories inside the archive, they must be extracted. The archive will be repacked when you leave it or when &krusader; detects that extracted files have changed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:56
+#: archives.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packing and un-packing are \"blocking operations\" that display a progress dialog. However, this might change in the future since we are planning to create more background operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:64
+#: archives.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "Unpack Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:65
+#: archives.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are 2 ways to extract files from archives:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:66
+#: archives.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to unpack a whole archive(s), browse to the archive location, select the archive(s) and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unpack</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo>. &krusader; will ask you where to put the extracted files. The default location is the inactive panel directory. If you do not cancel the operation, &krusader; will try to unpack all the selected files in the inactive panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:79
+#: archives.docbook:97
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you only want to extract a part of the archive, then <link linkend=\"browsing-archives\">browse</link> the archive and copy the files you want to extract to their new location just as you would copy \"normal\" files. Note that unpacking from a browsed archive takes more time (file by file unpack) compared to unpacking a whole archive with the first method. The unpack operation can be put in a <link linkend=\"queue\">queue</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:88
+#: archives.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packing Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:89
+#: archives.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to create a new archive, begin by selecting the elements you want to pack in the active panel and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Pack</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>. A dialog will pop-up prompting you to select the archive name and location. Select the packer from one of the <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">supported file name extensions</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:102
+#: archives.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "To add files to an existing archive(s), open the archive in one panel and the files to be copied in the other panel, then simply copy the files into the archive in exactly the same way you copy files into a \"normal\" directory. The pack operation can be put in a <link linkend=\"queue\">queue</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:109
+#: archives.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "Testing Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: archives.docbook:110
+#: archives.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; will not handle corrupted archives since it may result in data loss. If you receive an error message when opening an archive, or if you suspect that there is something wrong with the archive, you should test it before use. To test an archive, browse (navigate) to the archive location and select the archive. Next select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Test Archive</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>E</keycap></keycombo>. &krusader; will test the archive file and inform you whether the archive passed or failed the file integrity test."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:22
+#: basic-functions.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basic Functions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:24
+#: basic-functions.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Controls"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:26
+#: basic-functions.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:27
+#: basic-functions.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a rather short but important section that will go into the details of controlling &krusader;. This section does not try to cover all the various key combinations for two reasons: "
"<orderedlist numeration=\"arabic\"> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>there are just too many of them</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>most of &krusader; actions are configurable in the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel\">Konfigurator Panel page</link></para>"
" </listitem>"
" </orderedlist>"
"We will only mention the most important keyboard shortcuts with the default configuration, but keep in mind that most of the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link> are configurable. If you find that you use a certain command a lot and want to know the shortcut for this command, or you want to change this command shortcut, then check out the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:50
+#: basic-functions.docbook:48
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moving Around"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:51
+#: basic-functions.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "By Moving Around we mean the transfer of the keyboard and mouse focus between the different parts of the &krusader; <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">main window</link>. The focus can be in one of five places: the Left or Right Panel, the Menu Bar, the Command Line or the Terminal Emulator. The panel that has the focus is called the Active Panel. An Active Panel will remain active until the other panel receives the focus (&ie;: if the Left Panel was active and you clicked on the Command Line - then the Left Panel remains the Active Panel). You must deliberately change which panel is active."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:63
+#: basic-functions.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most common way to transfer the focus to a specific panel is to use the mouse to click on that panel. But you should be aware of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:68
+#: basic-functions.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking on the Toolbar, the FN keys bar or the Status Bar does <emphasis>not</emphasis> change the focus."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:79
+#: basic-functions.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pushing the <guibutton>Run in Terminal Mode</guibutton> button in the Command Line will not transfer the focus, so you have to click inside the Input Line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:85
+#: basic-functions.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you choose a menu, the Menu Bar will become focused. It remains focused until you choose a command - the focus returns to the previous owner."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:90
+#: basic-functions.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are, of course, ways to use the keyboard to change the focus:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:94
+#: basic-functions.docbook:92
#, no-c-format
msgid "The 	 Key will switch panels, if one of the panels has the focus or rotate between all the commands in a menu, if the Menu Bar is active."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:99
+#: basic-functions.docbook:97
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Down Arrow</keycap></keycombo> will take you from the Active Panel to the Command Line or Terminal Emulator, and the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Up Arrow</keycap></keycombo> will take you back from the Command Line to the Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:109
+#: basic-functions.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &Esc; Key will make the Menu Bar return the focus, if it has it, to the previous Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:114
+#: basic-functions.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you happen to be inside the Terminal Emulator, you can use the 	 Key, or the mouse, to navigate to an Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:119
+#: basic-functions.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>Underlined Letter</keycap></keycombo> from the Menu Bar will open that menu (unless this key combination is a \"Reserved Key\", used by one of &krusader;'s actions)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:129
+#: basic-functions.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:131
+#: basic-functions.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; offers 4 <link linkend=\"selection_modes\">Selection Modes</link>, only &krusader;'s Selection Mode is explained here."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:136
+#: basic-functions.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting is a skill you need to master in order to get the most out of &krusader;. Since the Tree Panel allows select only one directory at a time, this paragraph mainly explains how to select files in the List Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:140
+#: basic-functions.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moving the cursor is easy. Left-clicking on a file or directory (referred to herein as \"elements\" meaning files and directories) will select it. Here are some useful pointers that will make &krusader; even easier to use (assuming you are using &krusader;'s Mouse Selection Mode):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:147
+#: basic-functions.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <keycap>Space</keycap> and <keycap>Insert</keycap> keys will toggle the selection of the file under the cursor without affecting the selection of other files/directories, the cursor will go one position down."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:155
+#: basic-functions.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Left Clicking</keycap> on a file will select, or unselect, all previously selected files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:160
+#: basic-functions.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left Clicking</keycap></keycombo> will toggle the selection of the file under the cursor without affecting the selection of other files/directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:167
+#: basic-functions.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>Left Clicking</keycap></keycombo> will select all the elements between the previous cursor location and the new one."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:174
+#: basic-functions.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> selects everything above the cursor (and deselects everything below the cursor, if selected)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:181
+#: basic-functions.docbook:179
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>End</keycap></keycombo> selects everything below the cursor (and unselects everything above the cursor, if selected)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:188
+#: basic-functions.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "The \"..\" entry is not selectable."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:191
+#: basic-functions.docbook:189
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link> can offer more ways to select your files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:197
+#: basic-functions.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "Executing Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:198
+#: basic-functions.docbook:196
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is not a lot to say here, all you need to do is select some files (if you do not, &krusader; will operate on the file(s) or directory(s) that have the focus), choose a <link linkend=\"menu-commands\">Command</link> from the Menu Bar or use a Keyboard Shortcut (or the Right Click Menu) and the selected Command executes. See also <link linkend=\"executing_files\">Executing Files</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:209
+#: basic-functions.docbook:207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quick search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:211
+#: basic-functions.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "This feature will do a quick search for the file name in the Active List Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:213
+#: basic-functions.docbook:211
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type <keycap>foo</keycap>(one character) to do a quick search in the Active List Panel for a file beginning with \"foo\". A small quick search dialog box will open below the Active List Panel. Type the first few characters of the desired file name (more than one character allowed), the cursor will jump to that filename (if it exists), ⪚ type \"ab\" to search for a file which begins with \"ab\". The <keycap>Up/Down Arrow</keycap> will jump to the next or previous match. &Esc; will close the quick search line. The cursor will stay on the last file found. The Quicksearch supports <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\">regular expressions</ulink> for searching files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:226
+#: basic-functions.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>foo</keycap></keycombo>, the key binding shortcut will be executed. If there is no configured key binding, the remaining letter <keycap>foo</keycap> will be used for the quick search."
msgid "This feature will do a quick filter for the file list in the Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:241
+#: basic-functions.docbook:239
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>I</keycap></keycombo> to open Quickfilter bar. Type <keycap>foo</keycap> (one character) to filter out from the Active Panel all the files that do not have \"foo\" in names. You can use wildcards for the filtering. ⪚ use \"a*b\" to filter files which have \"a\" and \"b\" in their names. The Quickfilter follows the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">case-sensitivity setting</link> of Quicksearch."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:246
+#: basic-functions.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing &Enter; in Quickfilter mode sets focus to panel, when panel or Quickfilter is focused &Esc; closes Quickfilter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:248
+#: basic-functions.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "To change the default shortcut of Quickfilter use <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:252
+#: basic-functions.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:253
+#: basic-functions.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; has many Context menus that allow you to do fast operations with the mouse, usually a right-click will open the Context menu (depending on your <link linkend=\"selection_modes\">Selection Modes</link> settings). This list gives an overview of the most important context menus. Use them to discover the available commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:261
+#: basic-functions.docbook:259
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> (orientation, text position, icon size)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:265
+#: basic-functions.docbook:263
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link> on a file or directory"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:269
+#: basic-functions.docbook:267
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"cmdline\">Command Line</link> (undo, paste, text completion...)"
msgid "You can only execute files in the Active List Panel. To execute a file just (double-)click on it or press &Enter; when it is under the list cursor. &krusader; will open it in the default application for this file type (picture, text file...) or the file will be executed (script, binary...). If you want to use another application to open the file, click with the &RMB; on the file and go to the <guisubmenu>Open with</guisubmenu> sub-menu which will offer more options. &krusader; is compatible with the &plasma; default file manager for all file types except archives that are opened inside the &krusader; panel and not in an external application. See <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">the archives page in Konfigurator</link> for details."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:335
+#: basic-functions.docbook:333
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copying and Moving"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:336
+#: basic-functions.docbook:334
#, no-c-format
msgid "To copy or move files/directories just select them and press <keycap>F5</keycap> to copy or <keycap>F6</keycap> to move them. &krusader; tries to preserve the time of modification. When copying a directory owner is changed to the user which copies the directory, group is changed to the default group of the user. When copying a file owner is changed to the user which copies the file, group is changed to default group of the user, and permissions are preserved. The owner, the group and the permissions are preserved when moving file or directory. When copying or moving files/directories a dialog appears and allows you to choose the operation destination. The default destination is the other-panel browsed directory. If you enter a partial &URL;, &krusader; will use the current panel directory as the &URL; base."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:353
+#: basic-functions.docbook:351
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Copy dialog</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:359
+#: basic-functions.docbook:357
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Copy dialog</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:365
+#: basic-functions.docbook:363
#, no-c-format
msgid "Queue manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:366
+#: basic-functions.docbook:364
#, no-c-format
msgid "The copy, move, pack and unpack operations can be queued. After selecting copy or move, hit <keycap>F2</keycap> to use it. After selecting pack or unpack, hit <keycap>F2</keycap> to use it. Or the direct shortcuts: copy by queue <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo> , move by queue <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keycap>F6</keycap></keycombo> . Queue manager performs actions one-by-one. For example, if you have a pen drive (which is slow), and you want to copy 40 files onto it, it is much better copying them one-by-one instead of starting to copy 40 files in parallel. That is why enqueuing is important. If you pack/unpack 40 files in parallel, you overload your computer, but adding them to a queue, is much more useful."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:379
+#: basic-functions.docbook:377
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to switch the <link linkend=\"job-queue-mode\">Queue Manager mode</link> by the <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Job Queue Mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:383
+#: basic-functions.docbook:381
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deleting - move to &plasma; Trash"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:384
+#: basic-functions.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deleting files/directories is done by selecting them and pressing <keycap>F8</keycap> or <keycap>Delete</keycap>. By <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">default</link> it will be moved to &plasma; Trash. You can open the &plasma; Trash with the Trash icon in the <link linkend=\"main_toolbar\">Main Toolbar</link> or with the <filename>trash:/</filename> KIO slave. Physically &plasma; Trash is located in <filename>~/.local/share/Trash/</filename> or <filename>Trash</filename> in the subdirectory in user home directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> will delete the file permanently. A dialog will ask for your confirmation and will warn you when deleting non-empty directories. Of course only operations that are permitted to do by the Operating System will be performed - you will be notified otherwise. If you do not wish to see the confirmation dialogs, you can disable them in the <link linkend=\"konfig-advanced\">Konfigurator advanced page</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:401
+#: basic-functions.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shred Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:402
+#: basic-functions.docbook:400
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shred was removed from &kde; 4 (and as consequence &krusader;-2 for &kde; 4). The main reason is probably that shredding is filesystem dependent and even if you overwrite the file 100 times, it is not sure, that it will be deleted from the disk finally. Quote from the <application>kgpg</application> posts: <quote>The shred feature has been removed from the KDE library. Kgpg will not support this feature anymore. Moderns file systems use journalisation. So the shred feature should be implemented in the file system. Not in kgpg.</quote> But you might use a proper shred <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserAction</link> for your filesystem. But keep in mind that if you want to be 100% sure that it is impossible that someone can read a deleted file, you need to destroy your harddrive hardware..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:410
+#: basic-functions.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming Files, Creating Directories and Link Handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:412
+#: basic-functions.docbook:410
#, no-c-format
msgid "Rename the file under the cursor with the <keycap>F2</keycap> key or with two single mouse clicks. If only the file name needs to be renamed and not the extension, you can configure this in the <link linkend=\"konfig-general-atomic\">Konfigurator General page</link>. <guilabel>Create a new directory</guilabel> with the <keycap>F7</keycap> key. Right-clicking on a regular file will give you the option <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Link Handling</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>New Symlink</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A dialog will prompt you to enter a symlink name. That symlink will point to the file/directory you right-clicked on. If the file you right-clicked on is a symlink, you will also be presented with the <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Link Handling</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Redirect Link</guimenuitem></menuchoice> option that will allow you to change the link target."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:429
+#: basic-functions.docbook:427
#, no-c-format
msgid "Viewing and Editing files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: basic-functions.docbook:430
+#: basic-functions.docbook:428
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"krviewer\">KrViewer</link> has a chapter of its own."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:2
+#: bookmarks.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "BookMan: Organize your Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:4
+#: bookmarks.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:6
+#: bookmarks.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "BookMan is &krusader;'s Bookmark tool for bookmarking folders, local and <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">remote URLs</link>, and later returning to them in a click of a button. The Bookman menu is divided into four sections:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:13
+#: bookmarks.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "Your personal bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:16
+#: bookmarks.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "Popular &URL;s"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:19
+#: bookmarks.docbook:37
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Permanent bookmarks</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:22
+#: bookmarks.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Manage bookmarks</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:26
+#: bookmarks.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can bookmark inside a remote file system (&FTP; or SAMBA) and later use the bookmark to quickly connect to the remote machine, but you cannot bookmark inside an archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:43
+#: bookmarks.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Bookmark menu</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:49
+#: bookmarks.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Bookmark menu</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:54
+#: bookmarks.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:55
+#: bookmarks.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually, you click on the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button when you are in the target folder. For example, to bookmark <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/tmp</filename>, navigate &krusader; there and click the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button and select <guimenuitem>Bookmark Current</guimenuitem>. When the <guilabel>Add Bookmark</guilabel> dialog box appears, the &URL; line will say <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/tmp</filename>. <guilabel>Name</guilabel> is for the name you would like to give to the bookmark (⪚: temporary folder). Hotkeys are supported by adding <literal>&</literal> to the bookmark name ⪚ <literal>&sourceforge, &home, down&loads</literal> &etc;, so you can quickly call the bookmark name with <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>foo</keycap></keycombo>. If you add the bookmark without entering a name, the bookmarks name will be the same as its target. <guilabel>URL</guilabel> is where the bookmark points to. <guilabel>Create in</guilabel> creates bookmark folders for organizing your bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:82
+#: bookmarks.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "To use your bookmarks, click the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button and choose a bookmark. You may also use the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link>: <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> to bookmark the current item, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>right/left arrow</keycap></keycombo> to open right/left panel bookmarks list and <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> to open the bookmarks of the active panel. From the context menu of the bookmark (&RMB; click) you can open it in a new <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tab</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:95
+#: bookmarks.docbook:113
#, no-c-format
msgid "Navigation in bookmarks:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:98
+#: bookmarks.docbook:116
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start typing letters"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:101
+#: bookmarks.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "⪚ when you type <literal>'h'</literal> and only one bookmark starts with <literal>'h'</literal>, it is executed immediately - no enter needed"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:107
+#: bookmarks.docbook:125
#, no-c-format
msgid "If more than one bookmarks begins with <literal>'h'</literal>, you will have to continue adding letters, until you have specified enough and again, the bookmark is executed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:115
+#: bookmarks.docbook:133
#, no-c-format
msgid "Password handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:116
+#: bookmarks.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "One of the benefits of the <link linkend=\"bookman\">bookmark manager</link> is that the passwords are saved using &plasma;'s services - where ⪚ your &konqueror;/&kmail; password are saved. If you have a wallet, &plasma; will save the passwords there. By clicking the bookmarks, a dialog will open and ask for your username and password. Supply them and click <guibutton>Save password</guibutton>. The passwords and usernames will be saved securely by &plasma;'s wallet (make sure it is enabled by your distro). The downside here is that if the system was reinstalled and you do not backup your passwords from the wallet as well as &krusader;'s bookmark file, something will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:131
+#: bookmarks.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Popular URLs</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:133
+#: bookmarks.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Popular URLs</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:135
+#: bookmarks.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "The submenu <guilabel>Popular URLs</guilabel> holds persistent the most popular visited &URL;s (local or remote). This submenu displays the top 15 popular URLs, sorted by ranking, so that the top &URL; is the most popular. This is easy for when you need to visit &URL;s often, but do not want to create <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link>, it serves as a temporary bookmark list for the most visited links. Quicksearch in <guilabel>Popular URLs</guilabel> is a fast way to browse/select the popular &URL;s:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:149
+#: bookmarks.docbook:167
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open the <guilabel>Popular URLs</guilabel> or use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:157
+#: bookmarks.docbook:175
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type a few letters to narrow the search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:160
+#: bookmarks.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press &Enter; (you will go to the &URL; from list)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:166
+#: bookmarks.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Permanent bookmarks</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:167
+#: bookmarks.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "These are hardcoded bookmarks to the top bookmark menu; there is no need for them to be saved to the file. With the <link linkend=\"context-menu\">Context Menu</link> you can enable/disable these permanent bookmarks. The following permanent bookmarks are available:"
msgid "<guilabel>Virtual Filesystem</guilabel> <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> <filename>virt:/</filename> is not a virtual folder, but a container for &URL;s from different file systems. It is used for ⪚ the <guilabel>Feed to Listbox</guilabel> feature of the search module and the synchronizer (disabled at the compilation time by default). The location toolbar will display ⪚ <filename>virt:/Search results 1</filename> or <filename>virt:/Synchronise results 1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:197
+#: bookmarks.docbook:215
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Jump back</guilabel> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> brings you back to your starting position when you did create a new tab in the panel window. This feature is very handy if you go deep into a directory tree, then you can return with one action to the starting point. With <guilabel>Set jump back point here</guilabel> or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> &Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> sets the current directory as a jump back point."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:214
+#: bookmarks.docbook:232
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Manage bookmarks</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:215
+#: bookmarks.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "To edit and organize your bookmarks, by clicking the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button and selecting the <guimenuitem>Manage Bookmarks</guimenuitem>, <application>KeditBookmarks</application> will be displayed. This is where you can edit/remove and rearrange the bookmarks. <application>KeditBookmarks</application> is a bookmark editor for &konqueror;, &krusader; and other applications, which use the <ulink url=\"http://grail.sourceforge.net/info/xbel.html\">XBEL standard</ulink> for the bookmark format. The bookmarks are stored in <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:228
+#: bookmarks.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default folder for the bookmarks file <filename>krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> is <filename class=\"directory\">~/.local/share</filename>. You can determine the needed folder in your system using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command in terminal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:231
+#: bookmarks.docbook:249
#, no-c-format
msgid "This local file exists only if you have edited &krusader; bookmarks. It will be created after the first run of <application>KeditBookmarks</application> from &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:234
+#: bookmarks.docbook:252
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default system bookmarks are stored in the <filename>kfileplaces/bookmarks.xml</filename> file in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:238
+#: bookmarks.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can import bookmarks from <application>IE</application>, <application>Opera</application>, <application>Galeon</application>, &kde;, <application>Mozilla</application>, &Netscape;. <application>KeditBookmarks</application> is easy to use, however, if you need more information, please read the <application>KeditBookmarks</application> or the &konqueror; handbook."
msgid "Bookmarks as action buttons on the Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:262
+#: bookmarks.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks can be placed as buttons on the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> or the <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link>. You can even make a key-binding for them:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:268
+#: bookmarks.docbook:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create your <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:271
+#: bookmarks.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want, create keybindings for the bookmarks in the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:276
+#: bookmarks.docbook:294
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add your bookmarks as action buttons on the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> or the <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link> with the <guilabel>Configure Toolbars</guilabel> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: checksum.docbook:2
+#: checksum.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checksum Creation and Verification"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: checksum.docbook:4
+#: checksum.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checksum"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: checksum.docbook:6
+#: checksum.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Create Checksum</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>: &krusader; checks which tools you have and if those tools allow recursive operation (in case you selected folders), you can generate a checksum by choosing a checksum type from the list (<guilabel>md5</guilabel>, <guilabel>sha</guilabel>, &etc;). You can then save the checksum to a file, usually called <filename>checksum.md5</filename> or <filename>checksum.sha1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: checksum.docbook:18
+#: checksum.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Verify Checksum</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>: &krusader; checks if you have a tool that supports the type of checksum you need (from your specified checksum file) and displays the files that failed the checksum (if any)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: checksum.docbook:27
+#: checksum.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "The system abstracts over different checksum mechanisms and Checksum Utilities. At the moment, the following checksums are supported: md5, sha1, sha256, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, tiger, whirlpool, cfv and crc. Please check your <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Checksum Utilities settings</link> before using this function."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:2
+#: compare.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Compare</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:3
+#: compare.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; contains several compare functions: <guimenuitem>Compare by Content</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Compare Directories</guimenuitem> and the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> compare function (the latter is disabled at the compilation time by default)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:9
+#: compare.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compare by Content"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:11 compare.docbook:28
+#: compare.docbook:29 compare.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Compare</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:12
+#: compare.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Content"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:14
+#: compare.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select one file in each panel and use <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compare by content</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. &krusader; will open an external graphical difference tool that is <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">configured</link>. &kompare;, <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink> are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:26
+#: compare.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compare Directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:29
+#: compare.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:31
+#: compare.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compare the files of each panel by using <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compare Directories</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. By default newer and single files will be selected in each panel, this behaviour can be changed in the <guimenuitem>Compare Setup</guimenuitem> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: compare.docbook:40
+#: compare.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "The files are not compared by content but by their names and dates only."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:22
+#: configuration-files.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuration Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:24
+#: configuration-files.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:26
+#: configuration-files.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "This appendix gives an overview of the configuration files used by &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:29
+#: configuration-files.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusaderui.rc"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:31
+#: configuration-files.docbook:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "This file stores the users toolbar settings and the menu structure. Tip: read also the <link linkend=\"faqi_missing_menus\">krusaderui.rc &FAQ;</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:35
+#: configuration-files.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Location: <filename>/usr/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>, or <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>, or <filename>kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:40
+#: configuration-files.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusaderrc"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:42
+#: configuration-files.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "This file stores the &krusader; configuration."
msgid "This file stores the &krusader; bookmarks and uses the <ulink url=\"http://grail.sourceforge.net/info/xbel.html\">XBEL standard</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:126
+#: configuration-files.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Location: <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:130
+#: configuration-files.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "useractions.xml"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:132
+#: configuration-files.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "This file stores the <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:134
+#: configuration-files.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Location: <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/useractions.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/useractions.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:138
+#: configuration-files.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "useraction-examples.xml"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: configuration-files.docbook:140
+#: configuration-files.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the default UserActions provided by developers."
msgid "This is a <literal role=\"extension\">.ini</literal> file that holds a <link linkend=\"configure-shortcuts\">Key binding profile</link>. Until &krusader;-1.70.0 this was a binary file. &krusader; is backwards compatible for importing this legacy binary format."
msgid "Matej Urbančič, Marketing & Product Research (retired) <email>matej.urban * gmail.com</email>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:90
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "We would especially like to thank Dirk Eschler the &krusader; web master. If you visit the <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org\">&krusader; website</ulink> you will appreciate the hard work and effort that Dirk has put into the site as much as we do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:95
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "We would like to thank everyone who has contributed to &krusader;. Sorry we can not mention all of you in this handbook."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:98
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "For a more complete list of &krusader; contributors please take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=CREDITS\"><filename>CREDITS</filename></ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\"><filename>Changelog</filename></ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:105
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special thanks to:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:108
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:112
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE translation teams"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:116
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sourceforge.net"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:120
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jonas Bähr (webspace)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:123
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "store.kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:126
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:148
#, no-c-format
msgid "Google.com"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:130
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation Copyright 2000-2003 Shie Erlich and Rafi Yanai."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: credits-and-license.docbook:131
+#: credits-and-license.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation Copyright 2004-2011 Frank Schoolmeesters."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:2
+#: diskusage.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Disk Usage</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:4
+#: diskusage.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Disk Usage</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:6
+#: diskusage.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Disk Usage is based on the code of <application>Filelight</application>. The Disk Usage shows you how your disk space is being used by a graphical representation of your file system. The following presentations are possible:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:12
+#: diskusage.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line view"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:15
+#: diskusage.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detailed view"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:18
+#: diskusage.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>Filelight</application> view: as a set of concentric segmented-rings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: diskusage.docbook:22
+#: diskusage.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Disk Usage</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> to start this feature in a separate window, or open it inside the <link linkend=\"sidebar\">Sidebar</link>."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:22
+#: editors-note.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note from the Editors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:24
+#: editors-note.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "As you may notice, this handbook is written by various authors. The draft explanation of new features is done by the developers on the krusader-devel mailinglist, the editors add this information in this handbook. We have taken much care in ensuring technical and vocabulary consistency. The authors write in English even though it is not their native language; therefore, you may notice strange sentence constructions. Do not hesitate to let us know, if something is not clear to you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:32
+#: editors-note.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback. That is why we would love to hear what you have to say. <emphasis>Documentation contributors are always welcome!</emphasis>, since this is a time consuming task. If you have ideas on how to improve the content, if you would like to write about an undocumented &krusader; feature, or if you have comments or suggestions about the &krusader; Handbook, please let us know. You can contact us even if you find typos!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:41
+#: editors-note.docbook:39
#, no-c-format
msgid "For information about the &krusader; documentation project, please contact the &krusader; documentation coordinator, Yuri Chornoivan <email>yurchor@ukr.net</email>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:46
+#: editors-note.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "This handbook is available in several formats."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:49
+#: editors-note.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "via the <ulink url=\"help-menu.html\">Help Menu</ulink> when using &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:52
+#: editors-note.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "the <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/index.html\">Online Handbook</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:55
+#: editors-note.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most recent version of this handbook is available when using &krusader; from Git."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:57
+#: editors-note.docbook:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using a <link linkend=\"krusader_devel\">development</link> or <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">Git</link> version, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in the \"The &krusader; Handbook\". Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\">Changelog</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources to find out more about the new features. For a brief description, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=SVNNEWS\">SVNNEWS</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources. <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">User feedback</link> and <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link> are always welcome!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: editors-note.docbook:73
+#: editors-note.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "All mentioned Trademarks and Copyrights in this handbook belong to their respective owners."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:22
+#: faq.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions (&FAQ;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:24
+#: faq.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>FAQ</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:26
+#: faq.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have problems with &krusader; please check the <link linkend=\"installation\">Installation procedure</link>, as your problem may be caused by a bad installation."
"If you feel that a &FAQ; is missing or if something is not clear to you, please <link linkend=\"editors_note\">let us know</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:52
+#: faq.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation &FAQ;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:56
+#: faq.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; need &plasma; to run?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:60
+#: faq.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>No, &krusader; does not need the &plasma; window manager</emphasis> to run on your computer but &krusader;'s natural environment is &plasma;, because it relies on services provided by the &kf5-full; base libraries. Only some shared libraries are needed ⪚ &kf5; libraries, &Qt; libraries, &etc; This means that &krusader; runs on <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.afterstep.org/\"><application>AfterStep</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.xfce.org/\"><application>XFce</application></ulink> and other window managers provided the appropriate libraries are installed on your computer. All this is not a problem since the apt-get world can resolve these dependencies instantly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:77
+#: faq.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "You do not need to switch to the &plasma; window manager to use &krusader;; you can still use <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.afterstep.org/\"><application>AfterStep</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.xfce.org/\"><application>XFce</application></ulink> or another window manager. However, the configuration of the &krusader; fonts and some behavior is done by running <command>systemsettings</command>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:87
+#: faq.docbook:85
#, no-c-format
msgid "A lot depends on what you want to do with &krusader;. You should know that &krusader; uses the &kf5; KIO Slaves to access remote file systems, and support for only a limited number of file system types are shipped with &kf5; libraries, most of the KIO Slave are bundled with &kf5-full; (including fish, sftp and tar)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:97
+#: faq.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "To summarize, if you want a working &krusader; - install &kf5-full;. If you want a functional &krusader; then you need &kf5-full; and some additional &plasma; packages. For maximum functionality, &krusader; needs some &kde; Applications (&ark;, &kdiff3;, <application>KRename</application>), but the &plasma; window manager is optional."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:110
+#: faq.docbook:108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Which libraries does &krusader; need to run?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:114
+#: faq.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "For running &krusader; (⪚ when you have installed &krusader; with a binary RPM) you need less libraries than if you compile &krusader; from source. ⪚ you only need the C-compiler &gcc; when you compile &krusader; from source (see the next question)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:121
+#: faq.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "Take a look at the <link linkend=\"compilation\">&krusader; dependencies</link> paragraph of our install chapter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:122
+#: faq.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you need more details please take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://packages.ubuntu.com/precise/krusader\">&krusader; requirements</ulink> on Ubuntu. The \"depends\" are required, the \"suggests\" make &krusader; more powerful."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:132
+#: faq.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "I have followed all the steps but <command>make</command> complains about missing libs or headers. What do I need to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:137
+#: faq.docbook:135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the missing packages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:138
+#: faq.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "Take a look at the <link linkend=\"compilation\">Compilation requirements</link> paragraph of our install chapter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:139
+#: faq.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most RPM-based distributions separate the headers from the libs. The headers are needed to compile &krusader;. Look for packages in the form foo-devel-*.rpm (⪚ <filename>kdelibs-devel-foo.i586.rpm</filename>) or foo-dev-*.deb for <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> based distributions. These are usually included with your distribution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:148
+#: faq.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you cannot find the needed package, use <ulink url=\"http://rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=krusader&submit=Search+...\">rpmfind</ulink> and click 'missing lib or header' in the search line. Or use <command>apt-cache search <replaceable>foo</replaceable></command> to find the corresponding package for <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> based distributions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:162
+#: faq.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "How do I compile &krusader; when I am using a 64 bit processor?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:166
+#: faq.docbook:164
#, no-c-format
msgid "As far as we know, there are no issues. &krusader; is also available on <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/unstable/utils/krusader\"> many other architectures</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:176
+#: faq.docbook:174
#, no-c-format
msgid "I have downloaded the Source RPM <filename>krusader-x.xx.dist.src.rpm</filename>, what to do now?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:184 faq.docbook:454
+#: faq.docbook:182 faq.docbook:452
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check the ownership and the permissions on <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/</filename> and all recursive directories that your normal user can read-write-execute in these directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:191
+#: faq.docbook:189
#, no-c-format
msgid "To produce the binary RPM for your computer, do this:"
msgid "If all <link linkend=\"faqi_missing_libs\"> dependencies</link> are OK, a binary RPM <filename>krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</filename> will be created at <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i586</filename> (replace i586 with your architecture)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:207
+#: faq.docbook:205
#, no-c-format
msgid "Test the binary RPM for errors before installing: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>rpm</command> <option>-i --test</option> <replaceable></path/to/rpmfile> krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</replaceable></userinput></screen> If the prompt returns without any message, then everything is OK."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:214
+#: faq.docbook:212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the binary RPM as usual, for example: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>su -c 'rpm</command> <option>-Uvh</option> <replaceable></path/to/rpmfile> krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</replaceable>'</userinput></screen> You will be asked to enter your root password."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:220
+#: faq.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now you can <link linkend=\"starting-krusader\"> start</link> &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:229
+#: faq.docbook:227
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more information about RPM, visit <ulink url=\"http://www.rpm.org/\">rpm.org</ulink> and read the <ulink url=\"http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/RPM_Guide/index.html\">RPM Guide</ulink> by Eric Foster-Johnson."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:240
+#: faq.docbook:238
#, no-c-format
msgid "I am trying to install binary foo (RPM or DEB package), but it fails. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:244
+#: faq.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since we only prepare (and use) the source, we have no way of knowing this. Did you test the binary RPM before installing? <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>rpm</command> <option>-i --test</option> <replaceable></path/to/rpmfile> krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</replaceable></userinput></screen> If the prompt returns without any message, then everything is OK. RPM's downloaded from our website are usually provided by &krusader; users. Visit your distro website and search for an updated RPM."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:252
+#: faq.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the RPM is not OK, try to find another package at &Linux; software archives such as <ulink url=\"http://freshmeat.net/projects/krusader/\">freshmeat.net</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=10214\">KDE-APPS.org</ulink>. If you still cannot find the appropriate package for your &Linux; distribution, we recommend searching for it with <ulink url=\"http://rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=krusader&submit=Search+...\">rpmfind</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://rpm.pbone.net/index.php3/stat/3/search/krusader\">rpmpbone</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:259
+#: faq.docbook:257
#, no-c-format
msgid "In general, a package for an older version of your distribution or even for another distribution might work on your computer (⪚ FC RPM's often work on Mdk and RH, and vice versa), but it is always the best that you install only RPM's that exactly match your distribution. If you cannot find a package that matches your distribution version, architecture or distribution, then use a source RPM. When you use a source RPM, the Krusader sources will be built, on your computer, guaranteeing a suitable binary RPM for your specific distribution and architecture. In addition, this method results in maximum system speed, since the resulting binary is customized for your computer. Please read the previous question, it explains how to install a source RPM. The best solution is explained in the next question."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:281
+#: faq.docbook:279
#, no-c-format
msgid "I cannot find an RPM or DEB package for &krusader;, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:285
+#: faq.docbook:283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check if your distribution provides &krusader;, if it does not then contact your distribution creator and ask them to include &krusader;!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:289
+#: faq.docbook:287
#, no-c-format
msgid "Did you take a look at the &URL;s on the <link linkend=\"installation\">Installation procedure</link> page? If you have and found nothing, you can always compile &krusader; from source. Even if you feel you have not got the necessary skills, you will probably succeed in compiling &krusader;: we provide a very detailed installation procedure. This HowTo enables newcomers to compile &krusader; from source, even if they have never done a compilation from source before, just follow the instructions carefully. Feel free to post a <link linkend=\"faqi_help_request\">help request</link> if you encounter problems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:307
+#: faq.docbook:305
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some new menu items are missing after updating &krusader;, what is wrong?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:311
+#: faq.docbook:309
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file is stored in <filename> /usr/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>. When you change the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>, &plasma; makes a copy of that file in the home folder at <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>. If &krusader; was previously installed on your computer, and you install a newer &krusader; version the <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> file must be replaced with the newer version. Note: this will also reset all your changes on toolbars and shortcuts!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:327
+#: faq.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first line of <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> contains the version number. After installing a newer &krusader; version, &plasma; will automatically replace the old <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> with the newer version when starting the new &krusader; for the first time (&plasma; will detect the newer version number in the first line)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:338
+#: faq.docbook:336
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you install a development or beta version and &krusader; was already installed on your computer then you should delete the <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file from your home directory to activate the new menu entries <prompt>$</prompt> <userinput> <command>rm</command> <option> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</option> </userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:349
+#: faq.docbook:347
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> file is older, then the new menu elements will not be shown. Read the previous question for information on how to update the <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file. If <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> is missing or in a wrong directory, only the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu appears, please read the previous question."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:361
+#: faq.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default folder for the local configuration file <filename>kxmlgui5/krusaderui.rc</filename> is <filename class=\"directory\">~/.local/share</filename>. You can determine the needed folder in your system using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command in terminal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:372
+#: faq.docbook:370
#, no-c-format
msgid "I am having trouble compiling and installing &krusader;, how do I send a help request?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:377
+#: faq.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please read our detailed <link linkend=\"compilation\">installation procedure</link> and the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link>. If you cannot find a solution to your problem then feel free to post a <emphasis role=\"bold\">help request</emphasis> at our &krusader; forum or use the <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-users\">&krusader;-users</ulink> mailing list. But before posting a help request, please try the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:388
+#: faq.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the search function on the <ulink url=\"https://forum.kde.org/viewforum.php?f=225\">&kde; Forum</ulink>, your problem might be solved or discussed already."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:392
+#: faq.docbook:390
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot find a solution, please make a note of the following issues: "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>the &krusader; version used</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>the &Linux; distribution + version used</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>a good description of the problem</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"Without this information, it is very difficult for us to help you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:409
+#: faq.docbook:407
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you give us the error messages (⪚ <command>make</command> error messages) please start with the FIRST error message, all the error messages which follow the first error message are consequences and not the cause of your problem."
msgid "How can I build an RPM package for &krusader;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:433
+#: faq.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have experience with compiling from source, you will probably be able to build a &krusader; RPM too. Information about RPM can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.rpm.org/\">rpm.org</ulink> and in the <ulink url=\"http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/RPM_Guide/index.html\">RPM Guide</ulink> by Eric Foster-Johnson. The following is the short procedure howto on building an RPM."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:442
+#: faq.docbook:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "NEVER build RPMs when logged in as root. Mistakes in building packages (⪚ a bad <filename>krusader.spec</filename> file) can do serious damage to your system when logged in as root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:450
+#: faq.docbook:448
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compile &krusader; from source to check that the compilation works fine."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:461
+#: faq.docbook:459
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy <filename>krusader-1.xx.tar.gz</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/scr/RPM/SOURCE</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:467
+#: faq.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy <filename>krusader.spec</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/scr/RPM/SPECS</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:473
+#: faq.docbook:471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Edit <filename>krusader.spec</filename> and add your name, your email address, the rpm name, ... Other changes may be needed if <command>rpmbuild</command> fails."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:480
+#: faq.docbook:478
#, no-c-format
msgid "Build the binary and the source RPM with: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>rpmbuild</command> <option>-ba</option> <replaceable>/usr/scr/RPM/SPECS/krusader.spec</replaceable></userinput></screen> If everything went OK you will have a binary RPM in <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i586</filename> (depending on your architecture) and a source RPM in <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/SRPMS/</filename> ⪚ <filename> krusader-1.70-beta1.suse10.i586.rpm</filename> and <filename> krusader-1.70-beta1.suse10.src.rpm</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:495
+#: faq.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the build is not OK you will receive an error message during the rpmbuild process, try to fix it and run <command>rpmbuild</command> again."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:501
+#: faq.docbook:499
#, no-c-format
msgid "And finally: <link linkend=\"faqi_rpm-source\">test</link> the RPM before sending it in."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:513
+#: faq.docbook:511
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does &krusader;-git show an old version number in the about box?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:517
+#: faq.docbook:515
#, no-c-format
msgid "Because we only change the version number just before we do a new release. &krusader;-git will show an older version number, so ignore the version number and check the download date. We simply have not yet decided what the next version number will be."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:528
+#: faq.docbook:526
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does &krusader; not start on &MacOS;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:531
+#: faq.docbook:529
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please read carefully the <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> installation instructions. Do not forget to start <application>dbus</application>."
msgid "Why does &krusader; freeze or hang on a dead mountpoint?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:549
+#: faq.docbook:547
#, no-c-format
msgid "When &krusader; is ⪚ browsing an NFS share and the NFS server goes down, &krusader; will freeze. This &krusader; (and all other open internal viewers/editors) freeze is fatal, and can only be corrected with the <command>kill -9</command>. We have no solution for this. This is an issue not confined to file managers, or even the &Linux; OS! The problem is that you \"hang\" on the first access to the dead share - so there is no way around it, no check to avoid it, even <command>ls</command> will freeze. Just trying to read something - anything - is enough to get you stuck. The one and only way around this architectural problem is using a multi-threaded design - this way if we get stuck, we do not hang the entire application event loop, but we do not think that the time is right for adding threads, we are not sure that *all* the &kf5; systems out there are using &Qt;-mt (the multi threaded version of the &Qt; library), and the &krusader; Krew may not be the right people to address this major issue in any case; so currently this is just a bug we have to learn to live with."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:578
+#: faq.docbook:576
#, no-c-format
msgid "When I try to resize &krusader; to make it smaller, I discover that I cannot resize it below a certain size. Why?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:583
+#: faq.docbook:581
#, no-c-format
msgid "See the <guibutton>F1, F2</guibutton> (&etc;) buttons? They are not allowing &krusader; to downsize as they have a minimum size. Just disable them <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show FN Keys Bar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and you will be able to resize &krusader; to your liking. Since version 1.51 we have improved this greatly: when downsizing the buttons will look like 'F5 ..py'. When the button faces are too small to read a tooltip will give the complete text. The minimum width is 45 pixels for each button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:605
+#: faq.docbook:603
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>Samba</application> ISO 8859-x codepage / What to do if &krusader; does not read shared directories containing special international characters?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:612
+#: faq.docbook:610
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&krusader; does not handle (yet) <application>Samba</application> ISO 8859-x codepages, if you use a codepage different than 8859-1 you will have to do a manual configuration. Create or modify the file: <filename>~/.smb/smb.conf</filename> <programlisting>[global] \n"
" workgroup = MyWorkGroup (ex. WORKGROUP) \n"
" client code page = MyCodePage (ex. 852)\n"
" character set = MyCharSet (ex. ISO8859-2)\n"
" </programlisting> You can try to configure smb.conf with appropriate &systemsettings; module."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:627
+#: faq.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; reports \"krarc:... protocol not supported\" error at opening an archive file, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:632
+#: faq.docbook:630
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the krarc slave properly:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:633
+#: faq.docbook:631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy the <filename>kio_krarc.so</filename>, <filename>kio_krarc.la</filename> files into <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/{lib or lib64}/qt5/plugins</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:638
+#: faq.docbook:636
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy the <filename>krarc.protocol</filename> file into <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/share/services</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:642
+#: faq.docbook:640
#, no-c-format
msgid "or the directory where the KIO slaves are placed in your &Linux; distribution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:650
+#: faq.docbook:648
#, no-c-format
msgid "I get the error message \"Protocol not supported by Krusader: \"krarc:/path/to/foo-archive\", when I try to open foo-Archive, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:655
+#: faq.docbook:653
#, no-c-format
msgid "The icons, kio_slaves and documentation must be installed in the correct places in the &kf5; directory tree. The <filename>kio_krarc.*</filename> files must be in the same directory with the other KIO slaves. Try this: locate <filename>kio_tar.*</filename> and copy/link the <filename>kio_krarc.*</filename> files to the same location. Do not forget to run <command># ldconfig</command> on this directory when you are done."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:672
+#: faq.docbook:670
#, no-c-format
msgid "What to do if an external tool does not seem to work?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:675
+#: faq.docbook:673
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; uses several programs as <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">external tools</link>, and sometimes they appear not to work. Open a terminal and check if tool foo is installed. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>foo</command></userinput></screen> Check if tool foo is properly configured in the <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Konfigurator Dependencies page</link>. For Archiving tools: autodetect the archives again with the <guibutton>Auto Configure</guibutton> button in the <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">Konfigurator archive page</link>. Check the <link linkend=\"konfig-protocols\">Konfigurator Protocol page</link> If it does not work, backup your <filename><envar>XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar>/krusaderrc</filename> (default is <filename>$<envar>HOME</envar>/.config/krusaderc</filename>) configuration file and remove it from this location. Restart &krusader;, &krusader; will now start the first start configuration wizard, follow these guidelines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:698
+#: faq.docbook:696
#, no-c-format
msgid "How to executing jar files (and not enter the jar archive)?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:701
+#: faq.docbook:699
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to the <link linkend=\"konfig-protocols\">Konfigurator Protocol page</link> and remove <guilabel>application/x-jar</guilabel> from the krarc node, &krusader; should no longer enter the archive. Global file associations are handled by &plasma; and not by &krusader;. To associate the jar extension:"
msgid "Enter <filename>jar</filename> as filename pattern"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:723
+#: faq.docbook:721
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add <filename>java</filename> as application"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:735
+#: faq.docbook:733
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why do I have trouble with my &FTP; connection?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:739
+#: faq.docbook:737
#, no-c-format
msgid "This problem often occurs when you are behind a firewall or proxy. Open <menuchoice> <guimenu>System Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Network</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem> Settings</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Connection Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, <guilabel>Enable Passive Mode (PASV)</guilabel> has to be turned on or off, depending on its current setting. Now try your &FTP; session again to see if it works. Also, make sure you have no other &FTP; sessions open (using web browsers, &etc;), they can cause complications. More information can be found in <ulink url=\"http://slacksite.com/other/ftp.html\">Active &FTP; vs. Passive &FTP;, a Definitive Explanation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:761
+#: faq.docbook:759
#, no-c-format
msgid "I get <errorcode>FTP protocol not supported by &krusader;</errorcode> error when trying to open a remote &FTP; directory, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:768
+#: faq.docbook:766
#, no-c-format
msgid "The reason for this error is that '&FTP; via &HTTP; proxy' feature is not yet supported by &krusader;. This error may be caused by a misconfiguration of the proxy settings in &systemsettings;. Modify the proxy settings to not use &HTTP; proxy and &FTP; will work."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:782
+#: faq.docbook:780
#, no-c-format
msgid "How do not add <literal role=\"extension\">.part</literal> suffix when copying files via &FTP;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:785
+#: faq.docbook:783
#, no-c-format
msgid "When uploading files a <literal role=\"extension\">.part</literal> suffix is added to the filename, once the upload is complete the filename is renamed automagically to remove the <literal role=\"extension\">.part</literal> suffix. This works great but sometimes some &FTP; servers do not allow a rename operation. You can solve this by unchecking the checkbox <guilabel>Mark partially uploaded files</guilabel> in &plasma; &systemsettings;. The check box is located at <menuchoice> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Connection Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:803
+#: faq.docbook:801
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I close a remote connection (⪚ a &FTP; connection)?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:807
+#: faq.docbook:805
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is explained in the <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">remote connections chapter</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:816
+#: faq.docbook:814
#, no-c-format
msgid "I am experiencing problems with the media:/ protocol, why?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:820
+#: faq.docbook:818
#, no-c-format
msgid "The media:/ protocol was removed since &kde; 4. Please use mtp:/ protocol instead."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:828
+#: faq.docbook:826
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I disable the default sounds, ⪚ when I do a delete action?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:832
+#: faq.docbook:830
#, no-c-format
msgid "Those are the default &plasma; System sounds, and not related to &krusader;. If you want to disable them globally open your &plasma; &systemsettings; ( <application>systemsettings</application>): <menuchoice> <guimenu>Personalization</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Notifications</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Manage Notifications</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, <guilabel>Event Source: \"Plasma Workspace\" </guilabel> and uncheck sound items you do not like."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:851
+#: faq.docbook:849
#, no-c-format
msgid "Where the remote connection manager?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:854
+#: faq.docbook:852
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use our Bookmark Manager. Use a <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">remote &URL;</link> and bookmark it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:863
+#: faq.docbook:861
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does not MIME type magic sometimes work inside archives?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:867
+#: faq.docbook:865
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you enter an archive and press <keycap>F3</keycap> to view a file that has no known extension, ⪚ <filename>README, INSTALL</filename> &etc; And if the viewer opens in hex-mode instead of the usual mode, than you need to configure: <menuchoice> <guimenu>KDE System Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>File Associations</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Application</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>octet-stream</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, <guilabel>binary viewer</guilabel> needs to be removed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:888
+#: faq.docbook:886
#, no-c-format
msgid "Where is Konfigurator, do i need to install the &plasma; to use it?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:891
+#: faq.docbook:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link> is &krusader;s configuration module, if you have installed &krusader; then you have also Konfigurator. For some reason some people think it is an other &plasma; application, but it is not, so you do not need to install the full fledged &plasma; to use Konfigurator. When running &krusader;, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &krusader;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and it will start <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link>. Please read the manual, &krusader; has many many configuration options, a lot of things can be customized to your needs with <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:911
+#: faq.docbook:909
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I set the look & feel of 2 different users to be the same?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:915
+#: faq.docbook:913
#, no-c-format
msgid "Presuming that the current setup is the good configuration, you can copy the configuration to the other user. <screen><prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>cp ~/.config/krusaderrc /home/foo_user/.config</command></userinput></screen> And when the other user is Root use:"
msgid "How can I report a wish, a suggestion, or a comment?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:938
+#: faq.docbook:936
#, no-c-format
msgid "An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback. That is why we love to hear what you have to say. Your \"gripes\" are our instructions. After about 6 months, programmers can no longer see their own mistakes. It is natural. We want the ideas, qritiques, and feedback because we all want to make &krusader; the best and most useful file manager available anywhere."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:946
+#: faq.docbook:944
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most convenient way to contact us is to use the krusader-users <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/mailing-lists/index.html\">mailing list</ulink>. For information on what remains to be done look at the <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">&krusader;-devel mailing list</ulink>. We review and discuss every submission."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:957
+#: faq.docbook:955
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I send a patch?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:960
+#: faq.docbook:958
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is not easy to write patch guidelines, but here are some."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:964
+#: faq.docbook:962
#, no-c-format
msgid "Patches, new code or new features are always welcome!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:968
+#: faq.docbook:966
#, no-c-format
msgid "Focus only on one problem at a time, so the developers can easily understand you, and commit your patch it works."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:973
+#: faq.docbook:971
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preferably, you can start a discussion with the developers on the krusader-devel <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/mailing-lists/index.html\">mailing lists</ulink> or on the <ulink url=\"https://phabricator.kde.org/tag/krusader/\">&krusader; Phabricator page</ulink>. Unfortunately, we cannot apply a patch if the patch is in conflict with the \"general design\" of the &krusader; code (read for more instructions in this FAQ). Please send only one change request per mail, so that the discussion is easier to follow. The modifications should be committed step by step, checking each line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:987
+#: faq.docbook:985
#, no-c-format
msgid "Submit your patch files into the &krusader; group on the <ulink url=\"https://git.reviewboard.kde.org/groups/krusader/\">Review Board</ulink>, so that all patch proposals stay organised and do not get lost, tar.gz archives or diffs are usually ok. Do not copy changes into a mail. Most mailers will change the white spaces, so that the diff will not apply or the code snipped does not diff. In the past, patch mails went lost or disorganized in many many mails, so please use the <ulink url=\"https://git.reviewboard.kde.org/groups/krusader/\">Review Board</ulink>, thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:997
+#: faq.docbook:995
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use portable solutions, &krusader; should run on: "
"<para>&kde; 3.3- &kde; 3.5 and even on GNOME with &kde;libs (for &krusader;-2.x) .</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>GCC 2.95 - GCC 5.4</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"Architecture changes are made by the team only."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1021
+#: faq.docbook:1019
#, no-c-format
msgid "A final note: always keep in mind a patch might be rejected. Either it has side effects, which we could not fix or it contradicts with the idea behind the patched module. In this sense, a software project differs from, let's say a wiki: a software project has to have someone to make all the final decisions. Otherwise the software will not work. Furthermore: keep in mind that the examination of patches might take time, as we all have private lives."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1038
+#: faq.docbook:1036
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I report a bug?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1041
+#: faq.docbook:1039
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bugs?!?!? Well, ok.... We have an online Bug Tracking System."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1043
+#: faq.docbook:1041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the online bug-tracker helps us have a clear and orderly way to know how many bugs are open, bug priority and follow-ups. It saves us from browsing through the entire &krusader; forum, searching for yesterdays bug. Please use this system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1048
+#: faq.docbook:1046
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before reporting a bug, please read the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1051
+#: faq.docbook:1049
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Check</emphasis> if the bug is already posted in the <ulink url=\"https://bugs.kde.org\">online bug list</ulink> of the Bug Tracking System."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1057
+#: faq.docbook:1055
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you cannot find this bug mentioned, please <emphasis role=\"bold\">submit</emphasis> it into the bug tracker by clicking the <guibutton>Submit New</guibutton> button in the bug-tracker window. Please submit the following issues: the &krusader; version used, the &Linux; distribution + version used, processor type, and as good a description of the problem as you can manage."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1070
+#: faq.docbook:1068
#, no-c-format
msgid "If possible, try to do the same operation with &konqueror; or another &kde; application. If you encounter the same problem then it is possibly a KIO Slaves or &kf5-full; bug, and not a &krusader; bug. &krusader; uses the &kf5; libraries and the KIO Slave for many operations. In some cases you can encounter problems if your distribution is incorrectly configured, please test it first as explained above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1091
+#: faq.docbook:1089
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can i send good debug or crash reports?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1094
+#: faq.docbook:1092
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually binary packages that are been used by your distribution do not contain debug information. Since we usually only develop and fix &krusader;-git, compile &krusader;-git in debugmode and install it, than check if the bug still exist. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> <option>-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=debugfull</option></userinput></screen> Install <ulink url=\"http://valgrind.org\">valgrind</ulink>, a suite of tools for debugging and profiling &Linux; programs. Run Valgrind/&krusader; <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>valgrind</command> <option>--tool=memcheck</option> <replaceable>{foo_path}/krusader</replaceable></userinput></screen> The valgrind tool will write to stdout, what really happens. If you could send these information before the crash, it is almost sure, that we may fix or tell you what to do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1112
+#: faq.docbook:1110
#, no-c-format
msgid "What to do if the KDEcrashhandler sends no useful backtrace information?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1115
+#: faq.docbook:1113
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually binary packages that are been used by your distribution do not contain debug information. Since we usually only develop and fix &krusader;-git, compile &krusader;-git in debugmode and install it, than check if the bug still exist. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> <option>-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=debugfull</option></userinput></screen> If the KDEKrashhandler still does not provide useful backtrace information, than sometimes a coredump will give better information. Run Krusader, with disabled crashhandler. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>krusader</command> <option>--nocrashhandler</option></userinput></screen> On a crash you will get a <filename>.core</filename> file, usually in your home directory. Run <ulink url=\"http://sourceware.org/gdb/\">gdb</ulink>, the GNU Project Debugger <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>gdb</command> <option>-c</option> <replaceable>corefile krusader</replaceable></userinput></screen> Now type <command>bt</command> to get the backtrace and type <command>q</command> to quit gdb. Often the best debug results will be given when using the valgrind tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1139
+#: faq.docbook:1137
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; have a mailing list?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1143
+#: faq.docbook:1141
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, currently we have 5 <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/mailing-lists/index.html\">mailing lists</ulink>. No spam, no bother, just &krusader;. Feel free to subscribe and unsubscribe."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1147
+#: faq.docbook:1145
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tip. our mailing lists can be browsed online or read with a newsreader, so that you do not even need to subscribe to follow the action on the mailing lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1152
+#: faq.docbook:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">&krusader;-devel</ulink> is the developer mailing list (read-only). If you want to follow the development of &krusader; on the cutting edge, this is the list to follow."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1158
+#: faq.docbook:1156
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-users\">&krusader;-users</ulink> is the &krusader; users mailing list. Here you can ask for help and talk with the &krusader; users and developers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1170
+#: faq.docbook:1168
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; provide news feeds?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1174
+#: faq.docbook:1172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, we do. Several news feeds in various formats are available. <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel/feeds\">krusader-devel feed</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-users/feeds\">krusader-users feed</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1182
+#: faq.docbook:1180
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; have an IRC channel?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1186
+#: faq.docbook:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, we do. Feel free to talk to the &krusader; Krew and fellow-users via <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode.org</ulink> servers. The server is <emphasis>irc.freenode.org</emphasis>, the channel is <emphasis>#krusader</emphasis>. Everyone is welcome."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1198
+#: faq.docbook:1196
#, no-c-format
msgid "How does the &krusader; forum work?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1202
+#: faq.docbook:1200
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the spirit of freedom of speech, everything that is &krusader; related can be discussed in our forum. It does not matter if you are a newcomer or an advanced user, everyone is welcome. An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback. That is why we love to hear what you have to say. With your feedback we can make &krusader; better and better; otherwise, we are not aware of issues and ideas you may have. But please remember the following, so that we can maintain some order in the chaos."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1213
+#: faq.docbook:1211
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"index\">Documentation</link>, <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> and <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">&krusader;-devel</ulink> (please use the search function ) cannot help you, do not hesitate to post on our forum. The &krusader; Krew or the &krusader; community is always available to help you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1221
+#: faq.docbook:1219
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please use the search function of the <ulink url=\"https://forum.kde.org/viewforum.php?f=225\">&kde; Forum</ulink>, your issue may have been previously discussed (this allows us to minimize the double/triple/... postings). If your issue has already been discussed in the past there is a great chance that you will have an instant solution to your problem. If the issue is currently being discussed, you can join in the discussion. Some questions are asked over and over again, that is why we have created this <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link>. This allows us to spend more time developing &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1290
+#: faq.docbook:1288
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I translate &krusader; into my native language?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1294
+#: faq.docbook:1292
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are interested in translating the &krusader; GUI or documentation, please contact the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/teams-list.php\">KDE translation team</ulink> of your language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1302
+#: faq.docbook:1300
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I support &krusader;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1305
+#: faq.docbook:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can <link linkend=\"help_krusader\"> support</link> &krusader; in many different ways. Please send us <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">feedback</link>, <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">bug reports</link>, patches, <link linkend=\"help_krusader\">donations</link>, translations, ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1319
+#: faq.docbook:1317
#, no-c-format
msgid "Is there a &MacOS; X port?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1322
+#: faq.docbook:1320
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, there is a <link linkend=\"kde4_mac_install\">&MacOS;-X port</link> with the help of <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> , the port is maintained by <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org/developers.php\">Jonas Bähr</ulink>, all feedback is welcome. A recommended native file manager for &MacOS; is <ulink url=\"http://www.likemac.ru/english/\"><trademark class=\"copyright\">Disk Order</trademark></ulink> (shareware)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1334
+#: faq.docbook:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Is there a &Windows; port?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1340
+#: faq.docbook:1338
#, no-c-format
msgid "No, there was a port but it is unmaintained and unavailable now. A recommended native file manager for &Windows; is <ulink url=\"http://www.ghisler.com/\"><trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark></ulink> (shareware)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1342
+#: faq.docbook:1340
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to help with porting please join <ulink url=\"http://windows.kde.org/\">The KDE on Windows Initiative</ulink>. Some useful tips on porting can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=INSTALL\"><filename>INSTALL</filename></ulink> file of the &krusader; sources, it contains all latest compilation instructions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1352
+#: faq.docbook:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why is &konqueror; in \"midnight commander style\" not an <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link>?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1357
+#: faq.docbook:1355
#, no-c-format
msgid "The two panels and a commandline are available, all the other stuff like <link linkend=\"features\">OFM features</link> and the <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link> interaction with the user is missing from this profile."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1368
+#: faq.docbook:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why should I use an <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link>?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: faq.docbook:1372
+#: faq.docbook:1370
#, no-c-format
msgid "An <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink> is much faster than a one panel filemanager and faster than the command line. If you would like to know <ulink url=\"http://www.softpedia.com/reviews/linux/Krusader-Review-18193.shtml\"> how &krusader; feels</ulink>, there is only one way to discover: install it on your computer and use it for a while. If you prefer to waste time and lose productivity, continue to use one panel filemanagers which are based on &Windows; Explorer. Matej Urbančič has written a <ulink url=\"http://murban.blogspot.com/2006/01/krusader-and-konqueror-twin-versus-one.html\"> blog</ulink> on why <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link> is better than a one panel filemanager."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:2
+#: features.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Features</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:4
+#: features.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Features</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:7
+#: features.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most important features and improvements are highlighted here, it would make this list too long if we were to include <emphasis>all</emphasis> the features and improvements. You will discover even more features in this documentation and in the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\"><filename>ChangeLog</filename></ulink> file."
msgid "Two powerful and easy to use <link linkend=\"panels\">OFM panels</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:25
+#: features.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"cmdline\">Command Line</link> and optional <link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:29
+#: features.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "Strong <link linkend=\"keyboard-commands\">keyboard</link> orientation and the ability to perform all functions without the mouse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:34
+#: features.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context-dependent invocation of scripts and programs ⪚ mouse click/&Enter; (execute or open with the associated application), <keycap>F3</keycap> (view) and <keycap>F4</keycap> (edit)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:40
+#: features.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"useractions\">User Menu</link>, create your own customized menu."
msgid "<link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> ⪚ for <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote Connections</link>, <link linkend=\"archives\">archives</link>, search results, synchronizer (disabled at the compilation time by default)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:56
+#: features.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "Powerful internal <link linkend=\"krviewer\">viewer and editor</link> via kparts supporting almost every file format."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:61
+#: features.docbook:79
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Advanced Search module</link>: searching in archives and search content on remote file systems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:66
+#: features.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "Several Panel view modes via the <link linkend=\"sidebar\">Sidebar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:75
+#: features.docbook:93
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:77
+#: features.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote Connections</link>: &FTP;/SAMBA with SFTP/SCP support via KIO Slaves"
msgid "<link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronize Directories</link> (disabled at the compilation time by default)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:89
+#: features.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mount-Manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:93
+#: features.docbook:111
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disk Usage"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:96
+#: features.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "Root mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:104
+#: features.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:106
+#: features.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive Handling: browsing, unpack, pack, testing. Supported <link linkend=\"archives\">archives</link>: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, zip and 7-zip."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:112
+#: features.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"checksum\">Checksum Creation and Verification</link> mechanism that supports md5, sha1, sha256, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, tiger, whirlpool, cfv, and crc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:119
+#: features.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"calculate\">Calculate occupied space</link> of files and folders, archives and remote filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:125
+#: features.docbook:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"compare-dir\">Directory comparison</link> and <link linkend=\"view-menu\">filtering</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:131
+#: features.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"compare-content\">Compare files by content</link> via external diff programs like &kompare;, <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:138
+#: features.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"multi_rename\">Rename</link> files and folders via <ulink url=\"http://www.krename.net\"><application>KRename</application></ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:143
+#: features.docbook:161
#, no-c-format
msgid "Completely supports drag'n'drop: drag from &konqueror; straight into a <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> file, from &krusader;'s panel into the trash bin, the desktop or into &konqueror;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:149
+#: features.docbook:167
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfig-advanced\">Preserve date</link> for local targets at copy/move operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:154
+#: features.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>F9</keycap> opens a <link linkend=\"tools-menu\">Terminal Window</link> in the current directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:159
+#: features.docbook:177
#, no-c-format
msgid "Easy editing of <link linkend=\"file-menu\">file permissions</link> and ownership and <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-view\">Numeric Permissions</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:166
+#: features.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Selection filters</link> used in ⪚ Synchronizer (disabled at the compilation time by default) and KruSearcher."
msgid "<link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link>, <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link> for user actions and bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:233
+#: features.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key-bindings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:238
+#: features.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:242
+#: features.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:245
+#: features.docbook:263
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmark-Manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:248
+#: features.docbook:266
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selection Modes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:251
+#: features.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many more features can be <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">configured</link> the way you like."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:261
+#: features.docbook:279
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:263
+#: features.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "UserActions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:269
+#: features.docbook:287
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:272
+#: features.docbook:290
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key-binding Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:274
+#: features.docbook:292
#, no-c-format
msgid "Download and upload your favourite &krusader; extensions at <ulink url=\"https://store.kde.org/\">store.kde.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:282
+#: features.docbook:300
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-1.80.0 \"Final 3rd Stone\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:285
+#: features.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive improvements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:288
+#: features.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Password support</link> for: arj, ace, rar and zip. Passwords can be stored in <application>Kwallet</application>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:294
+#: features.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">7-zip support</link>, by external applications <application>7z</application> and <application>7za</application>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:300
+#: features.docbook:318
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Auto-detection support</link>, allowing you to open \"hidden archives\" (⪚ <trademark class=\"registered\">OpenOffice</trademark> documents)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:306
+#: features.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packing/unpacking is now in the background."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:311
+#: features.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "Brief View"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:314
+#: features.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many improvements of the <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserAction</link> system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:317
+#: features.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "Countless usability enhancements, especially in Konfigurator and the heavily reordered menubar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:321
+#: features.docbook:339
#, no-c-format
msgid "Media button"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:325
+#: features.docbook:343
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy/Move: <link linkend=\"copying\">preserve all attributes</link> (time, owner, group)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:330
+#: features.docbook:348
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfig-color\">Dim the colors of the inactive panel</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:335
+#: features.docbook:353
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming a filename without extension, single instance mode, start to system tray, check this out in <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:340
+#: features.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configurable <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Atomic extensions</link>, so that extensions like <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> are shown as one part in the <guilabel>Ext Column</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:346
+#: features.docbook:364
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context menu for bookmarks and enable/disable special bookmarks."
msgid "<link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> enhancements bringing new functions, new usages and new look."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:357
+#: features.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> enhancements and parallel threads for slow &FTP; servers (now disabled at the compilation time by default)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:361
+#: features.docbook:379
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">Single instance mode</link>, <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">start to system tray</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:368
+#: features.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context menu for permanent bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:373
+#: features.docbook:391
#, no-c-format
msgid "Full support for <link linkend=\"acl\">ACL permissions</link>, like properties, preserve attributes, synchronizer and other."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:377
+#: features.docbook:395
#, no-c-format
msgid "Searcher-results, Locate-results, Synchronizer-results: support for dragging items and copy to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:380
+#: features.docbook:398
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many bug fixes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:387
+#: features.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-1.90.0 \"Power Stone\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:390
+#: features.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "Last release for &kde; 3.x with a big collection of Useractions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:399
+#: features.docbook:417
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.0.0 \"Mars Pathfinder\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:402
+#: features.docbook:420
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first release for the &kde; 4.x series"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:406
+#: features.docbook:424
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; works on &Windows;! (But not so useful and powerful yet as under &Linux;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:410
+#: features.docbook:428
#, no-c-format
msgid "Queue manager!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:414
+#: features.docbook:432
#, no-c-format
msgid "Five methods in the panel!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:422
+#: features.docbook:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.1.0-beta1 \"Rusty Clutch\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:425
+#: features.docbook:443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fast text/hex viewer for huge filesizes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:429
+#: features.docbook:447
#, no-c-format
msgid "Locked tabs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:433
+#: features.docbook:451
#, no-c-format
msgid "Queued packing / unpacking."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:437
+#: features.docbook:455
#, no-c-format
msgid "Better trash integration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:441
+#: features.docbook:459
#, no-c-format
msgid "The quick search, select and filter bar supports regular expressions for matching files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:445
+#: features.docbook:463
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more features, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\"><filename>ChangeLog</filename></ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=SVNNEWS\"><filename>SVNNEWS</filename></ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:454
+#: features.docbook:472
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.5.x \"Clear Skies\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:457
+#: features.docbook:475
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ported to &kf5-full;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:461
+#: features.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "The new <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">Quickfilter</link> bar with three different modes to operate: select, search and filter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:465
+#: features.docbook:483
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reworked Queue Manager (JobMan) and the new <link linkend=\"job_toolbar\">Job Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: features.docbook:472
+#: features.docbook:490
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using a <link linkend=\"krusader_devel\">development</link> or <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">Git</link> version, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in the \"The &krusader; Handbook\". Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\">Changelog</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources to find out more about the new features. For a brief description, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=SVNNEWS\">SVNNEWS</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources. <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">User feedback</link> and <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link> are always welcome!"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:23
+#: glossary.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:25
+#: glossary.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "This chapter is intended to explain the various words which have been used throughout the &krusader; documentation. If you believe some acronyms or terms are missing, please do not hesitate to contact the &krusader; documentation team."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:30
+#: glossary.docbook:28
#, no-c-format
msgid "Thanks to <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/\">wikipedia.org</ulink> the free encyclopedia that anyone can edit."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:35
+#: glossary.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>ACL</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:38
+#: glossary.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Access_control_list\"> Access Control List</ulink>; a concept in computer security used to enforce privilege separation. It is a means of determining the appropriate access rights to a given object depending on certain aspects of the process that is making the request."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:49
+#: glossary.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>BSD</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:52
+#: glossary.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bsd\">Berkeley Software Distribution</ulink>; refers to any of several free &UNIX;-compatible operating systems, derived from &BSD; &UNIX;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:61
+#: glossary.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>CVS</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:64
+#: glossary.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concurrent_Versions_System\"> Concurrent Versions System</ulink>; an important component of Source Configuration Management (SCM). By using it, developers can record the history of source files and documents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:74
+#: glossary.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>DEB</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:77
+#: glossary.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is a binary file format that is used by <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Debian\"> <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark></ulink> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark>-based distributions. It is a suffix of a installation file specifically built for these distributions; ⪚ <filename>krusader_1.70.1-1_amd64.deb</filename>. Simply described it is a special archive containing all the program files and their proposed location on the system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:89
+#: glossary.docbook:87
#, no-c-format
msgid "&DBus;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:93
+#: glossary.docbook:91
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/dbus\">&DBus;</ulink> is an inter-service messaging system. Developed by &RedHat;, it was heavily influenced by &kde; 3 <link linkend=\"glos-dcop\">&DCOP;</link>, which it supersedes. &krusader; can use &DBus; to communicate with other applications. On the other hand, you can use &DBus; to control &krusader; from other applications. Just use <application>qdbusviewer</application> to examine the possibilities."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:103
+#: glossary.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "&DCOP;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:107
+#: glossary.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dcop\">Desktop Communication Protocol</ulink>; the interprocess communication protocol used by &kde; 3 desktop environment. It enables various &kde; 3 applications to communicate with each other. Replaced with <link linkend=\"glos-dbus\">&DBus;</link> in &kde; 4."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:118
+#: glossary.docbook:116
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>FAQ</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:121
+#: glossary.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"faq\">Frequently Asked Questions</link>; a document where questions that arise many times are answered. If you have a question to the developers of &krusader;, you should always have a look at the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> first."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:130
+#: glossary.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "&FTP;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:132
+#: glossary.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File_Transfer_Protocol\"> File Transfer Protocol</ulink>; it is an Internet protocol that allows you to retrieve files from so-called &FTP; servers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:140
+#: glossary.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "<glossterm>Git</glossterm>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:143
+#: glossary.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git_(software)\"> Git</ulink>; a distributed version control system that replaces <link linkend=\"gloss-svn\">Subversion</link>. It is used by many software projects including &kde; and &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:153
+#: glossary.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>GPL</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:156
+#: glossary.docbook:154
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gpl\">GNU General Public License</ulink>; a software license created by the <ulink url=\"http://www.fsf.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> defining the terms for releasing free software."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:165
+#: glossary.docbook:163
#, no-c-format
msgid "&GUI;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:167
+#: glossary.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphical_user_interface\"> Graphical User Interface</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:174
+#: glossary.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:177
+#: glossary.docbook:175
#, no-c-format
msgid "An <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_image\">ISO image</ulink> (<literal role=\"extension\">.iso</literal>) is an informal term for a disk image of an ISO 9660 file system. More loosely, it refers to any optical disk image, even a UDF image."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:185
+#: glossary.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kde;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:187
+#: glossary.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kde\">K Desktop Environment</ulink>; a project to develop a free graphical desktop environment for &UNIX; compatible systems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:195
+#: glossary.docbook:193
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key Binding"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:197
+#: glossary.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "All features of &krusader; are available through the menubar, but you can also bind (link) a certain key combination to that function. You will find, however, that using the <link linkend=\"keyboard-commands\">keyboard</link> is remarkably faster than using the menubar or <link linkend=\"gloss-gui\">GUI</link>. <link linkend=\"keyboard-commands\">Keyboard usage</link> is an important tool for <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">Orthodox File Managers</link>. &krusader; comes with several predefined <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key Bindings</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:212
+#: glossary.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "KPart"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:214
+#: glossary.docbook:212
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KPart\">KPart</ulink>; KParts is the name of the component framework for the &kde; desktop environment. KParts are analogous to Bonobo components in <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink>, both of which are based on the same concepts as &Microsoft;'s Object Linking and Embedding. ⪚ if you use &krusader;'s viewer to view a PDF file, &okular; will be launched inside &krusader;'s viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:227
+#: glossary.docbook:225
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>KIO</acronym> or kioslave"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:230
+#: glossary.docbook:228
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kioslave\">KDE Input/Output</ulink>; also known as KIO Slaves is part of the &kde; architecture. It provides access to files, web sites and other resources through a single consistent API."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:239
+#: glossary.docbook:237
#, no-c-format
msgid "mount"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:241
+#: glossary.docbook:239
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_%28computing%29\"> Mounting</ulink>; in computer science, is the process of making a file system ready for use by the operating system, typically by reading certain index data structures from storage into memory ahead of time. The term recalls a period in the history of computing when an operator had to mount a magnetic tape or hard disk on a spindle before using it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:254
+#: glossary.docbook:252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>OFM</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:257
+#: glossary.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\"> Orthodox File Manager</ulink>; also known as \"Commanders\". Members of this family of file managers use simple yet very powerful interface that is a direct derivative of the <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norton_Commander\"> Norton Commander</ulink> (NC) interface."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:267
+#: glossary.docbook:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "<glossterm>RPM</glossterm>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:269
+#: glossary.docbook:267
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the binary file format for distributions based on the <ulink url=\"http://www.rpm.org/\">RPM Package Manager</ulink>, a widely used packaging tool for the &Linux; operating system. If you still have to get &krusader; and your system supports RPM packages, you should get &krusader; packages ending in <literal role=\"extension\">.rpm</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:280
+#: glossary.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>SSH</acronym>, Secure Shell"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:283
+#: glossary.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH\">SSH</ulink>; is a set of standards and an associated network protocol that allows establishing a secure channel between a local and a remote computer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:290
+#: glossary.docbook:288
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>SVN</acronym>, Subversion"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:293
+#: glossary.docbook:291
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subversion\"> Subversion</ulink>; a version control system that is a compelling replacement for <link linkend=\"gloss-cvs\">CVS</link>. It is used by many software projects including &kde;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:302
+#: glossary.docbook:300
#, no-c-format
msgid "Terminal emulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:304
+#: glossary.docbook:302
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terminal_emulator\"> Terminal emulator</ulink>; simply a windowed shell; this is known as command line window in some other environments. If you want to use the shell and type the commands, you should know at least a few of the system-level commands for your operating system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:315
+#: glossary.docbook:313
#, no-c-format
msgid "POSIX"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:318
+#: glossary.docbook:316
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix\">Portable Operating System Interface for uniX</ulink>; a collective name of a family of related standards specified by the IEEE to define the application programming interface (API) for software compatible with variants of the &UNIX; operating system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:328
+#: glossary.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "&URL;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:332
+#: glossary.docbook:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL\">Universal Resource Locator</ulink>; a universal resource locator is the technical term for what is commonly referred to as a websites address. Examples of &URL;s include <ulink url=\"http://krusader.sourceforge.net\"> http://krusader.sourceforge.net</ulink> and <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote Connections</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:344
+#: glossary.docbook:342
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>VFS</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:347
+#: glossary.docbook:345
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> is a basic <link linkend=\"features\">OFM feature</link>, this an abstracted layer over all kinds of archived information (ZIP files, &FTP; servers, TAR archives, NFS filesystems, SAMBA shares, ISO CD/DVD images, RPM catalogs, &etc;), which allows the user to access all the information in these divergent types of file systems transparently - just like entering an ordinary sub-directory! &krusader; supports several <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:359
+#: glossary.docbook:357
#, no-c-format
msgid "&XML;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:361
+#: glossary.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Xml\">Extensible Markup Language</ulink>; a very flexible text format derived from SGML (ISO 8879). Originally designed to meet the challenges of large-scale electronic publishing, &XML; is also playing an increasingly important role in the exchange of a wide variety of data on the Web and elsewhere."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:371
+#: glossary.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zeroconf"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: glossary.docbook:373
+#: glossary.docbook:371
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeroconf\">Zeroconf</ulink>; or Zero Configuration Networking is a set of techniques that automatically create a usable IP network without configuration or special servers. This allows inexpert users to connect computers, networked printers, and other items together and expect them to work automatically."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:22
+#: help.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:24
+#: help.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:26
+#: help.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here is your opportunity to <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/index.html\">contribute</ulink> to the &krusader; project. There are things that need to be done, but cannot be done by us. If you feel you can help, do not hesitate to contact us; every OpenSource can use some help. Please also check the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/index.html\">contribute</ulink> donate &URL; page on our website for more recent information. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:32
+#: help.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "To get contributor account and commit changes to &krusader; by yourselves you should follow <ulink url=\"http://techbase.kde.org/Contribute/Get_a_Contributor_Account\">this tutorial</ulink>. Some useful advices on using &kde; Git can be found <ulink url=\"http://techbase.kde.org/Development/Git\">here</ulink>. It is a good practice to use <ulink url=\"https://phabricator.kde.org/tag/krusader/\">review board</ulink> for the non-trivial patches."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:35
+#: help.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:37
+#: help.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help is needed (we are looking for documentation writers) for keeping the &krusader; documentation up to date. The draft explanation of new features is done by the developers on the <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">krusader-devel mailing list</ulink>, but we need editors to add this information in the handbook. By playing with the new features these editors can give valuable information to the developers for making the new features even better!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:45
+#: help.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:48
+#: help.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please upload your favourite extensions at <ulink url=\"https://store.kde.org/\">store.kde.org</ulink>, so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Maybe they will be shipped by default with &krusader; at the next release :-))."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:53
+#: help.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spread the Word &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:56
+#: help.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you like &krusader;, let people know! Write articles and reviews for internet or print publications. Encourage your friends to give &krusader; a try. Participate in forums to help others in the community."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:62
+#: help.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "GUI Translations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:64
+#: help.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is available in many languages, but sometimes translations do need an update or translations to new languages are always welcome. If you are interested in translating the &krusader; GUI, please contact the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/teams-list.php\">&kde; translation team</ulink> of your language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:70
+#: help.docbook:68
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation Translations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:72
+#: help.docbook:70
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are interested in translating this &krusader; documentation, please contact the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/teams-list.php\">&kde; translation team</ulink> of your language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:75
+#: help.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "Donations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:77
+#: help.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actually, we had not considered donations, until users asked us for a way to <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/project/project_donations.php?group_id=6488\">Donate</ulink> to the project. &krusader; is, and always will be free, in all the terms of the GNU Public License."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:82
+#: help.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packagers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:84
+#: help.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "We are always in need of packagers for different distro rpm's, deb's, etc. All help is welcome."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:87
+#: help.docbook:85
#, no-c-format
msgid "Users' feedback for the &krusader; &MacOS; X port"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:90
+#: help.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is a <link linkend=\"kde4_mac_install\">&MacOS;-X port</link> with the help of <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> , the port was maintained by Jonas Bähr, all feedback is welcome."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:102
+#: help.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:104
+#: help.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have a question that is missing in the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link>, we would like to hear it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:107
+#: help.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "Rate &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:109
+#: help.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "On some websites like <ulink url=\"http://freshmeat.net/projects/krusader/\">freshmeat.net</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=10214\">KDE-APPS.org</ulink> you can give a rate, if you like &krusader; go to one of these sites and rate &krusader;, thanks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:114
+#: help.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: help.docbook:116
+#: help.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">Feedback</link>, <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link>, patches, &etc; are always welcome! An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback."
msgid "&krusader; 1.70.x: prefers &kde; >= 3.4 (otherwise all features will not be available)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:60
+#: installation.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; 1.80.0: &kde; 3.4 - &kde; 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:64
+#: installation.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; 1.90.0: &kde; 3.2 - &kde; 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:68
+#: installation.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; v2.4.x: &kde; 4.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:71
+#: installation.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; v2.5.x: &kf5-full;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:74
+#: installation.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "Platforms:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:77
+#: installation.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "All POSIX (&Linux;/BSD/&UNIX;-like OSes), &Solaris;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:82
+#: installation.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "All BSD Platforms (<trademark class=\"copyright\">FreeBSD</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">NetBSD</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">OpenBSD</trademark>/&MacOS;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:90
+#: installation.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "In order to handle archives, checksums and other utilities they must be configured in our <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">configuration tool</link>. When running &krusader; for the first time the available utilities will be autodetected, and a report will be shown in the first lanch wizard. Afterwards additional utilities can be <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">added/removed/changed</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:95
+#: installation.docbook:93
#, no-c-format
msgid "A package of popular (un)packers, &krusader; itself and add-ons can be found on the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-krusader/index.html\">&krusader; download page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:98
+#: installation.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more requirements, see below. Have a look at the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> section as well."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:102
+#: installation.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Obtaining &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:103
+#: installation.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest information about &krusader; can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org\">Krusader website</ulink> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:106
+#: installation.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; Downloads"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:107
+#: installation.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is recommended to use the &krusader; package that is provided by your distribution. <ulink url=\"http://distrowatch.com/search.php?pkg=krusader\">Distrowatch.com</ulink> is a great resource to check the availability. If your distribution does not offer &krusader;, please contact the creators of your distribution and ask them to provide a &krusader; package"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:114
+#: installation.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest version, as well as the older versions, can be found on the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-krusader/index.html\">&krusader; download page</ulink> (current version) and on the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=6488\">Sourceforge mirrors</ulink> (outdated versions). It contains the source tarballs, RPM and DEB packages to whatever distro the &krusader;-Krew is using and packages build by &krusader; users and third parties."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:120
+#: installation.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "Distributions who provide &krusader;:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:123
+#: installation.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "&SuSE;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:126
+#: installation.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://admin.fedoraproject.org/pkgdb/package/rpms/krusader/\"><trademark>Fedora</trademark></ulink> via <command># dnf install krusader</command> will do the job."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:130
+#: installation.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/krusader\"><trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark></ulink>, on our <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-krusader/index.html\">&krusader; download page</ulink> you might find more recent DEB packages. Note: usually <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> packages work also on distributions that are \"based on <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark>\", and some of these provide their own (incompatible) packages. <ulink url=\"http://packages.ubuntu.com/krusader\"><trademark class=\"registered\">Ubuntu</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Kubuntu</trademark></ulink>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Knoppix</trademark> 4.x DVD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Kanotix</trademark>, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:141
+#: installation.docbook:139
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://madb.mageia.org/package/show/name/krusader\"><trademark class=\"registered\">Mageia</trademark></ulink> via the contrib repository <command># urpmi krusader</command> will do the job."
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/ports.cgi?query=krusader&stype=all\"><trademark class=\"copyright\">FreeBSD</trademark></ulink>, the port was maintained by <link linkend=\"credits\">Heiner Eichmann</link>."
msgid "More distributions can be found with <ulink url=\"http://distrowatch.com/search.php?pkg=krusader\">Distrowatch.com</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:168
+#: installation.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the installation tools included in your distro to install the &krusader; package. You might need an internet connection if &krusader; is not included on the &CD; or DVD. There are probably other distributions which include &krusader;. If you know of one, please send feedback so that we can include it on the distrolist."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:175
+#: installation.docbook:173
#, no-c-format
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:178
+#: installation.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Slackware</trademark> txz binaries can usually be found ion the Slackware package repositories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:182
+#: installation.docbook:180
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is a <link linkend=\"kde4_mac_install\">&MacOS;-X port</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:190
+#: installation.docbook:188
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Search engines "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>You can also find packages on &Linux; software archives such as <ulink url=\"http://freshmeat.net/projects/krusader/\">freshmeat.net</ulink>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>If you can not find a package for your distribution, we recommend searching for it with <ulink url=\"http://rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=krusader&submit=Search+...\">rpmfind</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://rpm.pbone.net/index.php3/stat/3/search/krusader\">rpmpbone</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://rpmseek.com/rpm-pl/krusader.html?hl=com&cx=2155:K:0\">rpmseek</ulink>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"If you enjoy using &krusader;, we would appreciate it if you went to one of these sites and rated it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:205
+#: installation.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you still can not find a package, follow the installation procedure on how to compile &krusader; from source. This very thorough HowTo describes the process in such detail that even newcomers should not have any problems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:212
+#: installation.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "Version Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:213
+#: installation.docbook:211
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new version scheme has been used since &krusader;-1.60.0 "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>First digit - the major version</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Second digit(s) - percentage of features completed for this major version</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Third digit(s) - bugfixes.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"In essence, releasing &krusader;-1.60.0 means that we believe that &krusader; is about 60% done with all the features we had scheduled for the 1.x.x series. Series up to 2.4.x are &kde; 4.x releases. 2.5.x series are the releases for &kf5-full;. Hopefully, it is easy to understand."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:234
+#: installation.docbook:232
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stable Version"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:236
+#: installation.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusader-x.xx.tar.gz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:239
+#: installation.docbook:237
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is released under the <link linkend=\"credits\">&GNU; General Public License (GPL)</link>. This means that THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\" WITH NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, even when it is marked as a stable release."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:246
+#: installation.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "Development Version (beta release)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:248
+#: installation.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusader-x.xx-betax.tar.gz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:250
+#: installation.docbook:248
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before every stable release we release at least one development version in order to hunt down the bugs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:253
+#: installation.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "These releases are beta releases and will probably contain some bugs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:255
+#: installation.docbook:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using a <link linkend=\"krusader_devel\">development</link> or <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">Git</link> version, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in the \"The Krusader Handbook\". Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\">Changelog</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources to find out more about the new features. For a brief description, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=SVNNEWS\">SVNNEWS</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources. <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">User feedback</link> and <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link> are always welcome!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:270
+#: installation.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "The beta release has 3 goals:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:273
+#: installation.docbook:271
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apply a feature-freeze until the stable is released, only bugs will be fixed. New features have to wait until the stable is released."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:278
+#: installation.docbook:276
#, no-c-format
msgid "Obtain feedback from &krusader; users so that we can fix the bugs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:282
+#: installation.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid "Give translators time to update the translations for the coming stable release."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:288
+#: installation.docbook:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Git</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:290
+#: installation.docbook:288
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader\">Git</ulink> is used for our sourcecode repository. It is also possible to <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=/\">Browse the Git Repository</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:292
+#: installation.docbook:290
#, no-c-format
msgid "To check out the latest development &krusader; 2.x for &kf5-full; from Git:"
msgid "If you are looking for older releases we recommend the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=6488\">Sourceforge mirrors</ulink>, available from our project page."
msgid "Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=INSTALL\"><filename>INSTALL</filename></ulink> file of the Krusader sources, it contains all latest installation instructions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:314
+#: installation.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "From version &krusader;-2.5.0 and higher is &kf5-full; only."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:317
+#: installation.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>krusader_<replaceable>version</replaceable>.tar.gz</filename> is the supposed name of the krusader tarball (it will be probably a different one ;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:319
+#: installation.docbook:317
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can download the latest available &krusader;-2.x <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">from Git</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:323
+#: installation.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader dependencies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:324
+#: installation.docbook:322
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next packages are needed to run the Krusader binary."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:328
+#: installation.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "c libraries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:331
+#: installation.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "plasma-framework libraries (&kde; Frameworks core libraries and binaries for &kf5-full; applications)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:334
+#: installation.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5dbus5 (&Qt; 5 D-Bus module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:337
+#: installation.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5xml5 (&Qt; 5 &XML; module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:340
+#: installation.docbook:338
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5core5 (&Qt; 5 core module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:343
+#: installation.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5gui5 (&Qt; 5 &GUI; module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:346
+#: installation.docbook:344
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5printsupport5 (&Qt; 5 print support module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:357
+#: installation.docbook:355
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggested packages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:358
+#: installation.docbook:356
#, no-c-format
msgid "These packages are optional but they will make &krusader; much more powerful and useful."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:360
+#: installation.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next packages are the names that Debian/Ubuntu uses, other Linux distros will probably use similar names."
msgid "cpio: GNU cpio -- a program to manage archives of files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:377
+#: installation.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdiff3: compares and merges 2 or 3 files or directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:380
+#: installation.docbook:378
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR kompare: a KDE GUI for viewing differences between files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:383
+#: installation.docbook:381
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR xxdiff: a graphical file and directories comparison and merge tool"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:386
+#: installation.docbook:384
#, no-c-format
msgid "kmail: KDE Email client"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:389
+#: installation.docbook:387
#, no-c-format
msgid "okteta: KDE hex editor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:392
+#: installation.docbook:390
#, no-c-format
msgid "konsole: X terminal emulator by KDE"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:395
+#: installation.docbook:393
#, no-c-format
msgid "krename: Powerful batch renamer by KDE"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:398
+#: installation.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "lha: lzh archiver"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:401
+#: installation.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "md5deep: versatile file checksum creator and verifier"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:404
+#: installation.docbook:402
#, no-c-format
msgid "cfv: versatile file checksum creator and verifier"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:407
+#: installation.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "p7zip: 7zr file archiver with high compression ratio"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:410
+#: installation.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "rpm: Red Hat package manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:413
+#: installation.docbook:411
#, no-c-format
msgid "unace: extract, test and view .ace archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:416
+#: installation.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "unrar: Unarchiver for .rar files (non-free version)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:419
+#: installation.docbook:417
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR unrar-free: Unarchiver for .rar files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:422
+#: installation.docbook:420
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR rar: Archiver for .rar files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:425
+#: installation.docbook:423
#, no-c-format
msgid "unzip: De-archiver for .zip files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:428
+#: installation.docbook:426
#, no-c-format
msgid "zip: Archiver for .zip files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:436
+#: installation.docbook:434
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compilation requirements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:437
+#: installation.docbook:435
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next packages are needed for compiling Krusader, if you only run a Krusader binary you do not need these packages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:442
+#: installation.docbook:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "gcc (The GNU C compiler)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:445
+#: installation.docbook:443
#, no-c-format
msgid "g++ (The GNU C++ compiler)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:448
+#: installation.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "cmake (A cross-platform, open-source make system)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:451
+#: installation.docbook:449
#, no-c-format
msgid "zlib1g-dev: (library for implementing the deflate compression method found in gzip and PKZIP)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:454
+#: installation.docbook:452
#, no-c-format
msgid "gettext (contains msgfmt)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:457
+#: installation.docbook:455
#, no-c-format
msgid "plasma-framework-dev (installs many development libraries for &kf5;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:460
+#: installation.docbook:458
#, no-c-format
msgid "kio-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:464
+#: installation.docbook:462
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5archive-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:467
+#: installation.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5parts-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:470
+#: installation.docbook:468
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5wallet-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:473
+#: installation.docbook:471
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5xmlgui-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:476
+#: installation.docbook:474
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdoctools-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:487
+#: installation.docbook:485
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing on &Linux; and &BSD; platforms"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:496
+#: installation.docbook:494
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>-DQT_INCLUDES=/usr/share/qt5/include</command> is the location of the &Qt; 5 includes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:498
+#: installation.docbook:496
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr/</command> is the location where Krusader will be installed with the make command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:501
+#: installation.docbook:499
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another example is: <command>-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PRFIX=/opt/krusader</command> to install the compiled Krusader in an other directory to not overwrite the Krusader version installed by your package manager."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:505
+#: installation.docbook:503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please use <command>sudo</command> instead of <command>su -c</command> if you are using Ubuntu-based systems."
msgid "With &kde;-4 Krusader runs natively on &MacOS;-X, using its Aqua user interface (No more X11 needed!)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:530
+#: installation.docbook:528
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the help of <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> , &krusader; is ported to &MacOS;-X, the port was maintained by <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org/developers.php\">Jonas Bähr</ulink>. A <ulink url=\"http://trac.macports.org/ticket/17731\">portfile</ulink> is provided."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screen
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:535
+#: installation.docbook:533
#, no-c-format
msgid "<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>sudo port install krusader</command></userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:564
+#: installation.docbook:562
#, no-c-format
msgid "Starting &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:565
+#: installation.docbook:563
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type <userinput> <command>krusader</command> </userinput> (lower case) at a command prompt. You can create shortcut on your desktop or create an entry in the menu. Read the previous page and the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> if &krusader; does not start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:573
+#: installation.docbook:571
#, no-c-format
msgid "When &krusader; is started from the command line, various options can be specified to modify its behavior."
msgid "Do not worry about the messages you get in the &konsole;. These messages are log messages that can be used for debugging &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:582
+#: installation.docbook:580
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to open the Run Command dialog box, type <userinput> <command>krusader</command> </userinput> (lower case) and press &Enter; or click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:591
+#: installation.docbook:589
#, no-c-format
msgid "If &krusader; is installed by an RPM or DEB package then usually &krusader; can be started from the &kmenu;. Click on the application launcher button and choose <emphasis role=\"bold\"> <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Applications</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Utilities</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>&krusader;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </emphasis>."
msgid "load a <link linkend=\"panel_profiles\">panel-profile</link> on startup (this overrides the <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">default startup profile</link>)."
msgid "The standard &Qt; and &kf5; command-line options are available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:671
+#: installation.docbook:669
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other command-line options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: option
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:674
+#: installation.docbook:672
#, no-c-format
msgid "--author"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: action
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:678
+#: installation.docbook:676
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show the authors names"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: option
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:684
+#: installation.docbook:682
#, no-c-format
msgid "--license"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: action
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:688
+#: installation.docbook:686
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show license information"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:695
+#: installation.docbook:693
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:696
+#: installation.docbook:694
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you run &krusader; for the first time, the &krusader; configuration module <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link> will show up and allow you to configure &krusader; as well as detect installed packers and tools. You can always run Konfigurator again from the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:705
+#: installation.docbook:703
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making &krusader; the default file manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:707
+#: installation.docbook:705
#, no-c-format
msgid "To make &krusader; the default file manager in Gnome, <ulink url=\"http://psychocats.net/ubuntu/nonautilusplease\">click here</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: installation.docbook:710
+#: installation.docbook:708
#, no-c-format
msgid "To make &krusader; the default file manager in &plasma;, <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel/browse_thread/thread/8209d785d3ba0ac6\">click here</ulink> for more information."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:3
+#: introduction.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Introduction</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:4
+#: introduction.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Introduction</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:6
+#: introduction.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "Package description"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:7
+#: introduction.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is a simple, easy, powerful, twin-panel file manager (commander-style) for &plasma; and other *nix desktops, similar to <application>Midnight Commander</application> or <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>. It provides all the file management features you could possibly want."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:12
+#: introduction.docbook:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader also includes extensive archive handling, mounted file system support, &FTP;, advanced search module, viewer/editor, directory synchronization, file content comparisons, powerful batch renaming and much, much more. &krusader; supports archive formats: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, zip and 7-zip and handles other KIO Slaves such as smb:// or fish://."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:19
+#: introduction.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is almost completely customizable and therefore very user-friendly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:21
+#: introduction.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:34
+#: introduction.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; screenshot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:40
+#: introduction.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; screen shot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:44
+#: introduction.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "More <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org/\">&krusader; Screenshots</ulink> can be viewed on our website."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:49
+#: introduction.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Welcome to &krusader;!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:50
+#: introduction.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "Our aim is to give you a simple, intuitive tool that easily handles the most important tasks you perform on your computer each and every day: manage and process your files the way you want."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:54
+#: introduction.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether you are a &Linux; expert or a novice, &krusader; makes routine file management tasks quick and accurate, allowing you to focus on the big picture, not command line syntax. This is especially helpful if you are new to xxNIX operating systems. To do just that, &krusader; uses a good-looking &GUI; and supports drag and drop as well as MIME types, making it easy to use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:62
+#: introduction.docbook:79
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; has many useful features. It is fast, and handles <link linkend=\"archives\">archives</link> transparently. In addition, &krusader; streamlines many complex file management tasks, reducing fatigue, errors, and distraction. Basically, &krusader; provides all the helpful features you have come to expect from other quality file management tools like <application>Midnight Commander</application> and <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>. &krusader; is designed to integrate seamlessly with the &plasma;, the desktop of choice for many programmers, network engineers, and other power users of &Linux;. With &krusader; even novice users can quickly access the power, convenience, and feature rich capabilities of the &plasma;. &krusader; is a free open-source project, and it is released under the <link linkend=\"credits\">&GNU; General Public License (GPL)</link>, although the developers still retain the copyright for the project and its name, and manage the project's continuing evolution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:79
+#: introduction.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &krusader; Project mission is to create an \"all-in-one\" file manager, which will do all the ordinary things you would expect of it, and more. Since the principle behind &krusader; is based on the <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink>, dual-pane filemanagers (<application>Midnight Commander</application>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Norton Commander</trademark>, &etc;), it is certain that &krusader; is able to handle all the standard Copy, Move, Delete, &etc; file operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:87
+#: introduction.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "From the start, virtual file systems became the main focus. <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> are an abstracted layer over all kinds of archived information (ZIP files, &FTP; servers, TAR archives, NFS filesystems, SAMBA shares, ISO CD/DVD images, RPM catalogs, &etc;), which allow the user to access all the information in these divergent types of file systems transparently - just like entering an ordinary sub-directory. Files can then be copied or moved around (except ISO, rpm, tar.gz) between these data sources/containers effortlessly. &krusader; currently supports VFSs for all popular and some specialized types of archives (ace, arj, bzip2, gzip, iso, lha, rar, tar, zip and 7-zip), configuration packages (rpm, deb), and traditional remote file system types (&FTP;, NFS, Samba, FISH, SFTP)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:101
+#: introduction.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; also includes a built-in Mount-Manager <link linkend=\"mount-man\">MountMan</link>, which enables you to mount or unmount file systems of all types with a click of a mouse. The user is able to obtain usage and other property information easily, in a consistent and understandable format in seconds. Ease and consistency is the goal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:107
+#: introduction.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "A <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmark-Manager</link> for local files/remote &URL;s and an <link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Advanced Search module</link> is also included to speed the locating of needed files. &krusader; also allows the user to configure Toolbars in order to provide a wide variety of additional functionality, such as File Comparison (several user selectable methods available), Multiple File Rename, and standard Terminal windows."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:115
+#: introduction.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced users benefit greatly from being able to carry out clerical tasks effortlessly, without distraction from the real task at hand. Convenient shortcut keys enable the user to navigate directory trees with ease, create multiple tabbed directory views simultaneously, and access fully functional history lists. Due to efficient programming and low system overhead, &krusader; is perhaps the most responsive all around system management tool used to access the full potential of a computer using &plasma;, or any other standards compliant &X-Window; window manager. Although designed specifically for - and tightly integrated with - &plasma;, &krusader; works equally well with GNOME, MATE, Enlightenment, &windowmaker;, IceWM, XFCE, &etc;, as long as the &kf5; libraries are installed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:129
+#: introduction.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "New extensibility is provided by the flexible <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link>, a &krusader; innovation that allows unlimited additional custom functionality to be added to suit the specific needs of users. We are planning to develop more modules in the near future, thereby enhancing &krusader;. Information on what is proposed, approved, or remains to be completed can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://phabricator.kde.org/tag/krusader/\">&krusader; Phabricator page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: introduction.docbook:137
+#: introduction.docbook:154
#, no-c-format
msgid "No other program we know of, offers so many useful, easily accessible features in such an intuitive and simple format. Best of all, we listen, and implement good suggestions that are consonant with the &krusader; Project's goal: making &krusader; the very best File Manager available."
msgid "In this chapter you will learn how to use the keyboard effectively, because most operations can be done more quickly by keyboard than with the mouse. It will take some time to learn the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link>, but mastering them saves you a lot of time. Please note that &krusader; can use <link linkend=\"configure-shortcuts\">Key-binding Profiles</link> to swap easily to other Key-binding setups, ⪚ of other commanders, or you can create your own key-bindings."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:37
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "After <link linkend=\"starting-krusader\"> starting</link> &krusader;, the keyboard action can begin. Use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to jump to the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link> where you can type the desired directory. After <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Down arrow</keycap></keycombo> you are in the <link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> and you can type any command you desire. Use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Up arrow</keycap></keycombo> to jump back to the active panel. If you want to jump to a file or directory that starts with <literal>f</literal>, then simply press <keycap>f</keycap> on the keyboard to use the <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search bar</link>. Use the &Enter; key to execute the file or to open a directory that has the focus. Be sure to remember the Function Keys - <keycap>F3</keycap> to View, <keycap>F4</keycap> to Edit, <keycap>F5</keycap> to Copy, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift;<keycap>U</keycap></keycombo> to Unpack, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:53
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also perform several operations with the <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tabs</link>, including several <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">selection</link> operations. And at the end you can close &krusader; with <keycap>F10</keycap>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:59
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Key-Bindings</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:61
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Key-Bindings</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:67
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most of the key-bindings (shortcuts) are configurable in the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu, if you like to use other key-bindings then the default ones. You can even configure more actions to a Key-Binding (for the actions that do not have a key-binding set by default). Please note that some key-bindings are not &krusader; key-bindings (⪚ &plasma; key-bindings). The key-bindings that &krusader; uses by default are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:82
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "Function (FN) Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:84
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "These are the Key-Bindings of the <link linkend=\"fnkeys\">FN Keys Bar</link>. These Key-Bindings are configurable since version 1.51."
msgid "Toggle between normal and full screen <link linkend=\"termemu\">embedded terminal</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:725
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:723
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>H</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:730
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:728
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"folderhistory\">Open History list</link> in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:738
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:736
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>I</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:743
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:741
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open QuickFilter bar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:749
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:747
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>J</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:754
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:752
#, no-c-format
msgid "A <trademark class=\"registered\">Safari</trademark>-like <link linkend=\"jump_back\">Jump-Back</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:761
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:759
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>L</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:766
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link> (origin) as in <trademark class=\"registered\">Firefox</trademark> and &konqueror;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:774
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:772
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:779
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:777
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"list_panel\">Open media list</link>."
msgid "Go from the command line/terminal emulator to the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:993
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:991
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go from the active panel to the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1000
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:998
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>Home</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1005
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1003
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jump to the Home directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1010
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1008
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Right arrow</keycap> </keycombo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1018
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1016
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Focus a file or directory on the left panel, press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the right <link linkend=\"panels\">panel</link> changes: "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>on a file: the right panel gets the same path as the left <link linkend=\"panels\">panel</link>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>on a directory: refreshes the right panel with the contents of the directory.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"For the right panel: press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Right arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the left panel will change."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1042
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1040
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Backspace;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1047
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1045
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jump to the Root directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1053
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1051
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>PageUp</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1058
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1056
#, no-c-format
msgid "Up one directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1064
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1062
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>=</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1069
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1067
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to the directory from other panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1075
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1073
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>Return</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1080
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1078
#, no-c-format
msgid "When <link linkend=\"media_button\">media menu</link> is open (un)mounts the highlighted device."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1088
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1086
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;+&Shift; keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1096
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1094
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1103
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1101
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disconnect remote connection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1111
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1109
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>F</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1117
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1115
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activate <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">search bar</link> to find entries in the active tab."
msgid "Open current folder in a <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">new tab.</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1390
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1388
#, no-c-format
msgid "General &Ctrl; keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1398
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1396
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1403
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1401
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select all."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1409
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1407
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>PageDown</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1414
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1412
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move to the lower part in the current directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1421
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1419
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>F1..F12</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1433
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1431
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>F1..F12</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1448
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1446
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1456
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1454
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>foo</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1460
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1458
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"quicksearch\">Quick search</link>, quick select or <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">quick filter</link>. See <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">this configuration page</link> on how to configure the default mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1465
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1463
#, no-c-format
msgid "	"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1469
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1467
#, no-c-format
msgid "Switch between the panels"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1476
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1474
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Enter;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1479
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1477
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"executing_files\">On a file:</link> open/execute that file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1482
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1480
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"browsing-archives\">On an archive file:</link> browse the archive as if it was a directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1490
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1488
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Esc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1494
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1492
#, no-c-format
msgid "Will make the menu bar lose the focus if it has it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1502
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1500
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1507
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1505
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete (or move to Trash)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1515
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1513
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift; <keycap>Delete</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1521
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1519
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete permanently."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1528
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1526
#, no-c-format
msgid "Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1532
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1530
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"selecting-files\">On a file:</link> toggle the selection of the file down one position without affecting the selection of other files/directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1541
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1539
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Backspace;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1544
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1542
#, no-c-format
msgid "One directory up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1550
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1548
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1554
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1552
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does the same as the <keycap>Space</keycap> key <link linkend=\"selecting-files\">and goes down one position to toggle the next file.</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1562
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1560
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1566
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1564
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right-click menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1572
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1570
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Home</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1576
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1574
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor jumps to the top of the list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1582
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1580
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>End</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1586
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1584
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor jumps to the last file in the list."
msgid "Always focus/unfocus the Terminal Emulator independently whether the Command Line is shown or not."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1747
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1745
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift; <keycap>Insert</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1763
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1761
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1766
+#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1764
#, no-c-format
msgid "This feature is disabled at the compilation time by default. See <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">the corresponding chapter of this manual</link> for the instructions on how to enable it."
msgid "Konfigurator is &krusader;s configuration center. When running &krusader;, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &krusader;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and it will start Konfigurator. There you can modify the way &krusader; works and customize it to your own needs. At any time, pressing the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button applies the changes, pressing <guibutton>Close</guibutton> closes Konfigurator, and pressing <guibutton>Defaults</guibutton> re-applies &krusader;'s \"factory\" settings. Konfigurator is divided into pages, each containing items related to that page. For some changes to the &GUI;, you have to close and restart &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:45
+#: konfigurator.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since &krusader;-1.80.0 the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link> and <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link>-<link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link> have received their own configuration windows and so they are not a part anymore of Konfigurator, you can configure them now via the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\"><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:51
+#: konfigurator.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:53
+#: konfigurator.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Startup configuration</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:59
+#: konfigurator.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Startup configuration</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:63
+#: konfigurator.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "The startup page determines the way that &krusader; looks (and works) when it is launched. It is divided into two main parts:"
msgid "<guilabel>Startup Profile</guilabel>: Starts the selected <link linkend=\"panel_profiles\">Panel profile</link> at startup. <guilabel><Last session></guilabel> is a special Panel Profile, it is saved automatically when closing &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:85
+#: konfigurator.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show splashscreen</guilabel>: Displays a splash screen when starting &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:91
+#: konfigurator.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Single Instance Mode</guilabel>: Allows only one &krusader; instance to run."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:100
+#: konfigurator.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "User Interface"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:103
+#: konfigurator.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determines which parts of the user interface are visible after start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:107
+#: konfigurator.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Save last position, size and panel settings</guilabel>: When launched, &krusader; resizes itself to the size it was when last shut-down. &krusader; also appears in the same location on the screen, having panels sorted and aligned as they were. If this option is unchecked, you can use the menu <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save Position</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> option to manually set &krusader; size and position at start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:124
+#: konfigurator.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Update default panel settings</guilabel>: If checked, the default panel settings will be updated after start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:130
+#: konfigurator.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Start to tray</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; starts to tray (if minimize to tray is set), without showing the main window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:136
+#: konfigurator.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel>: If checked, restores the user interface components to their condition when last shut-down."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:142
+#: konfigurator.docbook:140
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show function keys</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"fnkeys\">FN Keys Bar</link> is visible after start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:148
+#: konfigurator.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show statusbar</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Statusbar</link> is visible after start-up. Available only if the <guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel> item is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:154
+#: konfigurator.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show command line</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"cmdline\">Command Line</link> is visible after start-up. Available only if the <guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel> item is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:160
+#: konfigurator.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show embedded terminal</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> is visible after start-up. Available only if the <guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel> item is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:171
+#: konfigurator.docbook:169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:172
+#: konfigurator.docbook:170
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can determine the look and feel of panel - which means finetuning the application to your needs. The page is divided into six tabs: <guilabel>General</guilabel>, <guilabel>View</guilabel>, <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel>, <guilabel>Selection Mode</guilabel>, <guilabel>Media Menu</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Layout</guilabel>:"
msgid "<guilabel>Edit Mode by default</guilabel>: If checked, show editable path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:193
+#: konfigurator.docbook:191
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show full path by default</guilabel>: If checked, always show full path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:199
+#: konfigurator.docbook:197
#, no-c-format
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:202
+#: konfigurator.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Autoselect Directories</guilabel>: When <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">you select a group of files</link> (either by using <guilabel>Select Group</guilabel> or by using <guilabel>Select All</guilabel>), &krusader; checks this option. If checked, the directories matching the select criteria are also selected. Otherwise, only files are selected."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:211
+#: konfigurator.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Rename selects extension</guilabel>: When <link linkend=\"renaming\">you rename a file</link>, the whole text is selected. If you want total commanderlike renaming of just the name, without extension, deselect this item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:219
+#: konfigurator.docbook:217
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Unselect files before copy/move</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; remove the selection marks from files or folders before <link linkend=\"copying\">copying or moving</link> them to the new location."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:226
+#: konfigurator.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Filter dialog remembers settings</guilabel>: If checked, the filter dialog will be opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:234
+#: konfigurator.docbook:232
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:237
+#: konfigurator.docbook:235
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use fullpath tab names</guilabel>: If checked, display the full path in the <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tabs</link>; otherwise only the last part of the path is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:244
+#: konfigurator.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show new/close tab buttons</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays new and close buttons on <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">tabs</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:249
+#: konfigurator.docbook:247
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Tab Bar position</guilabel>: Lets you choose <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Tab bar</link> position (<guimenuitem>Bottom</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Top</guimenuitem>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:253
+#: konfigurator.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Tab Bar on single tab</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays the Tab Bar even if there is only one <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">tab</link> on the panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:260
+#: konfigurator.docbook:258
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search bar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:263
+#: konfigurator.docbook:261
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Start by typing</guilabel>: allows to select if <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">quick search</link> feature is used. When checked, you can open search bar and start searching by typing something while viewing folder contents in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:270
+#: konfigurator.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive</guilabel>: When you use the <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search</link> or <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">filter</link> feature: If checked (the &UNIX; default), all files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with lower case letters; otherwise, all files beginning with a specified letter (capital or otherwise) will be displayed together."
msgid "<guilabel>Directory navigation with Right Arrow</guilabel>: If checked, pressing the <keycap>Right arrow</keycap> key enters directory if no search text editing intention is captured."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:290
+#: konfigurator.docbook:288
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Position</guilabel>: Lets you choose <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search</link> and <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">filter</link> bar position (<guimenuitem>Bottom</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Top</guimenuitem>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:295
+#: konfigurator.docbook:293
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default mode</guilabel>: Lets you choose the search bar default mode between <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">Search</link>, <guilabel>Select</guilabel> and <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">Filter</link>. You can change the mode later using the search bar itself."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:302
+#: konfigurator.docbook:300
#, no-c-format
msgid "Status/Totalsbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:305
+#: konfigurator.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show size in bytes too</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays size in bytes on statusbar or totalsbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:310
+#: konfigurator.docbook:308
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show space information</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays free/total disk space in the Status-/Totalsbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:317
+#: konfigurator.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:323
+#: konfigurator.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>View font</guilabel>: Allows you to change the font used inside the file lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:328
+#: konfigurator.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Tooltip delay (msec)</guilabel>: Allows you to configure the delay in milliseconds between the moment you have stopped mouse pointer above an item in a file list and the moment when the tooltip will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:333
+#: konfigurator.docbook:331
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use human readable file size</guilabel>: If checked, the file size appears in kB, Mb &etc;, and not in bytes (default)."
msgid "<guilabel>Show hidden files</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays the \"dot-files\" which are otherwise hidden."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:351
+#: konfigurator.docbook:349
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Load the user defined folder icons</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; loads the user defined folder icons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:356
+#: konfigurator.docbook:354
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Always show current item</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; shows current item border decoration in inactive panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:362
+#: konfigurator.docbook:360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort method"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:365
+#: konfigurator.docbook:363
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Krusader (default)</guilabel>: the comparison used so far. Uses comparison using locale rules (even context rules)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:371
+#: konfigurator.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Alphabetical</guilabel>: strings are compared character by character (no context rules from locale applied). Alphabet characters are compared using locale rules, special characters are compared by the character code."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:379
+#: konfigurator.docbook:377
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Alphabetical and numbers</guilabel>: the same as above, but if the names contains numbers, the numbers are compared numerically instead of alphabetically."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:386
+#: konfigurator.docbook:384
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Character code</guilabel>: comparison by character code (quick)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:392
+#: konfigurator.docbook:390
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Character code and numbers</guilabel>: the same as above, but with numerical comparison of numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:401
+#: konfigurator.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive sorting</guilabel>: If checked (the &UNIX; default), all files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with non-capital letters; otherwise, all files beginning with a specified letter (capital or otherwise) appear together."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:410
+#: konfigurator.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Always sort dirs by name</guilabel>: Sorts directories by name, regardless of the sort column."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:416
+#: konfigurator.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show directories first</guilabel>: If checked directories have precedence in folder lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:421
+#: konfigurator.docbook:419
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Locale aware sorting</guilabel>: Sorts files and directories according to the current locale settings."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:428
+#: konfigurator.docbook:426
#, no-c-format
msgid "View modes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:431
+#: konfigurator.docbook:429
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default view mode</guilabel>: Allows you to change the default view mode. You can choose <guimenuitem>Detailed View</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Brief View</guimenuitem>. On tabs of both view modes you can define the following options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:436
+#: konfigurator.docbook:434
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default icon size</guilabel>: Allows you to change the size of the icons in the file lists. The available sizes are 16x16, 22x22, 32x32 and 48x48 pixels."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:443
+#: konfigurator.docbook:441
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use icons in the filenames</guilabel>: If checked, show the icons in file names and folders."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:448
+#: konfigurator.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show previews by default</guilabel>: If checked, show the previews of file contents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:453
+#: konfigurator.docbook:451
#, no-c-format
msgid "To configure the columns use the right click menu in the panel when viewing files. The left and right panel use their own columns independently. The following columns are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:458
+#: konfigurator.docbook:456
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Name</guilabel>: Shows the filename without the part after the last dot, this latter part is displayed in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> column. When the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> column is made hidden, the complete filename is shown in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> column like ⪚ &konqueror; does."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:465
+#: konfigurator.docbook:463
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ext</guilabel>: Shows the last part of the filename (the part after the last dot) in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> column, and not as a complete filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> column like ⪚ &konqueror; does."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:473
+#: konfigurator.docbook:471
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Type</guilabel>: Shows the MIME type field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:478
+#: konfigurator.docbook:476
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Size</guilabel>: Shows the size field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:483
+#: konfigurator.docbook:481
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Modified</guilabel>: Shows the modified date and time field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:488
+#: konfigurator.docbook:486
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Perms</guilabel>: Shows the full permissions ⪚ \"rwxr-xr-x\" or as octal numbers '0755' instead with enable/disable <guilabel>Numeric Permissions</guilabel> in <guilabel>Panel</guilabel> <guilabel>View</guilabel> Tab."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:497
+#: konfigurator.docbook:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>rwx</guilabel>: Shows only the rights of the current user ⪚ \"-rw\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:502
+#: konfigurator.docbook:500
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Owner</guilabel>: Shows the owner field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:507
+#: konfigurator.docbook:505
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Group</guilabel>: Shows the group field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:515
+#: konfigurator.docbook:513
#, no-c-format
msgid "Uncheck the columns not in use. This allows more space for columns in use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:520
+#: konfigurator.docbook:518
#, no-c-format
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:521
+#: konfigurator.docbook:519
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Toolbar buttons have icons</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays icons on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:524
+#: konfigurator.docbook:522
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Media Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays media button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:527
+#: konfigurator.docbook:525
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Back Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays back button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:530
+#: konfigurator.docbook:528
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Forward Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays forward button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:533
+#: konfigurator.docbook:531
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show History Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays history button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:536
+#: konfigurator.docbook:534
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Bookmarks Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays bookmarks button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:539
+#: konfigurator.docbook:537
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Panel Toolbar</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays the Panel Toolbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:542
+#: konfigurator.docbook:540
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can make the buttons on the <guilabel>Panel Toolbar</guilabel> visible or hidden:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:546
+#: konfigurator.docbook:544
#, no-c-format
msgid "Visible Panel Toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:555
+#: konfigurator.docbook:553
#, no-c-format
msgid "Equal button (=)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:559
+#: konfigurator.docbook:557
#, no-c-format
msgid "Up button (..)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:563
+#: konfigurator.docbook:561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Home button (~)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:567
+#: konfigurator.docbook:565
#, no-c-format
msgid "Root button (/)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:570
+#: konfigurator.docbook:568
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Toggle-button for sync-browsing</guilabel>: If checked, shows the <link linkend=\"panel_toolbar\">Sync-browsing</link> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:578
+#: konfigurator.docbook:576
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:579
+#: konfigurator.docbook:577
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure the selection modes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:585
+#: konfigurator.docbook:583
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>&krusader; Mode</guilabel>: The way &krusader; has worked from day one. Both mouse keys allow selecting files. To select more than one file, hold the &Ctrl; key and click the &LMB;. Right-click menu appears with a short click on the &RMB;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:594
+#: konfigurator.docbook:592
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Konqueror Mode</guilabel>: pressing the &LMB; selects files -- you can click and select multiple files. Right-click menu appears with a short click on the &RMB;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:603
+#: konfigurator.docbook:601
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Total commander Mode</guilabel>: Pressing the &RMB; selects multiple files and the right-click menu appears with <guilabel>pressing and holding</guilabel> the &RMB;. The Left Mouse Button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:614
+#: konfigurator.docbook:612
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ergonomic Mode</guilabel>: The &LMB; does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The &RMB; invokes the context-menu. You can select with &Ctrl; key and the left button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:620
+#: konfigurator.docbook:618
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Custom Selection Mode</guilabel>: Create your own selection style!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:627
+#: konfigurator.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:630
+#: konfigurator.docbook:628
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Double-click selects (classic)</guilabel>: A single click on a file will select and focus, a double click opens the file or steps into the directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:636
+#: konfigurator.docbook:634
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Obey global selection policy</guilabel>: Pressing the &LMB; selects files -- Use global setting: &plasma; System Settings -> Input Devices -> Mouse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:644
+#: konfigurator.docbook:642
#, no-c-format
msgid "Custom Selection Mode items:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:648
+#: konfigurator.docbook:646
#, no-c-format
msgid "Based on &plasma;'s selection mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:653
+#: konfigurator.docbook:651
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:658
+#: konfigurator.docbook:656
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:664
+#: konfigurator.docbook:662
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift;/&Ctrl;-Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:670
+#: konfigurator.docbook:668
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:675
+#: konfigurator.docbook:673
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:681
+#: konfigurator.docbook:679
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift;/&Ctrl;-Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:687
+#: konfigurator.docbook:685
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spacebar moves down"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:692
+#: konfigurator.docbook:690
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert moves down"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:697
+#: konfigurator.docbook:695
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right-clicking pops context menu immediately"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:706
+#: konfigurator.docbook:704
#, no-c-format
msgid "Media Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:707
+#: konfigurator.docbook:705
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using this tab you can select the <link linkend=\"media_button\">Media button</link> menu contents:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:710
+#: konfigurator.docbook:708
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Mount Path</guilabel>: show the mount path of partition if checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:714
+#: konfigurator.docbook:712
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show File System Type</guilabel>: show the file system type of partition if checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:718
+#: konfigurator.docbook:716
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Size:</guilabel> allows selection of the size representation in media menu. Can be <guimenuitem>Always</guimenuitem> (default, always show the size of partition), <guimenuitem>When Device has no Label</guimenuitem> (show the size for partitions with no label only) or <guimenuitem>Never</guimenuitem> (never show the size in media menu)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:724
+#: konfigurator.docbook:722
#, no-c-format
msgid "Layout"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:725
+#: konfigurator.docbook:723
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can choose the layout and frame settings:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:728
+#: konfigurator.docbook:726
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Layout:</guilabel> allows to define layout. The default options are <guimenuitem>Default</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Compact</guimenuitem>, and <guimenuitem>Classic</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:732
+#: konfigurator.docbook:730
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Frame Color:</guilabel> defines frame color. Can be <guimenuitem>Defined by Layout</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>, or <guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:736
+#: konfigurator.docbook:734
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Frame Shape:</guilabel> defines frame color. Can be <guimenuitem>Defined by Layout</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>, or <guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:740
+#: konfigurator.docbook:738
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Frame Shadow:</guilabel> defines frame color. Can be <guimenuitem>Defined by Layout</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>, or <guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:747
+#: konfigurator.docbook:745
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Colors</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:748
+#: konfigurator.docbook:746
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page configures the colors of the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link> and the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> (disabled at the compilation time by default). The <guilabel>KDE default colors</guilabel> is the default color configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:762
+#: konfigurator.docbook:760
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use the default KDE colors</guilabel>: this is the default, it uses &plasma; color defined in the &systemsettings;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:768
+#: konfigurator.docbook:766
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use Alternate Background color</guilabel>: If checked, the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> color and the <guilabel>Alternate background</guilabel> color alternates line by line. When you do not use the &plasma; default colors, you can configure the alternate colors in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:779
+#: konfigurator.docbook:777
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show current item even if not focused</guilabel>: If checked, shows the last cursor position in the non active list panel. This option is only available when you do not use the &plasma; default colors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:787
+#: konfigurator.docbook:785
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Dim the colors of the inactive panel</guilabel>: If checked, the colors of the inactive panel are dimmed. These settings can be configured in the <guilabel>Inactive</guilabel> tab of the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> box. This option is only available when you do not use the &plasma; default colors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:802
+#: konfigurator.docbook:800
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Colors</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:805
+#: konfigurator.docbook:803
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configure the colors the way you like, you can see the result in the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> section. The following items of the active and inactive panel can be configured:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:813
+#: konfigurator.docbook:811
#, no-c-format
msgid "Foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:818
+#: konfigurator.docbook:816
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:823
+#: konfigurator.docbook:821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Executable foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:828
+#: konfigurator.docbook:826
#, no-c-format
msgid "Symbolic link foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:833
+#: konfigurator.docbook:831
#, no-c-format
msgid "Invalid symlink foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:838
+#: konfigurator.docbook:836
#, no-c-format
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:843
+#: konfigurator.docbook:841
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alternate background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:848
+#: konfigurator.docbook:846
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:853
+#: konfigurator.docbook:851
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:858
+#: konfigurator.docbook:856
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alternate selected background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:863
+#: konfigurator.docbook:861
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:868
+#: konfigurator.docbook:866
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected current foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:873
+#: konfigurator.docbook:871
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:877
+#: konfigurator.docbook:875
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following items of the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> (disabled at the compilation time by default) can be configured:"
msgid "Here you see a preview of the configured colors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:944
+#: konfigurator.docbook:942
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color schemes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:947
+#: konfigurator.docbook:945
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the <guibutton>Import Color Scheme</guibutton> and <guibutton>Export Color Scheme</guibutton> buttons you can load and save a Color Scheme profile. This allows &krusader; to use <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>, <application>Midnight Commander</application>, foo-commander or your own custom color profile. The Color Schemes are stored in <filename>/usr/share/krusader</filename>, the <filename>foo.color</filename> is a binary file that holds the color scheme."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:958
+#: konfigurator.docbook:956
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>Midnight Commander</application> and <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark> Color scheme files are provided. Please <link linkend=\"help_krusader\">upload your favorite Color schemes</link> so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:970
+#: konfigurator.docbook:968
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you configure the basic operations. The page is divided into three tabs: <guilabel>General</guilabel>, <guilabel>Viewer/Editor</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Atomic extensions</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:976
+#: konfigurator.docbook:974
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following options determine basic aspects of operation:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:979
+#: konfigurator.docbook:977
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Warn on exit</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; warns you every time when exit action is triggered."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:985
+#: konfigurator.docbook:983
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Minimize to tray</guilabel>: If checked, the &krusader; icon will appear in the system tray. When you minimize &krusader;, it will not appear in the taskbar. It also will not exit if you close the main window. Instead you can quit &krusader; by selecting <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu or the context menu of the tray icon."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:995
+#: konfigurator.docbook:993
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use MIME type magic</guilabel>: MIME type magic is a mechanism which allows &krusader; to inspect the files in the panels and determine their type even if the file has no identifying extension. For example, if you take an image file - <filename>image1.jpg</filename> - and rename it to <filename>image1</filename>, &krusader; will still know it is an image file and work with it accordingly. However, this mode of operation is slower (while refreshing the panel, or changing directories), so try &krusader; with and without MIME type magic and decide what is best for you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1009
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1007
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Temp Directory</guilabel>: this option selects the base directory for &krusader;'s temporary files. The actual files will be created in separate directories under the 'Temp directory', so that each user running &krusader; will have their own temporary subdirectories under the chosen directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1017
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1015
#, no-c-format
msgid "You must choose a temporary directory to which all users running &krusader; have full permissions!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1024
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1022
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Delete mode</guilabel> (<guilabel>Delete files/Move to trash</guilabel>): when &krusader; deletes files it can either <emphasis>really</emphasis> delete them or move them to the trash folder, thereby making them available via &plasma;'s trash."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1030
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1028
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>External Terminal</guilabel>: choose which terminal emulator will be used when &krusader; opens a console window (via <keycap>F9</keycap>, or <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Start Terminal</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu option)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1037
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1035
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Embedded Terminal sends Chdir on panel change</guilabel>: if unchecked, there will be no <command>cd</command> command sent to the Terminal Emulator if the panel folder changes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1042
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1040
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Toggle Fullscreen Embedded Terminal</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; shows fullscreen terminal in <application>Midnight Commander</application> style (Terminal is shown instead of &krusader; window)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1050
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1048
#, no-c-format
msgid "Viewer/Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1051
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1049
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can change the viewer and editor settings:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1055
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1053
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Internal editor and viewer opens each file in separate window</guilabel>: check this item if you want each file to be opened in separate window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1061
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1059
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default viewer mode</guilabel>:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1065
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1063
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Generic mode</guilabel>: use the systems default viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1069
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1067
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Text mode</guilabel>: view the file in text-only mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1073
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Hex mode</guilabel>: view the file in hex-only mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1077
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1075
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Lister mode</guilabel>: Fast text/hexadecimal viewer for huge filesizes. &krusader; lister never loads the whole file into memory, just a little part of it, and uses caching for faster scrolling. Remote files are downloaded, but during the download, viewing the downloaded part is possible. If a file constantly changes, then it can also be viewed, lister will always see its current state."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1084
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1082
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use lister if the text file is bigger than: 10 MB (default value)</guilabel>: checks whether a text file is bigger than 10 MB (configurable), and if yes, then &krusader; Lister is used instead of &plasma;'s default viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1090
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1088
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use Okteta as Hex viewer</guilabel>: if checked (default option), use &plasma; hex editor <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/stable/en/kdesdk/okteta/index.html\">Okteta</ulink> to view raw data. To use this option you should install <application>Okteta</application> package first."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1099
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1097
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Editor</guilabel>: choose what editor will be used when editing a file (via <keycap>F4</keycap>). Default the internal viewer is used, this is the &plasma;'s default viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1107
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1105
#, no-c-format
msgid "Atomic extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1108
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1106
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Atomic extensions</guilabel>: predefined atomic extensions like <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> are shown as one part in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> Column of the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1114
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1115
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1113
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page handles more advanced issues, so you should double-check your actions here: modifying settings here"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: remark
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1117
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1115
#, no-c-format
msgid "makes &krusader; a more powerful and dangerous tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1120
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1118
#, no-c-format
msgid "The page is divided into three parts:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1138
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1136
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Automount filesystems</guilabel>: this makes &krusader; try to mount a file system before entering it. For example, if you click on <filename class=\"directory\">/mnt/cdrom</filename> (and <filename class=\"directory\"> /mnt/cdrom</filename> appears in <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/fstab</filename> as a mount point), &krusader; will check if it is mounted. If not, it will try and mount it for you and then enter, so that you would see the contents of your cdrom. Note, however, that &krusader; will NOT unmount when exiting <filename class=\"directory\"> /mnt/cdrom</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1166
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1164
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>MountMan will not (un)mount the following mount points</guilabel>: If you have file systems that you do not want to accidentally unmount (or mount) then enter a list of mount points separated by commas (⪚ <literal>/, /boot, /tmp</literal>) and <link linkend=\"mount-man\">MountMan</link> will not try to (un)mount them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1181
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid "Confirmations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1184
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1182
#, no-c-format
msgid "By checking the options in this section, &krusader; will ask for confirmation before doing a specific action; otherwise, the following actions will be done without warning:"
msgid "<guilabel>Icon Cache Size</guilabel>: &krusader; uses an icon cache, so it will not have to reload icons that have been used before. Of course, as the cache grows bigger, it can store more icons and further speed operations, but the memory footprint of &krusader; will become bigger."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1221
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1219
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Arguments of updatedb</guilabel>: sets additional arguments for <command>updatedb</command>, please read the manpages for more information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1233
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1234
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1232
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page configures some aspects of archive handling in &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1240
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "krarc ioslave"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1243
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1241
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Enable Write Support</guilabel>: this option allows you to enable writing files into an archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1247
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid "The down side is that if a power failure occurs during the process, the files that were moved might already be deleted, but not yet packed into the archive. Moving archives into themselves will delete them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1258
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1261
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1259
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Browse Archives As Directories</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; will handle the archives transparently and let you open them as folders; otherwise, &krusader; will attempt to invoke an application which opens archives of that type."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1293
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1291
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Test archives after packing</guilabel>: this option automatically runs a test on a newly packed archive. It is safer, but takes longer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1299
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1297
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Test archives before unpacking</guilabel>: this option automatically runs a test before unpacking. Some corrupted archives might cause a crash; therefore, it is better to test archives before unpacking."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1311
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1309
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dependencies page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1312
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1310
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page configures the full path of the external applications. It is even possible to configure the full path of &krusader;!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1316
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1314
#, no-c-format
msgid "General tab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1318
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1316
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure the full path of the following external applications:"
msgid "By default &kompare; (part of the kdesdk package) is used as external diff utility but you can also use your favorite diff utility ⪚ <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink>, just fill in the full path and enjoy."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1473
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packers tab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1475
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1473
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Packers</guilabel> tab you will see a list of archive formats. Some are filled and some are empty. The ones that are available (filled) are supported by &krusader;. For them, &krusader; will handle the archives transparently and let you open them as folders (provided you have checked the <guilabel>Browse Archives As Directories</guilabel> item in the <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">Archives</link> section); otherwise, &krusader; will attempt to invoke an application which opens archives of that type. If a certain archive item is empty, it means that &krusader; could not find the appropriate executables in the configured path. The next archives are supported: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, lzma, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip and 7z."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1493
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1491
#, no-c-format
msgid "packer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1505
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1503
#, no-c-format
msgid "usr/bin/7z"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1519
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1517
#, no-c-format
msgid "usr/bin/arj"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1533
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1531
#, no-c-format
msgid "usr/bin/bzip2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1547
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1545
#, no-c-format
msgid "/bin/cpio"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1561
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1559
#, no-c-format
msgid "/bin/dpkg"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1575
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1573
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/gzip"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1589
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1587
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/lha"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1603
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1601
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/lzma"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1617
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1615
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/rar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1631
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1629
#, no-c-format
msgid "/bin/tar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1645
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1643
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unace"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1659
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1657
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unarj"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1673
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1671
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unrar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1687
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unzip"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1701
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1699
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/zip"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1715
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1713
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/xz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1724
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1722
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; may not be compatible with ACE despite our best efforts. Unace uses closed source and contains additional lines that make Unace get into infinite loop if the stdin is redirected to somewhere else. It works in the same manner as 'su', where you cannot enter the password only from the stdin. &krusader; >= 1-51 emulates the command line environment to enable co-operation with Unace, but we have noticed that Unace always changes its output format from release to release, making co-operation almost impossible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1736
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1734
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checksum Utilities tab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1738
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1736
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure the full path of the following external <link linkend=\"checksum\">Checksum Utilities</link>:"
msgid "Here you can configure the terminal for UserActions and the font for the output-collection. The default terminal is <command>konsole --noclose -e</command>. To set up, configure and manage your UserActions use ActionMan (<link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> &URL;)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1967
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1965
#, no-c-format
msgid "Protocols"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1968
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1966
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page links the MIMEs to protocols. ⪚ protocol \"tar\" is linked to MIME \"application/x-tar\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: konfigurator.docbook:1971
+#: konfigurator.docbook:1969
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Links</guilabel> you will see ⪚"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:2
+#: locate.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Locate &GUI; Frontend"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:4
+#: locate.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Locate"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:6
+#: locate.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; has a &GUI; front end for the <command>locate</command> command (findutils). Locate is used for fast file searching not from a directory but a database. The package contains among other files, <command>locate</command> and <command>updatedb</command>. <command>updatedb</command> goes through the local file system and stores the file entries in the database. <command>cron</command> often calls <command>updatedb</command> every night (set with <application>KCron</application>). Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Locate</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to start this feature. <link linkend=\"konfig-advanced\">Konfigurator</link> can set additional arguments for <command>updatedb</command>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:26
+#: locate.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checkbox Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:29
+#: locate.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show only the existing files</guilabel>: if the database contains entries which no longer exist any more (deleted, moved since the last <command>updatedb</command>), <command>locate</command> does not list them. It checks the existence of each file before the listing in the results window (slow)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:39
+#: locate.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel>: unchecking it allows lower and upper case search."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:44
+#: locate.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "Action buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:47
+#: locate.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Locate</guibutton>: executes <command>locate <replaceable>foo foo</replaceable></command> and places its output into the results window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:54
+#: locate.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Stop</guibutton>: stops the locating process."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:59
+#: locate.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>UpdateDB</guibutton>: starts <command>updatedb</command> for updating the locate database after entering the root password."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:65
+#: locate.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Close</guibutton>: closes the locate window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:70
+#: locate.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "Results window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:73
+#: locate.docbook:91
#, no-c-format
msgid "Double-click on an item: steps to its directory, makes the item visible and closes the locate dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:77
+#: locate.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right click: edits/views/finds the menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:80
+#: locate.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>F3</keycap>: views the current item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:84
+#: locate.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>F4</keycap>: edits the current item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:88
+#: locate.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>: finds files in the results window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:94
+#: locate.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>: shows the next search result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:100
+#: locate.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>: shows the previous search result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: locate.docbook:108
+#: locate.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "The results window supports dragging items to other windows and copy to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)."
msgid "Krusader is an advanced twin panel (commander style) file manager for Plasma and other desktops in the *nix world, similar to Midnight or Total Commander. It provides all the file management features you could possibly want. Plus: extensive archive handling, mounted filesystem support, &FTP;, advanced search module, viewer/editor, directory synchronization (disabled by default), file content comparisons, powerful batch renaming and much much more. It supports the following archive formats: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip, and 7-zip and can handle other KIOSlaves such as smb:// or fish:// It is (almost) completely customizable, very user friendly, fast and looks great on your desktop! :-) You should give it a try."
msgid "<filename>~/.local/share/krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:129
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>~/.local/share/krusader/useractions.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/useractions.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgid "<filename>~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> or <filename>kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:137
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:157
#, no-c-format
msgid "Platforms"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:138
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "All POSIX: Linux, Solaris, All BSD Platforms: FreeBSD, MacOS-X"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:140
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE 2.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:142
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:162
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusader v1.01 stable but there are no planned changes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:144
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:164
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE 3.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:146
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.01 needs KDElibs 2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:148
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:168
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.02 - 1.40 needs KDElibs 3"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:150
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:170
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 1.40 prefers >= KDE 3.2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:152
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.50 - v1.51: KDE 3.2 - KDE 3.3"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:154
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:174
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.60.0- v1.70.0: KDE 3.3 - KDE 3.4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:156
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 1.70.x-1.80.x: KDE 3.4 - KDE 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:158
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE 4.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:160
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:180
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 2.0-2.4: KDE 4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:162
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:182
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE Frameworks 5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:164
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 2.5 and newer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:166
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest version of Krusader can be found at the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/\">Krusader website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:170
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:171
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:191
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFM filemanager features."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:173
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:193
#, no-c-format
msgid "Strong keyboard orientation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:175
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "Powerful internal viewer and editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:177
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:197
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced search module that can search in archives. Supports: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip, and 7-zip."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:181
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:201
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory comparison and filtering."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:183
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "&FTP;/Samba client with a connection manager with SFTP/SCP support."
msgid "For more features read <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/features.html\">http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/features.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:203
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:204
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:206
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:226
#, no-c-format
msgid "License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:208
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:228
#, no-c-format
msgid "See the built-in help for details on the License and the lack of warranty."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:210
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:230
#, no-c-format
msgid "The copyright for the project and its name are still held by Shie Erlich and Rafi Yanai."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:213
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "i18n"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:214
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader is translated into many languages."
msgid "Read the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/docs/translation-howto/\">KDE translation howto</ulink> if you want translate Krusader in your native language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:221
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>FAQ</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:222
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest version of the KRUSADER FAQ can be found on <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/faq.html\">KDE documentation site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:225
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:227
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:247
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Krusader Handbook, at the krusader help menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:229
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:249
#, no-c-format
msgid "kf5options(7)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:231
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "qt5options(7)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:235
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: man-krusader.1.docbook:236
+#: man-krusader.1.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader is developed by a dedicated team of individuals, known as the Krusader Krew."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:22
+#: menu-commands.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:24
+#: menu-commands.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:25
+#: menu-commands.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:28
+#: menu-commands.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:32
+#: menu-commands.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Text File</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:42
+#: menu-commands.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a new text file in the current directory, unless another directory is specified. The new file is opened for editing after it is created."
msgid "<link linkend=\"test-archive\">Tests archive</link> for corruption."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:194
+#: menu-commands.docbook:192
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compare by Content</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:200
+#: menu-commands.docbook:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compares two current files by content - one from each panel via an external graphical diff utility. By default &kompare; is used, but you can also use ⪚ <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink> , change it in the <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Konfigurator Dependencies page</link>."
msgid "This menu option starts <ulink url=\"http://www.krename.net\"><application>Krename</application></ulink>, a very powerful external batch renamer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:223
+#: menu-commands.docbook:221
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krename Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:225
+#: menu-commands.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming a list of files based on a set of expressions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:229
+#: menu-commands.docbook:227
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copying/moving a list of files to another directory"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:233
+#: menu-commands.docbook:231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Convert filenames to upper/lower case"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:236
+#: menu-commands.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adding numbers to filenames"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:239
+#: menu-commands.docbook:237
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finding and replacing parts of the filename"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:243
+#: menu-commands.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming MP3/OGG Vorbis files based on their ID3 tags"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:247
+#: menu-commands.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting access and modification dates"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:250
+#: menu-commands.docbook:248
#, no-c-format
msgid "Changing permissions and file ownership"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:253
+#: menu-commands.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "A plugin API which allows you to extend KRename's features"
msgid "The <link linkend=\"splitter\">Split file</link> function splits a file up into multiple smaller files so that it can be stored on several smaller media (like <hardware>diskettes, zip-drives, ...</hardware>) or sent by e-mail."
msgid "The <link linkend=\"splitter\">Combine files</link> function combines multiple files into one file after the <link linkend=\"splitter\">Split file</link> function was used."
msgid "Opens a dialog which allows you to select files in the active panel. In the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> dialog place the main search criteria. Enter a filename, a wildcard ( <literal role=\"extension\">*.o.*</literal>, <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> &etc;) or both - separated by a space. When using <literal>'text'</literal>, the results are the same as <literal>'*text*'</literal>. You can exclude files from the search with '|' (⪚ <literal role=\"extension\">'*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp'</literal>). With the <link linkend=\"profiles\">profile handler</link> you can manage your selections for future usage. A double-click on a profile is the same as entering the selection and pressing the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. More options for <guilabel>Select Group</guilabel> dialog are explained in the <link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Search dialog</link>, which are basically almost the same dialogs."
msgid "Selects all files in the active panel. You can also select all directories by activating the <guilabel>Autoselect directories</guilabel> option in the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel\">Konfigurator Panel page</link>."
msgid "Inverts the selection status of all the files in the active panel (&ie; selected files will become unselected and deselected files will become selected)."
msgid "Navigates to the next viewed directory in the active panel. Becomes available only if <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem></menuchoice> was used beforehand."
msgid "Sets the current directory as a \"jump back\" point. To navigate to this directory quickly, select the <guimenuitem>Jump Back</guimenuitem> command from the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu."
msgid "Returns to a previous \"jump back\" point."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:796
+#: menu-commands.docbook:794
#, no-c-format
msgid "View Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:797
+#: menu-commands.docbook:795
#, no-c-format
msgid "The action in this submenu usually affects the current &krusader; session. If you want to make permanent changes use <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>."
msgid "Allows you to install a custom filter on the &krusader; panel. Only files that match the filter pattern(s) and directories will be displayed. Do not forget to deactivate the custom filter after use, or some files may not be visible."
msgid "Backups current file in current directory and asks the user for a new filename. By default <literal role=\"extension\">.old</literal> is appended to the original filename."
msgid "When this action is turned on, the main sorting key in the &krusader; panel becomes the file extension (the part of the filename after the last '.'). This is useful for grouping files of the same type closer together."
msgid "When this action is turned on, the main sorting key in the &krusader; panel becomes the file size. This is useful for determining the largest files in a particular directory."
msgid "When this action is turned on, the main sorting key in the &krusader; panel becomes the last modified date for each file. This is useful for finding files you recently worked on."
msgid "The <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronize Directories</link> function compares the left and right panels and shows the differences between them. After the compare function, you can move files/directories so that they can be synchronized. This feature is disabled at the compilation time by default. See the link above for the instructions on how to enable it."
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Net Connection</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1278
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1276
#, no-c-format
msgid "Opens the <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">New Network Connection</link> dialog to start a &FTP;, SMB, FISH or SFTP connection to a remote host. If you leave the user name and password fields empty, you will login as anonymous. You can <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmark</link> these remote sessions."
msgid "Opens a terminal window in the default directory (usually your home directory). You can choose your favorite terminal application in the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link>."
msgid "Starts &krusader; in <link linkend=\"root-mode\">Root mode</link> at the same location. Root mode &krusader; requires <command>kdesu</command> by default, if <command>kdesu</command> is not available or if you prefer ⪚ <command>gksu</command> when using <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink> you can change this behaviour in the <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Konfigurator Dependencies page</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1340
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Be careful when using &krusader; with ROOT PRIVILEGES."
msgid "Opens a new tab that is a duplicate of the active tab in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1428
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1426
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> &Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move Current Tab to Other Side</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1439
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1437
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moves current tab to the other side of &krusader; window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1444
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1442
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close Current Tab</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1454
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1452
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes the current tab in the active panel. This command is only available if there is more than one tab in the active panel."
msgid "Toggles full screen mode of the terminal emulator. This option is only available when <guilabel>Show Terminal Emulator</guilabel> is activated."
msgid "Saves the current size and position of the &krusader; main window. This action can be automated with <guilabel>Save last position, size and panel settings</guilabel> in <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1618
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1616
#, no-c-format
msgid "Settings Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1622
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1620
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Show Main Toolbar</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1629
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1627
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shows the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> if checked."
msgid "Toggles the <link linkend=\"queue\">Queue Manager</link> mode. If checked then pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> or the corresponding button in the copy/move dialog immediately starts the job even if there are running jobs in queue. If unchecked then the job will be put into the queue if the queue is not empty. Otherwise the job will be started immediately."
msgid "Opens a dialog which allows you to configure the &krusader; key bindings."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1780
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1778
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the <guibutton>Import shortcuts</guibutton> and <guibutton>Export shortcuts</guibutton> buttons you can load and save a Key-binding profile. This allows &krusader; to have the <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>, <application>Midnight Commander</application>, foo-commander, or your custom Key-bindings. The only limitation is that global &plasma; key-bindings and some &krusader; key-bindings cannot be changed yet, as well as some features in foo-commander that we either do not have or need. The Key-bindings are stored in <filename>/usr/share/krusader</filename>, <filename>foo.keymap.info</filename> contains a description, <filename>foo.keymap</filename> is an ini file that holds the Key-bindings. Until &krusader;-1.70.1 this was a binary file, &krusader; is backwards compatible for importing this legacy binary format. If a <filename>*.keymap.info</filename> text file exists, &krusader; will display it, showing additional information regarding the loaded Key-bindings file. Here you have a chance to exit without importing the proposed Key-bindings file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1804
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1802
#, no-c-format
msgid "A <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark> Key-bindings file is provided. Please <link linkend=\"help_krusader\"> upload your favorite Key-bindings schemes</link> so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Thanks!"
msgid "Opens a dialog which allows you to configure the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> or the <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link>. You can add action buttons of your favourite <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> to the desired toolbar."
msgid "Opens <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link> - the &krusader; configuration center."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1845
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: menu-commands.docbook:1846
+#: menu-commands.docbook:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additionally, &krusader; has the common &kde; <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu items, for more information read the sections about the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/ui.html#menus-help\">Help Menu</ulink> of the &kde; Fundamentals."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:2
+#: mount.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "MountMan: work with your mounted file systems"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:4
+#: mount.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mount"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:6
+#: mount.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "MountMan is a tool which helps you manage your mounted file systems. Once invoked, it displays a list of every mounted file system. For each file system, MountMan displays its name (which is the actual device name - &ie; <filename class=\"directory\">/dev/sda1</filename> for a first partition on first <hardware>HDD</hardware>), its type (ext4, ext3, ntfs, vfat, ReiserFS...) and its mount point on your system (the directory on which the file system is mounted)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:13
+#: mount.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want filter out non-removable devices from the list, just check the item <guilabel>Show only removable devices</guilabel> at the left of the device list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:18
+#: mount.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>MountMan</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:24
+#: mount.docbook:42
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>MountMan</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:28
+#: mount.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "MountMan also displays usage information using total size, free size, and percentage of available space free. If those numbers say <guilabel>N/A</guilabel>, that usually means that the file system is not mounted. Left clicking on a file system displays a pie chart on the left of the window, graphically displaying the usage information for the file system. Clicking on a non-mounted file system will display <guilabel>not mounted</guilabel> instead of the graph."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:39
+#: mount.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Double-clicking</keycap> on a file system will close MountMan and open that file system inside &krusader;'s active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:45
+#: mount.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Right-clicking</keycap> on a file system will open a small menu which displays what actions can be performed on that file system. At the moment, you can only mount, unmount and eject (if clicking on a removable file system, ⪚, a &CD-ROM;)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:54
+#: mount.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "We plan to expand MountMan in the next evolution of &krusader;. It will be able to format partitions, edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, create new file systems and more.... By the way, we have started working on it, see \"Quickmode for MountMan\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:60
+#: mount.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quickmode for MountMan"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:62
+#: mount.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "To activate Quickmode for MountMan, click lateral button with arrow on the MountMan button on the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mount.docbook:64
+#: mount.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "General idea: display a list of all possible mount points. Each time the menu is displayed, it determines if a mount point is mounted or not and associates the correct action (mount or umount). This offers a quick interface to MountMan. It is working, and currently uses KMountMan::mount and unmount. It uses the new &kf5-full; services for fstab-reading and this will enable us to remove a lot of code from the \"old\" MountMan."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: mouse-commands.docbook:22
+#: mouse-commands.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: mouse-commands.docbook:24
+#: mouse-commands.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: mouse-commands.docbook:25
+#: mouse-commands.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: mouse-commands.docbook:28
+#: mouse-commands.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse Usage"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: mouse-commands.docbook:29
+#: mouse-commands.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "In this chapter you will be guided in using &krusader; effectively with a mouse and to configure mouse gestures through KHotKeys. By simply clicking the mouse you can select different sections of &krusader;. Another chapter describes the selection modes, and how you can configure them: <link linkend=\"konfig-selection_modes\">Selection Mode</link>"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:2
+#: occupied-space.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Calculate Occupied Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:4
+#: occupied-space.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Occupied Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:7
+#: occupied-space.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are two ways to calculate the occupied space of files/directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:11
+#: occupied-space.docbook:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing the configurable shortcut for the <guilabel>Calculate occupied space</guilabel> on a directory under the cursor instantly calculates the occupied size."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:16
+#: occupied-space.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "To calculate how much disk space is occupied by the selected files and directories in the active panel select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Calculate Occupied Space</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. After a small delay, a dialog box will be displayed with total occupied space and the number of files and directories you selected. The space occupied by every selected directory will be shown as if the user just pressed configurable shortcut on those directories. If the active panel is browsing an archive, the numbers will apply to the unpacked size of the selected files and directories, not their compressed size. After the calculation the selection state will be toggled and the cursor will move one step downwards."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:34
+#: occupied-space.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "Calculating the occupied space on remote file systems is supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: occupied-space.docbook:37
+#: occupied-space.docbook:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "Performing this operation on a very large file system (thousands of files) may be time-consuming. You can cancel the calculation process at any time by clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:2
+#: profiles.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Profiles</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:4
+#: profiles.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Profiles</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:6
+#: profiles.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "With profiles you can save and restore your favorite settings. Several features support profiles, you can have ⪚ different panel profiles (work, home, remote connections, &etc;), search profiles, synchroniser profiles, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:12
+#: profiles.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:13
+#: profiles.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "A panel profile contains the following: all the tab paths (left or right), the current tab (left or right) and the active panel (left or right). All this information is stored in the <link linkend=\"config_files\">krusaderrc</link> file. You can have several panel profiles, ⪚ file management, &FTP; management, home, work, &etc; The panel profile can be <link linkend=\"c_panel_profiles\">saved and restored</link> in the <guimenu>Window</guimenu> menu. The <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">default startup profile</link> will be used when starting &krusader;, but you can override it with a <link linkend=\"starting-krusader\">command-line option</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:30
+#: profiles.docbook:48
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:31
+#: profiles.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Colormaps can be saved and restored with <link linkend=\"konfig-color\">Color Profiles</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:35
+#: profiles.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key-binding Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:36
+#: profiles.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Keymaps can be saved and restored with <link linkend=\"configure-shortcuts\">Key-binding Profiles</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:41
+#: profiles.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:42
+#: profiles.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you regularly perform the same search operation, you can save the search settings (⪚ include files, exclude files, &etc;) in a <link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Search Profile</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:48
+#: profiles.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronizer Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: profiles.docbook:49
+#: profiles.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you regularly perform the same synchronize operation, you can save the synchronize settings in a <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer Profile</link>. The Synchronizer is disabled at the compilation time by default."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:2
+#: remote-connections.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Remote Connections</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:4
+#: remote-connections.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Remote Connections</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:6
+#: remote-connections.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remote connections are easily made by typing the &URL; in the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link>; these are actually KIO Slaves. Please note that the &krusader; panel does not support all KIO Slave ⪚ <command>http://</command> will not work in the panel, but will work in the <link linkend=\"krviewer\">viewer</link>. Some examples:"
msgid "You can bookmark these &URL;s, however, please read the <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookman</link> section regarding <emphasis>securely save passwords</emphasis>. For connecting to multiple locations, bookmark these &URL;s and open them one by one, or open them all together by using <link linkend=\"panel_profiles\">Panel profiles</link>. To switch from one to another location, just open a <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tabs</link> for each."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:82
+#: remote-connections.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are three ways to start a remote connection:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:85
+#: remote-connections.docbook:103
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type the &URL; in the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:89
+#: remote-connections.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Net Connection</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> which will pop-up a dialog that will ask for the remote site details. This dialog is handy if you are not used to type remote &URL;s in the Location Toolbar. Leaving the password and user name fields empty will log you in as anonymous. Note: we are planning to rewrite this dialog window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:102
+#: remote-connections.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can bookmark a directory on a remote host and return to this directory from the bookmark button on the top corner of your panel just like in a web browser."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:107
+#: remote-connections.docbook:125
#, no-c-format
msgid "After you log on to a remote server you can browse it just like your local hard drive with the following exceptions:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:111
+#: remote-connections.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "You cannot execute files on remote servers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:114
+#: remote-connections.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Permissions cannot always be calculated on remote servers (depends on server and access method) so you might get a <guilabel>?</guilabel> on the permissions columns for some files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:119
+#: remote-connections.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disk usage information is not available for most remote filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:123
+#: remote-connections.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "To change the charset of the remote host use <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select Remote Charset</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:129
+#: remote-connections.docbook:147
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can close the current Active Remote Connection by two separate methods:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:139
+#: remote-connections.docbook:157
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manually: Add the disconnect button to the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> and click on it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:143
+#: remote-connections.docbook:161
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatically: Change the &URL; in the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:148
+#: remote-connections.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is a file manager that supports remote connections via KIO Slaves, but if you are looking for even more advanced remote connections features, ⪚ an advanced &FTP; client we recommend you to use ⪚ <ulink url=\"http://kasablanca.berlios.de/\">Kasablanca</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://kftpgrabber.sourceforge.net/\"><application>Kftpgrabber</application></ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:158
+#: remote-connections.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "LAN connections via fish:/ protocol (zeroconf)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:160
+#: remote-connections.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remote LAN Connections (zeroconf)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:163
+#: remote-connections.docbook:181
#, no-c-format
msgid "This section is contributed by Andrew Svet (z-vet), feedback about this chapter is appreciated. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:167
+#: remote-connections.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "This works on a <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> system, so it will work on <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> and derivatives (<trademark class=\"registered\">Kubuntu</trademark> &etc;), though it should work on other Linuxes as well. We assume that you have <link linkend=\"gloss-ssh\">SSH</link> installed, configured and working on every machine on LAN you want to connect to/from. There are plenty of very good tutorials about <link linkend=\"gloss-ssh\">SSH</link> on the net, ⪚ at <ulink url=\"http://www.linuxhomenetworking.com/wiki/index.php/Quick_HOWTO_:_Ch17_:_Secure_Remote_Logins_and_File_Copying\">linuxhomenetworking.com</ulink> or just google for it. We use the default <link linkend=\"gloss-ssh\">SSH</link> port (22) for this chapter. Remember to change it if you use different one. All modifications, editing &etc; must be done as root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: remote-connections.docbook:178
+#: remote-connections.docbook:196
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's start with installing all the packages we need: <screen>\n"
"</screen> Everything is installed, now let's do some configuration. First, we need our services to be announced on LAN. That is why we installed avahi-daemon: it represents your machine on local network and allows other applications to publish services they provide. Avahi-daemon comes with example <filename>ssh.service</filename> configuration file found in <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/share/doc/avahi-daemon/examples</filename>. In order to get the service to be announced on LAN we need to copy this file to <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/avahi/services</filename> directory: <screen>\n"
"</screen> This file is just a copy of ssh.service. Edit the <filename>fish.service</filename> file and replace \"Remote Terminal on %h\" with \"Fish to %h\" and \"_ssh._tcp\" with \"_fish._tcp\". Here is how it looks after edit: <programlisting> \n"
" avahi is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it \n"
" under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as \n"
" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the \n"
" License, or (at your option) any later version. \n"
"\n"
" avahi is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but \n"
" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of \n"
" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR \n"
"\n"
"<!-- See avahi.service(5) for more information about this configuration file --> \n"
"\n"
"<service-group> \n"
"\n"
" <name replace-wildcards=\"yes\">FISH to %h</name> \n"
"\n"
" <service> \n"
" <type>_fish._tcp</type> \n"
" <port>22</port> \n"
" </service> \n"
"\n"
"</service-group> \n"
"</programlisting> Save the modified file. Now we need to create a new file <filename>_fish._tcp</filename>, open a text editor and add the next lines: <programlisting>\n"
"Name=FISH Protocol (ssh) \n"
"Type=_fish._tcp \n"
"UserEntry=u \n"
"PathEntry=path \n"
"PasswordEntry=p\n"
"</programlisting> And save the file <filename>/usr/share/apps/zeroconf/_fish._tcp</filename> Do the same on each machine on your LAN, then restart avahi-daemon: <screen>\n"
"</screen> Then open &krusader; and type in location-toolbar-lnk: <filename>zeroconf:/</filename> to open the <link linkend=\"gloss-zeroconf\">zeroconf</link> connection. Enter the <guilabel>Fish Protocol</guilabel> directory. Inside you will find the links to each machine that announced <filename>fish:/</filename> on your LAN, the location-toolbar-lnk: will point to <filename>zeroconf:/_fish._tcp</filename> Double clicking on any of these machines, them will bring up the password prompt, asking you for your ssh key passphrase (if password was set). Enter your passphrase. Congratulations: you connected to remote machine using &krusader;!"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:2
+#: search.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "KruSearcher: find what you are looking for"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:4
+#: search.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:6
+#: search.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "Welcome to &krusader;'s powerful search module - nicknamed KruSearcher. It is the most able tool (that we know of) for &Linux;, since it allows so many different ways to quickly find the file you are looking for. The search function is also available on remote file systems. It is divided into two levels, the general and the advanced. Let's take a look at the general page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:25
+#: search.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>General Search</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:31
+#: search.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>General Search</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:35
+#: search.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "The page is divided into four parts: top (search for) part, bottom part - titled <guilabel>Containing text</guilabel>, left part - titled <guilabel>Search in</guilabel> and right part which is called <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel>. Obviously, each part handles different aspects of the search. Let's look at them closely."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:42
+#: search.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "Top Part:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:44
+#: search.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search for</guilabel>: here you enter the main search criteria. You can enter a file name, a wildcard ( <literal role=\"extension\">*.o.*</literal>, <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> &etc;) or both - separated by a space. If you type <literal>'text'</literal> the results is the same as <literal>'*text*'</literal>. You can exclude files from the search with '|' (⪚ <literal role=\"extension\">'*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp'</literal>) . You can use quotation marks for names that contain spaces. Filter \"Program Files\" searches out those files/directories the name of which is <filename>Program Files</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:60
+#: search.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive</guilabel>: unchecking it will allow lower and upper case search (&ie;: <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> interprets as <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> AND <literal role=\"extension\">*.C</literal>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:68
+#: search.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Of type</guilabel>: this box lets you search for a file not only by its name, but also by its MIME type. For example, you can search for all the audio files whose name begins with B. Usually this option defaults to 'all files', but you can choose to search for archives, directories, images, text files, videos and audio files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:78
+#: search.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left and Right Part:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:80
+#: search.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in</guilabel> and <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel>: Using those two parts, you can specify a search exactly the way you want it. For example, you might want to search for a file in the whole file system (beginning with <filename>/</filename>), but do not want to search inside <filename>/mnt</filename>. All you need to do is write <filename>/</filename> in the <guilabel>Search in</guilabel> box, and write <filename>/mnt</filename> in the <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel> box. If you want to enter more than one directory in one of the list boxes, just type the first name and press &Enter;. The directory name will be copied to the bigger list box and you will be able to enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:97
+#: search.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "The input line has an auto-completion feature, corresponding to &plasma; global settings. If you wish, you can click on the <guiicon>folder icon</guiicon>, and browse to the directory you wish to add."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:104
+#: search.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define files and directories which will be filtered out from the search results using the <guilabel>Exclude Folder Names</guilabel> input field at the bottom of the <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:105
+#: search.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "Items in the filtering list should be space-separated."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:106
+#: search.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spaces in the filtering list items can be escaped or quoted. Example: <userinput>.git \"target build\" build\\ krusader</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:111
+#: search.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bottom Part:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:113
+#: search.docbook:131
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Text</guilabel>: entering text here makes &krusader; search for it inside the files ( <command>grep</command>). This way you can search for all header files ( <literal role=\"extension\">*.h</literal>) which include the word <literal>'testing 123'</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:123
+#: search.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>RegExp</guilabel> switch: toggle the regular expressions mode. A drop-down list that is shown after clicking down arrow on the right allows you to enter special symbols of regular expressions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:128
+#: search.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Encoding</guilabel>: allows you to choose the text encoding."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:133
+#: search.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Match whole word only</guilabel>: allows you to specify that a complete match (letters and length) must be found."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:138
+#: search.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive</guilabel>: refers to your text being searched for in upper and lower case or the exact phrase you entered."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:144
+#: search.docbook:162
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in sub folders</guilabel>: perform a recursive search and dive into every directory on the way."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:150
+#: search.docbook:168
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in archives</guilabel>: &krusader; will search for your files inside every supported archive. This, however, takes longer to perform."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:155
+#: search.docbook:173
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you check this checkbox, you will notice you cannot <command>grep</command> inside files anymore. This is done, since looking inside archived files forces &krusader; to extract them, which results in an extremely time-consuming search."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:163
+#: search.docbook:181
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Follow links</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; will follow soft-links during the search."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:169
+#: search.docbook:187
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Profiles</guilabel>: if you have to regularly perform the same search operation, you can save the search settings ⪚ include files, exclude files, &etc;... Press the 'profile' button, and you can add/load/save/remove search profiles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:177
+#: search.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Query to clipboard</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; will place search text to clipboard when a found file is opened."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:182
+#: search.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "The above screen shot shows a search for all the files which end with <literal role=\"extension\">c, cpp</literal> or <literal role=\"extension\">h</literal> and include the string <literal>'testing 123'</literal>. &krusader; will search in <filename class=\"directory\">/root, /opt, /bin</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">/usr</filename>, but not in <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/lib</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/share</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:192
+#: search.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button starts the search and displays the results page. During the search, you may press the <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> button to stop the search. The <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button is not operational during a search, so you must first stop the search and then <guibutton>Close</guibutton> the window. When a result is found, double-clicking on it will take &krusader;'s active panel point to the found files - but will not close the search window, so you will be able to click on a different result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:202
+#: search.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes, you need to narrow your search even more. Krusearcher allows a much finer search, and for that, let's look at the <guilabel>Advanced Page</guilabel>..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:218
+#: search.docbook:236
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Advanced Search</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:224
+#: search.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Advanced Search</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:228
+#: search.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "This screen shot shows a search for files whose size is between 10KiB and 150KiB, which were modified between October 10th and November 1st, which belong to any user in the 'nobody' group, and are readable and writable by anyone in the 'nobody' group, but only readable to the rest of the world."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:233
+#: search.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "The advanced page is divided into three parts: size, date and ownership."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:236
+#: search.docbook:254
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:238
+#: search.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allows you to choose the size range of the file you are looking for. By checking the check boxes, you can search for a file which is bigger than XXX bytes (or KB, MB), smaller than XXX bytes or, by checking both search for a file which size is bigger than XXX but smaller than YYY."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:244
+#: search.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:246
+#: search.docbook:264
#, no-c-format
msgid "This part offers three different ways of defining a date criteria:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:250
+#: search.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Modified between</guilabel>: allows you to enter two dates. &krusader; will search for files with a modification date between the first date and the second one, inclusive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:256
+#: search.docbook:274
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can click on the date icon (near the input boxes) to open a standard date window - which allows you to easily browse through the calendar and search for the desired date. Clicking on a date will close the window and the date will appear in the input box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:264
+#: search.docbook:282
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Not modified after</guilabel>: choosing this option makes &krusader; search for files that were NOT modified after a given date, which is the same as searching for files older than that date."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:271
+#: search.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Modified in the last/not modified in the last</guilabel>: in these input boxes, you do not enter a date but a number. This number represents days/weeks/months (as chosen in the near drop box). Entering the number 5 in the upper input box, makes &krusader; search for files that were modified in the last 5 days. Entering the number 2 in the lower input box makes &krusader; search for files that did NOT change in the last 2 days. The combination of both results in a search for files that were changed in the last 5 days, but NOT in the last 2 days."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:285
+#: search.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ownership"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:289
+#: search.docbook:307
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Belongs to user/group</guilabel>: by checking each of the corresponding check boxes, you can search for files which belong to a certain user and/or group. The drop box lists all the user names and group names in the system, just choose one and go ahead."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:297
+#: search.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>: divided into owner, group and all - it allows you to choose certain permissions for the file. You can choose to specify permissions for the owner, group, all or any combination. The question mark (?) is a wildcard - which means that any permission is valid."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:306
+#: search.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "To clarify, the screen shot above (the ownership part) describes a search for files that belong to any user in group 'users', are readable, writable but not executable to any user in the group, are readable but not writable or executable to the rest of the world and have unknown permissions to its owner."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:314
+#: search.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Results"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:316
+#: search.docbook:334
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking on the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to start the search and open the Results window. Here you can see the progress and the results of the search action. If you want you can stop the current search action with the <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> button. In the result list select the file and use <keycap>F3</keycap>/ <keycap>F4</keycap> to view/edit or use the right-click menu. When you click on a found item, the directory of the active panel will change if the selected item is not in the current panel directory. The results window supports dragging items to other windows and copy to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>). When you close the Krusearcher window, the selected item is selected in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:332
+#: search.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Feed to listbox"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:334
+#: search.docbook:352
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you click the <guibutton>Feed to listbox</guibutton> button after the results are displayed, then &krusader; ask for a Query Name, this name will be used in the Results-Tab in the List Panel that holds the search results. You can do whatever you want on the files in the new tab. The location toolbar will display ⪚ <filename>virt:/Search results 1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: search.docbook:343
+#: search.docbook:361
#, no-c-format
msgid "The files in the Results-Tab are actually the original files. if you delete a file - it is removed!"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: splitter.docbook:2
+#: splitter.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>File Splitter</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: splitter.docbook:4
+#: splitter.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>File Splitter</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: splitter.docbook:6
+#: splitter.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "This function splits one (large) file up into multiple smaller files so that they can be placed on smaller media (⪚ ZIP drives, ...) or sent by email. The multiple files can be combined again to recreate the original file. &krusader; and <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark> split/combine functions are compatible. To split a file choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Split</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>: a <guilabel>Split</guilabel> dialog will open to confirm the operation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: splitter.docbook:20
+#: splitter.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the name of the original file is <filename>foo</filename>, then the name of the smaller files will be <filename>foo.000 foo.001 foo.002</filename> &etc; There is no theoretical limit in the number of smaller files, but it is recommended to limit the number to a maximum of 1023 files. &krusader; creates a <filename>foo.crc</filename> file. This file contains the name, size and the crc checksum of the original file. It is possible to combine the file without the <filename>foo.crc</filename> file but in this case &krusader; cannot check if the original file was recreated correctly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: splitter.docbook:33
+#: splitter.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "An example of a <filename>foo.crc</filename> file:"
msgid "To combine the multiple files choose, select a partial file <filename>foo.xxx</filename> and choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Combine files</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>. The target directory is the inactive panel and can be changed. The file names must be numbered in ascending order: <filename>foo.001, foo.002, foo.003</filename> &etc; or have letters in ascending order: (\" <userinput> <command>split</command> <option>-b</option> </userinput>letter method\") <filename>fileaa, fileab, fileac</filename> &etc; If the file <filename>foo.crc</filename> is found in the same directory as the partial files, &krusader; will use this file to check the combined file for errors."
msgid "This function compares two directories with all subdirectories and shows the differences between them. After selecting some options and the <guilabel>Compare</guilabel> function you can synchronize the files and directories. One panel could be an &FTP; server. Do not forget the <guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel> option if the file size stays equal. Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Synchronize Directories</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo> to start this feature. The <link linkend=\"konfig-color\">colors</link> are configurable. The synchronizer has its own <link linkend=\"synchronizer_keybindings\">keybindings</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:28
+#: synchronizer.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "For local files: The synchronizer changes the date information to the original dates."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:49
+#: synchronizer.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Synchronizer</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:55
+#: synchronizer.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "Procedure:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:57
+#: synchronizer.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the <guilabel>Left directory</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Right directory</guilabel> that you want to compare."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:62
+#: synchronizer.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configure the optional <guilabel>File Filter</guilabel>, <guilabel>General Filters</guilabel> and <guilabel>Advanced filters</guilabel>. The <guilabel>General Filters</guilabel> includes a <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel> option which lets you exclude directories from comparison."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:71
+#: synchronizer.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the <link linkend=\"synccomp_checkb_options\">Checkbox options</link>: <guilabel>Recurse subdirectories</guilabel>, <guilabel>Follow symlinks</guilabel>, <guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel>, <guilabel>Ignore Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Asymmetric</guilabel> and <guilabel>Ignore Case</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:83
+#: synchronizer.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Compare</guibutton> button to compare the directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:88
+#: synchronizer.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "By using <link linkend=\"synccomp_show_options\">Show options</link>, you can include/exclude particular file types. The files that are not on the list will be untouched by synchronization."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:95
+#: synchronizer.docbook:113
#, no-c-format
msgid "If needed, you can change the <guilabel>Task</guilabel> operations determined by the Comparator with the <link linkend=\"synccomp_right-click\">right click menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:102
+#: synchronizer.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you agree with the <guibutton>Compare</guibutton> results, click on the <guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton> button to show the synchronize dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:108
+#: synchronizer.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "After selecting the options of the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link>, click on the <guibutton>Start</guibutton> button to start the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:114
+#: synchronizer.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "A detailed explanation of all the functions and buttons is described in the following text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:122
+#: synchronizer.docbook:140
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comparator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:126
+#: synchronizer.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel elements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:130
+#: synchronizer.docbook:148
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Left Directory</guilabel>: The left side base directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:135
+#: synchronizer.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Right Directory</guilabel>: The right side base directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:140
+#: synchronizer.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>File Filter</guilabel>: Filters the filenames at synchronizing. ⪚ <literal role=\"extension\">*.png</literal> selects only files the names of which end with <literal role=\"extension\">.png</literal>. Directories are listed if the directory name ends with <literal role=\"extension\">.png</literal> or if the directory contains files which end with <literal role=\"extension\">.png</literal>. Multiple include/exclude example: <literal role=\"extension\">'*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp'</literal> includes <literal role=\"extension\">*.cpp *.h</literal> and exclude <literal role=\"extension\">*.moc.cpp</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:158
+#: synchronizer.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>General filters</guilabel>: Search for, containing text"
msgid "You can make use of wild cards. Multiple patterns are separated by space (means logical OR) and patterns are excluded from the search using the pipe symbol. If the pattern is ended with a slash (*pattern*/), it means that pattern relates to recursive search of directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:185
+#: synchronizer.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "pattern - means to search those files/directories whose name is a pattern, recursive search goes through all subdirectories independently of the value of the pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:191
+#: synchronizer.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "pattern/ - means to search all files/directories, but recursive search goes through/excludes the directories whose name is a pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:196
+#: synchronizer.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can use quotation marks for names that contain spaces. Filter \"Program Files\" searches out those files/directories the name of which is <filename>Program Files</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:202
+#: synchronizer.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Examples:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:206
+#: synchronizer.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "<literal>*.o</literal>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:211
+#: synchronizer.docbook:229
#, no-c-format
msgid "*.h *.c??"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:216
+#: synchronizer.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:222
+#: synchronizer.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "* | CVS/ .svn/"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:226
+#: synchronizer.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note: the search term 'text' is equivalent to '*text*'."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:233
+#: synchronizer.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checkbox options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:237
+#: synchronizer.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Recurse subdirectories</guilabel>: The Synchronizer walks through subdirectories when comparing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:243
+#: synchronizer.docbook:261
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Follow symlinks</guilabel>: The Synchronizer follows the symbolic links to directories (not the files!)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:249
+#: synchronizer.docbook:267
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel>: The files the sizes of which are equal will be compared by content as well."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:255
+#: synchronizer.docbook:273
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore Date</guilabel>: Ignores the date information (useful for &FTP;, smb, archive, ... ) the date information is relevant *only* in the local file system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:262
+#: synchronizer.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Asymmetric</guilabel>: The <guilabel>Left Directory</guilabel> is the target directory, the <guilabel>Right Directory</guilabel> is the source directory. This function synchronizes the content of the left directory to the right directory. "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The files that exist only on the left side will be deleted.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The files that exist only on the right side will be copied to left.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The files considered to be equal will be untouched.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Those files considered to be different will be copied to left. Use this feature with care!</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"This function is useful if the date information is unusable, or to synchronize the left directory to the content of a file server (like a download). Alternatively, it is useful to make a backup from the right directory to the left directory. NOTE: Do NOT use this option to synchronize a desktop and a notebook (⪚ files that exist only on the left side will be deleted!)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:297
+#: synchronizer.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Scroll Results</guilabel>: This is for slow &FTP; servers, ... When the Synchronizer has finished comparing a file, it puts the file into the end of the list at once and scrolls the window, if necessary. It is important, if you want to know what the Synchronizer is doing. If the &FTP; server is slow, the comparison of a directory may take a lot of time. By turning this option on, you can see that the comparator is \"alive\", but slow. For fast file systems, it can reduce the speed of comparing slightly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:311
+#: synchronizer.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore Case</guilabel>: Case insensitive filename compare, this is useful when synchronizing &Windows; filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:316
+#: synchronizer.docbook:334
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore hidden files</guilabel>: Ignores files that start with a dot."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:323
+#: synchronizer.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "When everything mentioned above is done, click on the <guibutton>Compare</guibutton> button to compare the directories, the results are displayed in the <guilabel>File List</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:328
+#: synchronizer.docbook:346
#, no-c-format
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:330
+#: synchronizer.docbook:348
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>File List</guilabel> has the following columns: \"Left name | Left size | Left time | Task | Right time | Right size | Right name\". Here you can check the compare results and modify the synchronization actions if desired. The text color defines the default copy direction determined by the comparator. "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Green: Copy from left to right.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Blue: Copy from right to left or delete on the right side in asymmetric mode.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Red: Files which are different by the given criteria (no copy direction).</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Black: Files which are identical (no copy direction).</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
" A double click on a file calls the &krusader;s <guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel> function. The Tasks (<=>) column defines the default copy direction, which can be modified by the user if needed. The results window supports dragging items to other windows ( drag [left], &Shift;+drag [right] ) and copy left/right selected items to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)."
msgid "This column displays the task that is planned for the Synchronizer, this task can be modified with the <link linkend=\"synccomp_right-click\">right click menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:365
+#: synchronizer.docbook:383
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>-></guibutton>: Copy from the left side to the right side. For directories: <command>mkdir</command> in the right side."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:371
+#: synchronizer.docbook:389
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>=</guibutton>: The files are the same, do not do anything."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:376
+#: synchronizer.docbook:394
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>!=</guibutton>: The file is excluded, or the Synchronizer does not know what to do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:381
+#: synchronizer.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton><-</guibutton>: copy from the right side to the left side. For directories: <command>mkdir</command> in the left side"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:387
+#: synchronizer.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>DEL</guibutton>: delete files from the right side."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:395
+#: synchronizer.docbook:413
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:397
+#: synchronizer.docbook:415
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can include/exclude particular file types. Those files, that are not in the list, will be untouched at synchronization."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:402
+#: synchronizer.docbook:420
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>-></guibutton>: Enable/Disable the copy task from left to right."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:407
+#: synchronizer.docbook:425
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>=</guibutton>: Enable/Disable listing the equal files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:412
+#: synchronizer.docbook:430
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>!=</guibutton>: Enable/Disable listing the excluded / \"do not know what to do\" files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:417
+#: synchronizer.docbook:435
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton><-</guibutton>: Enable/Disable the copy task from right to left."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:422
+#: synchronizer.docbook:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Trash</guibutton>: Enable/Disable the file deleting from the left side task."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:427
+#: synchronizer.docbook:445
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Duplicates</guibutton>: Enable/Disable those files that exist on both sides."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:432
+#: synchronizer.docbook:450
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Singles</guibutton>: Enable/Disable those files that exist only on one side."
msgid "<guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton>: Shows the synchronize dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:459
+#: synchronizer.docbook:477
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Close</guibutton>: Closes the Synchronizer window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:467
+#: synchronizer.docbook:485
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Status line may contain"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:471
+#: synchronizer.docbook:489
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of scanned directories while comparing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:475
+#: synchronizer.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "The filename when comparing by content (for big files)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:479
+#: synchronizer.docbook:497
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of files on the list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:485
+#: synchronizer.docbook:503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right click menu on the <guilabel>File List</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:488
+#: synchronizer.docbook:506
#, no-c-format
msgid "The right click menu is split up in three sections:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:490
+#: synchronizer.docbook:508
#, no-c-format
msgid "1. change the <guilabel>Task</guilabel> operations determined by the Comparator. Select one or multiple files. The change will be applied on the selection and not only on the right clicked item. If the selected item is a directory, the change will be applied on its files/subdirectories as well."
msgid "<guibutton>Exclude</guibutton>: Excludes a file/dir from synchronization ( task change to != )."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:509
+#: synchronizer.docbook:527
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Restore original operation</guibutton>: Task change to the original result of comparison."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:514
+#: synchronizer.docbook:532
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Reverse direction</guibutton>: Task change ( -> to <-, and <- to -> )."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:520
+#: synchronizer.docbook:538
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Copy from right to left</guibutton>: Task change to <-."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:525
+#: synchronizer.docbook:543
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Copy from left to right</guibutton>: Task change to ->."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:530
+#: synchronizer.docbook:548
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Delete ( left single )</guibutton>: Task change to DEL."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:535
+#: synchronizer.docbook:553
#, no-c-format
msgid "2. change the selections"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:538
+#: synchronizer.docbook:556
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Select items</guibutton>: Opens a dialog which allows you to select items. This is the <guimenuitem>Select Group</guimenuitem> dialog from the <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:545
+#: synchronizer.docbook:563
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Unselect items</guibutton>: Opens a dialog which allows you to deselect items. This is the <guimenuitem>Unselect Group</guimenuitem> dialog from the <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:552
+#: synchronizer.docbook:570
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Invert selection</guibutton>: Invert the selection status of all items."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:557
+#: synchronizer.docbook:575
#, no-c-format
msgid "3. others (note that the following operations work on the right-clicked file and not on the selection)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:561
+#: synchronizer.docbook:579
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>View left file</guibutton>: Starts viewer on the left file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:566
+#: synchronizer.docbook:584
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>View right file</guibutton>: Starts viewer on the right file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:571
+#: synchronizer.docbook:589
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Compare Files</guibutton>: Starts the diff utility (⪚ &kompare;) on the files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:580
+#: synchronizer.docbook:598
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:584
+#: synchronizer.docbook:602
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Profiles</guibutton>: If you have to synchronize the same directories often, you can save the settings ⪚ include files, exclude files, ... Press the <guibutton>Profile</guibutton> button, and you will be able to add / load / save / remove synchronizer profiles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:594
+#: synchronizer.docbook:612
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Swap sides</guibutton>: Swaps the <guilabel>File List</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:602
+#: synchronizer.docbook:620
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronize with <application>kget</application>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:604
+#: synchronizer.docbook:622
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to synchronize a local directory with an unstable &FTP; server, <application>kget</application> is a much better solution than simple file copying. After comparing you may right click on the result list and select <guimenuitem>Synchronize with KGet</guimenuitem> to execute the synchronization, after that the listed files will be downloaded with <application>kget</application> instead of &krusader;. Of course <application>kget</application> needs to be installed on your computer; otherwise, it will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:619
+#: synchronizer.docbook:637
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:621
+#: synchronizer.docbook:639
#, no-c-format
msgid "After pressing the <guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton> button the synchronization dialog appears."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:626
+#: synchronizer.docbook:644
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check boxes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:628
+#: synchronizer.docbook:646
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you confirm the copy and delete operations of the Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:632
+#: synchronizer.docbook:650
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Right to left</guilabel>: copy X1 files ( Y1 bytes ) enable / disable the copy from right to left."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:638
+#: synchronizer.docbook:656
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Left to right</guilabel>: copy X2 files ( Y2 bytes ) enable / disable the copy from left to right."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:644
+#: synchronizer.docbook:662
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Left</guilabel>: delete X3 files ( Y3 bytes ) enable / disable the left side deleting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:649
+#: synchronizer.docbook:667
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Confirm overwrites</guilabel>: By switching this option on, Krusader will show the <guibutton>rename, skip, overwrite, skip all, overwrite all</guibutton> dialog box, before overwriting the file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:660
+#: synchronizer.docbook:678
#, no-c-format
msgid "Status labels"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:664
+#: synchronizer.docbook:682
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ready</guilabel>: A1/A2 files, B1/B2. This line is changed at synchronizing, showing that synchronizer finished with A1 files from A2 ( B1 bytes from B2 )."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: synchronizer.docbook:671
+#: synchronizer.docbook:689
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Progress bar</guilabel>: Shows the progress on the synchronization (based on bytes)."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:2
+#: user-interface.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>User Interface</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:4
+#: user-interface.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>User Interface</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:7
+#: user-interface.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFM User Interface"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:8
+#: user-interface.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "The OFM file manager concept contains <link linkend=\"features\">many features</link> that make them powerful enough to belong among the best file managers today. The interface is simple: left panel, right panel and a command line below. Because of interaction between these three items the file managing will become more efficient."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:14
+#: user-interface.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you would like to know <ulink url=\"http://www.softpedia.com/reviews/linux/Krusader-Review-18193.shtml\"> how &krusader; works</ulink> you can try it yourself, just install it on your computer. To accept an <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink> like &krusader;, the user needs to get used to <emphasis>new ideas</emphasis> that are actually already 20 years old. If you prefer to waste time and lose a lot of productivity, you can always continue to use one panel file managers that are based on &Windows; Explorer."
msgid "The User Interface is based on <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink> paradigm, a 20- year old principle that has proven its bones. It is known as simple, easy and powerful. In the following sections we will cover the basic functions of each part with the exception of:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:46
+#: user-interface.docbook:64
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"menu-commands\">Menu Bar</link> which has a chapter of its own."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:51
+#: user-interface.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link> which has a chapter of its own."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:56
+#: user-interface.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Status Bar</emphasis> shows the properties of the current file (that is being) in focus."
msgid "The &krusader; Main Toolbar is a standard &kde; toolbar that can be dragged around the application (please unlock it first by unchecking the <guimenuitem>Lock Toolbar Positions</guimenuitem> item in the right-click menu) or configured via a <keycap>Right-Click</keycap> menu. You can decide whether or not you want to display it each time you start &krusader; in the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, and you can toggle its use in the current session in the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>. The Main Toolbar contents can be configured from the <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars</guimenuitem> in the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>. Since various commands and options in &krusader; are context-dependent, some commands are not always available. The icon of an inappropriate or inactive action will be deactivated (grayed-out) disabling its use. <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link> can be placed into the Main Toolbar and the Actions Toolbar with the mouse using \"drag and drop\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:104
+#: user-interface.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Job Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:107
+#: user-interface.docbook:125
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Job Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:109
+#: user-interface.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default, the &krusader; Job Toolbar (<link linkend=\"queue\">Queue Manager</link> or simply the JobMan) is located at the right part of the Main Toolbar. This toolbar allows you to view the job progress, to pause and resume the job list execution and to undo the last executed job."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:115
+#: user-interface.docbook:133
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Actions Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:118
+#: user-interface.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Actions Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:120
+#: user-interface.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> and <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link> can be \"plugged\" into the <guilabel>Actions Toolbar</guilabel>. To show it, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Actions Toolbar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> . To add user actions, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and select Actions Toolbar. You can, for example, drag the Actions Toolbar to the right side using the mouse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:137
+#: user-interface.docbook:155
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Location Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:140
+#: user-interface.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Location Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:142
+#: user-interface.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Below the <guibutton>Main Toolbar</guibutton> there is a <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton> for each panel. It shows the path the panel is currently pointing to. When entering archives the path will be displayed in the following format: \"archive type:/directory/archive_filename/the directory inside the archive\". This format makes the paths uniform and easy to read. The <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton> supports also KIO Slaves but not all of them, some can only be used with the <link linkend=\"krviewer\">viewer</link> and some can not be used. The user can enter a desired path by clicking on it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:160
+#: user-interface.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "/mnt/cdrom/"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:165
+#: user-interface.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>settings:/</command> </userinput>will browse and open entries of the &systemsettings;."
msgid "<userinput> <command>mtp:/</command> </userinput>uses the kio_mtp to access, upload and organize the multimedia stored on <trademark>Android</trademark>-based devices."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:186
+#: user-interface.docbook:204
#, no-c-format
msgid "And last but not least <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote Connections</link> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:190
+#: user-interface.docbook:208
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can copy-paste a &URL; in the <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton> or use a middle click. With the Right-Click menu you can configure the auto-complete function. An optional <guilabel>Clear Location Toolbar</guilabel> button is also available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:196
+#: user-interface.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quick Navigation: &Ctrl; point with mouse in the middle of &URL; of the <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton>. A pop-up window shows the next &URL; location. Pressing &Ctrl; + Left Mouse Button shows the location where the mouse was pointing to. This feature allows faster navigation in a big directory tree."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:206
+#: user-interface.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Panel Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:209
+#: user-interface.docbook:227
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Panel Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:211
+#: user-interface.docbook:229
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each panel has a <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-buttons\">configurable Panel Toolbar</link>. The complete Panel Toolbar or specific buttons can be made visible or be hidden."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:217
+#: user-interface.docbook:235
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>OpenDir Button</guibutton>: opens the directory browser."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:222
+#: user-interface.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Equals Button (=)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the other panel directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:227
+#: user-interface.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Up Button (..)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the parent directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:232
+#: user-interface.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Home Button (~)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:237
+#: user-interface.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Root Button (/)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the root directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:242
+#: user-interface.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Sync-browsing Button</guibutton>: when active, each directory change in the specific panel is performed in the other panel as well."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:251
+#: user-interface.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panels"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:252
+#: user-interface.docbook:270
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &krusader; panels are where most of the action takes place. Currently, there are two types of panels:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:256
+#: user-interface.docbook:274
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link>: shows the files and directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:260
+#: user-interface.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"sidebar\">Sidebar</link>: has several display modes: Preview, Tree, Quickselect, View and Disk Usage for the file or directory that has the focus. The Sidebar may be left open or closed, as desired."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:266
+#: user-interface.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is a \"twin-panel\" file manager so there are two panels: the \"Left\" panel and the \"Right\" panel, or a more important logical distinction, the *Active* panel and the *Inactive* panel. The active panel is the one that will accept your mouse and keyboard input. If you choose a command from the <guilabel>Menu-Bar</guilabel> or <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> the command will act upon the selected files/directories in the active panel. You can switch between panels using the 	 key or by clicking on the <guilabel>Information or Totals labels</guilabel>, or by selecting any file in a panel with the mouse. As always, default startup settings can be modified with the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, and you control the current session with the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>."
msgid "This is the default panel and the one you will probably use most of the time. This panel shows the contents of one directory which can be local (part of your mounted file systems, either a native file or the files inside an archive) or remote files (accessed via &FTP;, NFS or Samba). There are two modes: <link linkend=\"view-menu\">Detailed View</link> that shows the file names, file size, creation date and time and their attributes. And <link linkend=\"view-menu\">Brief View</link> that shows only the file names, the number of brief columns can be changed, by right clicking on the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> header. File copy/paste/cut via clipboard between &konqueror; and &krusader; <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>X</keycap></keycombo> is supported. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Ctrl; <keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> toggles the <guilabel>List Panel</guilabel> between horizontal and vertical mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:320
+#: user-interface.docbook:338
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following items are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:323
+#: user-interface.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Information Label</guilabel> </emphasis>: shows how much free space is physically available on the file system, the file system capacity and where the filesystem is mounted. If the information is not available (most often in the case of remote file system) a message will be displayed with the reason for unavailability instead of the information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:332
+#: user-interface.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guibutton>Media button</guibutton> on the left of the <guilabel>Information Label</guilabel> displays a list of all available media, where you can select the desired media (HDD partition, DVD, USB stick, &etc;). Pressing <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> when the <guibutton>Media menu</guibutton> is opened mounts the highlighted media when it is unmounted, and unmounts it when it is mounted. The context menu of a medium gives several options like <guilabel>Mount</guilabel>, <guilabel>Open in a new tab</guilabel>, &etc; The <guibutton>Media menu</guibutton> is <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-mediamenu\"> configurable</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:348
+#: user-interface.docbook:366
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> </emphasis>: here you can change the sort order of the files and directories as desired. The default sort order is by <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. The sort order can be instantly changed by clicking on one of the <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel>. To reverse the sort order, click a second time on the Column Header. An arrow will appear on the right of the Column Header text, showing the sort direction (Up arrow = A to Z sorting, Down arrow = Z to A sorting). Default <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> set a keybinding for the Column Headers. The default <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> are: <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, <guilabel>Ext</guilabel>, <guilabel>Size</guilabel>, <guilabel>Modified</guilabel>, <guilabel>rwx</guilabel>. Predefined <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Atomic extensions</link> like <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> are shown as one part in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> Column. More optional Column Headers are available with the &RMB;. The width <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> can be changed with the mouse by single clicking and moving the divider line to the desired width (keep the mouse button pressed). Both <guilabel>List Panels</guilabel> remember the sort order and column width. The <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> can be changed and saved individually to each panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:381
+#: user-interface.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>File List</guilabel> </emphasis>: displays the files and directories in the browsed directory. The <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search bar</link> allows you to search for files by typing their names, or the first few characters of a file name. Pressing &Enter; or double clicking on a file will open/execute that file. You can select/unselect files using the mouse, with the <keycap>Insert</keycap> key or the <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:395
+#: user-interface.docbook:413
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> </emphasis>: selecting or deselecting files will change the <emphasis> <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> </emphasis>: selecting or deselecting files will change the <emphasis> <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> </emphasis>at the bottom of the panel, which displays how many files you have selected (and how much total disk space they use) as well as the total file and disk usage of the current directory (as opposed to the information label that displays information for the whole file system). If a directory contains a lot of subdirectories, it may not be possible to drop the &URL; onto the panel (on which only directories are visible), but the &URL; can be dropped onto the \"Information Label\" or \"Totals Label\" instead. When a <link linkend=\"view-menu\">custom filter</link> is set, it will show the setting, example: [*.cpp]."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:415
+#: user-interface.docbook:433
#, no-c-format
msgid "When using the \"&kde; default <link linkend=\"konfig-color\">colors</link>\", then the selected files are shown in blue and the current file is surrounded by a fine-lined rectangle. By default an icon is shown according to the file type. Use <link linkend=\"konfig-panel\">Konfigurator Panel page</link> to change the default configuration to meet your individual needs."
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> will refresh the panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:432
+#: user-interface.docbook:450
#, no-c-format
msgid "Focus a file or directory on the left panel, press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Right arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the right panel changes:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:438
+#: user-interface.docbook:456
#, no-c-format
msgid "On a file: the right panel gets the same path as the left panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:442
+#: user-interface.docbook:460
#, no-c-format
msgid "On a directory: right panel opens the directory focused on the left panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:447
+#: user-interface.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the right panel: press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the left panel will change."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:455
+#: user-interface.docbook:473
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Sidebar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:457
+#: user-interface.docbook:475
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Sidebar</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:458
+#: user-interface.docbook:476
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sidebar (3rd Panel)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:460
+#: user-interface.docbook:478
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is \"&krusader; is 3rd Hand\" or the 3rd Panel, click on the arrow-up button on the right of the <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>Down-Arrow</keycap></keycombo> to open the <guilabel>Sidebar</guilabel>. This panel has several display modes which can be activated by clicking on the appropriate button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:470
+#: user-interface.docbook:488
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Preview Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: gives a preview of the file that has the focus (currently selected file)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:477
+#: user-interface.docbook:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Tree Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: is used to quickly browse the local directory tree. This panel behaves like the list panel but only one directory may be selected at a time and double clicking or pressing &Enter; on a directory will open that directory in the active panel. The panels fully support drag and drop (copy, move, link) mouse actions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:489
+#: user-interface.docbook:507
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Quick Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: is used to quickly select files, ⪚ enter <literal role=\"extension\">*.png</literal> and click on the <guibutton>Go</guibutton> button. The \"floppy\" button stores the current selection. The \"select group dialog\" is also available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:500
+#: user-interface.docbook:518
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Viewer Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: views a text file, views an image, &etc; A thumbnail view is generated whenever you open the <guilabel>Viewer Panel</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:509
+#: user-interface.docbook:527
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Disk Usage Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: views the <link linkend=\"diskusage\">Disk Usage</link> of a directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:516
+#: user-interface.docbook:534
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to change the sidebar placement using the rotation button which is located to the left of the arrow down button at the bottom part of the &krusader; tab. Each click on this button moves the sidebar on one position in the loop \"bottom-left-top-right\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:521
+#: user-interface.docbook:539
#, no-c-format
msgid "If needed you can resize the window ⪚ to better display a picture or view a file contents. Click on the arrow down button to close the <guilabel>3rd Hand Panel</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:527
+#: user-interface.docbook:545
#, no-c-format
msgid "Folder History"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:528
+#: user-interface.docbook:546
#, no-c-format
msgid "Both panels remember recently visited folders. Click on the <guibutton>Folder history</guibutton> button (\"watch\" symbol) to open the folder history list. Here you can quickly change to previously visited folders. The currently focused folder is checked. On every new start of &krusader;, the history list is populated by the items from previous run (history is saved)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:538
+#: user-interface.docbook:556
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command Line / Terminal Emulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:539
+#: user-interface.docbook:557
#, no-c-format
msgid "This part of the <link linkend=\"gloss-gui\">GUI</link> can have four modes: Command Line, Terminal Emulator, show both and show none. You can choose your mode of operation either on start-up with the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, or for the current session with the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link> ."
msgid "The traditional command line mode offers a single line of input to enter commands, it also features three buttons:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:563
+#: user-interface.docbook:581
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>command history</guibutton> (down arrow) to quick open previous used commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:568
+#: user-interface.docbook:586
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Useraction expander</guibutton> (green plus button) to add easy <link linkend=\"useractions\">Useraction placeholders</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:574
+#: user-interface.docbook:592
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>run in terminal mode</guibutton> (console icon) button with the next options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:576
+#: user-interface.docbook:594
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start and Forget"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:579
+#: user-interface.docbook:597
#, no-c-format
msgid "Display Separated Standard and Error Output"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:582
+#: user-interface.docbook:600
#, no-c-format
msgid "Display Mixed Standard and Error Output"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:585
+#: user-interface.docbook:603
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start in New Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:588
+#: user-interface.docbook:606
#, no-c-format
msgid "Send to Embedded Terminal Emulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:598
+#: user-interface.docbook:616
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you start typing your commands, the command line auto-completion feature will make its offers according to what you choose in the &systemsettings;. If you want to change the way auto-complete behaves in the current &krusader; session, <keycap>right click</keycap> on the command line and change it. To the left of the input line you can find the local path that the active panel is currently pointing to. This path is where your command will be executed. Typing <userinput> <command>cd</command> <replaceable> <directory></replaceable> </userinput> in the command line will also cause the active panel to point to this directory. Click <link linkend=\"cmdline_keybindings\">here</link> to view the command line keybindings."
msgid "The terminal emulator mode is in fact a small console and acts like one. You can change the active directory in the terminal by using the <userinput> <command>cd</command> </userinput> command. The terminal emulator will follow the active panel directory. You can drag a file from the <interface>List Panel</interface> and name of file will pasted into Terminal Emulator. If you drag multiple files, the names will pasted into Terminal Emulator. A full-screen terminal emulator can be used when <link linkend=\"konfig-general-general\">configured</link> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; &Shift;<keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> toggles between normal and full screen mode. If the command line is hidden, press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Arrow down</keycap></keycombo> to focus the terminal emulator. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Arrow up</keycap></keycombo> brings you back down. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Enter;</keycombo> and <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; &Shift; &Enter;</keycombo> paste the filename. You can close the emulator by typing <userinput> <command>exit</command> </userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:656
+#: user-interface.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click <link linkend=\"termemu_keybindings\">here</link> to view the Terminal emulator keybindings."
msgid "This bar gets its name from the function (FN) keys it represents. For each button on this bar there is a corresponding function key that performs the same action. This bar is derived from the design of the first twin-panel file managers and the FN keys usually act the same way with two changes: the <keycap>F2</keycap> key is used to rename files and the <keycap>F9</keycap> key will open a terminal at the last local path that the active panel pointed to. <guilabel>Mkdir</guilabel> <keycap>F7</keycap> can create whole directory trees on the fly ⪚ <literal>foo/bar/test</literal>. You can choose to display <link linkend=\"faqu_resize\">or not</link> the <guilabel>FN keys bar</guilabel> when starting up &krusader; via the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, and you can toggle its use in the current session with the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>. The actions and <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link> performed by the function keys are configurable since version 1.51, they will remain active with or without the <guilabel>FN keys bar</guilabel> displayed."
msgid "With <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> you can quickly change to multiple folders; each panel has its own <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> positions are saved when closing &krusader;. To switch between <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton>, click them with the mouse. Squeezed <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> have tooltips to display the full path. The following <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> operations are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:722
+#: user-interface.docbook:740
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>open a new tab</action> and keep the current tab opened: <keycap>Right-click</keycap> on a directory and select <guimenuitem>Open in New Tab</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:729
+#: user-interface.docbook:747
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>lock a tab</action>, <keycap>Right-click</keycap> and select <guimenuitem>Lock Tab</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:733
+#: user-interface.docbook:751
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>pin a tab</action>, <keycap>Right-click</keycap> and select <guimenuitem>Pin Tab</guimenuitem>. The pinned tab is a locked tab but with temporarily changeable address. It resets to pinned address on tab reactivation. To unpin the pinned tab right-click on it and choose the <guimenuitem>Unpin Tab</guimenuitem> item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:737
+#: user-interface.docbook:755
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>duplicate a tab</action>: <keycap>Right-click</keycap> on the folder tab and select <guimenuitem>Duplicate Current Tab</guimenuitem>, or use <keycombo action=\"simul\"> &Ctrl;&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:746
+#: user-interface.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>close a tab</action> (except for the last tab): <keycap>Right-click</keycap> on the tab and select <guimenuitem>Close Current Tab</guimenuitem>, or use the &MMB;, or use the Folder tab <guibutton>red cross</guibutton> button, or use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: user-interface.docbook:756
+#: user-interface.docbook:774
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>create a \"home\" tab</action>: click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button."
msgid "To move tab on the other panel, drag it to the area of the other panel with the &LMB; (the mouse cursor will become an arrow pointing left or right) and drop it. You can also press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: useraction-xml.docbook:22
+#: useraction-xml.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "useractions.xml"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useraction-xml.docbook:23
+#: useraction-xml.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "This appendix gives several examples of <filename>useractions.xml</filename> files. With this you can begin to discover the power of the <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> and start learning how to use them. Once you understand how to write UserActions you will find that &krusader; is an even more powerful, customizable tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useraction-xml.docbook:29
+#: useraction-xml.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please consider uploading your UserActions at <ulink url=\"https://store.kde.org\">store.kde.org</ulink> as we are collecting them. If your UserAction is selected by us it will be shipped with &krusader; at the next release."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useraction-xml.docbook:34
+#: useraction-xml.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "Runs <command>uptime</command>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5
-#: useraction-xml.docbook:35
+#: useraction-xml.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<!DOCTYPE KrusaderUserActions>\n"
" <KrusaderUserActions>\n"
" <action name=\"uptime\" >\n"
" <title>Up-time</title>\n"
" <tooltip>tells how long since the computer has been booted</tooltip>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:22
+#: useractions.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>UserActions</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:24
+#: useractions.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>UserActions</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:27
+#: useractions.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "With ActionMan you can set up, configure and manage UserActions. Some general settings are configured with <link linkend=\"konfig-useractions\">Konfigurator</link>. With UserActions you can perform actions on files in the panel or to access &krusader; internal functions with parameters directly using placeholders. The actions integrate seamlessly into &plasma; action system, which means that the standard Edit Toolbar and Edit Shortcut dialogs will show UserActions, too. The UserActions are stored in <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/useractions.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/useraction.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command. Several <link linkend=\"useraction-xml\">examples</link> are included in the documentation. UserActions can be edited / added / imported / exported by using ActionMan. The default UserActions are stored in <filename> /usr/share/krusader/useraction-examples.xml</filename>. UserActions can appear nearly everywhere where \"normal\" KActions can be placed. The actions can even be placed in the menu bar, but for that the <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file must be edited. A few examples:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:52
+#: useractions.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "Useractions Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:56
+#: useractions.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "User Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:59
+#: useractions.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actions Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:62
+#: useractions.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "right click menus"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:65
+#: useractions.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "&etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:68
+#: useractions.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader;'s UserActions tool is very powerful and customizable if you are familiar with writing UserActions in general."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:72
+#: useractions.docbook:70
#, no-c-format
msgid "Several UserActions are provided by default. Please <link linkend=\"help_krusader\">upload your favorite UserActions</link> so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:79
+#: useractions.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>ActionMan</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:85
+#: useractions.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>ActionMan</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:89
+#: useractions.docbook:87
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basically, UserActions are a method to call external programs with variable parameters. For example, you could have a UserAction with the following <command>xmms <option>--enqueue %aList(\"Selected\")%</option></command> to enqueue all selected items of the active panel to the current instance of xmms. Additionally, there is limited access to &krusader; internal functions requiring parameters. For example, <command>%aPanelSize(\"80\")%</command> will set the width of the active panel to 80% of the &krusader; mainwindow. Since the parameter of placeholders can contain other placeholders, few scripts are possible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:107
+#: useractions.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "Managing UserActions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:109
+#: useractions.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open Konfigurator and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>User Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Start ActionMan</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, in which you can add, edit, remove, import and export UserActions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:114
+#: useractions.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Add Action</guimenuitem>: If you add an new action, you get an empty input mask where you can enter all the properties you desire. The action will be added as soon as you press <guimenuitem>Apply</guimenuitem>. Afterwards, the name is shown in the list on the left."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:123
+#: useractions.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "To edit a UserAction: Select the UserAction on the left. Then choose it if you want to edit its properties. The changes will only take effect when you press <guimenuitem>Apply</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:129
+#: useractions.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>To remove a UserAction</guimenuitem>: Select the UserAction on the left and click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Icon-edit-delete.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:136
+#: useractions.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>To import a UserAction</guimenuitem>: If you import some actions, they will be automatically added to your list. If there are name conflicts (the names have to be unique because these are the ID for &plasma; action system), you are asked to resolve them. For this, the list on the left will only show the actions where conflicts exist. You can now give them new names or remove them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:146
+#: useractions.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Export Action</guimenuitem>: If you export a UserAction you have to give a filename in which to store it. If it does not exist, it will be created. If the file already contains UserActions, the action you are exporting will be added to that file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:154
+#: useractions.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "All actions you have defined are now shown in the user menu and in &plasma; dialogs for changing shortcuts and managing the toolbar. In addition, all actions available for the current item will also show up in the right click menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:160
+#: useractions.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basic Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:162
+#: useractions.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Identifier</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Title</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Command line</guimenuitem> are always required, all the other properties are optional."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:168
+#: useractions.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Identifier</guimenuitem>: A unique name of the UserAction, used to identify it for &plasma; action system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:174
+#: useractions.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Icon button</guimenuitem>: The icon for your UserAction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:179
+#: useractions.docbook:177
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Category</guimenuitem>: Categories are used for a better overview. They appear as submenu items in the <guimenuitem>Useractions</guimenuitem> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:185
+#: useractions.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Title</guimenuitem>: The title displayed in the menus or dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:190
+#: useractions.docbook:188
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Tooltip</guimenuitem>: A tooltip for your UserAction, ⪚ displayed in the toolbar on mouseover."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:196
+#: useractions.docbook:194
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Description</guimenuitem>: A description of what the UserAction does. This is also displayed as <guimenuitem>What's This</guimenuitem> if you <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> click on your UserAction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:205
+#: useractions.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Command</guimenuitem>: The command which will be executed. You can add placeholder using a GUI with the <guibutton>add</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:212
+#: useractions.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Workdir</guimenuitem>: The working directory for the command which will be executed."
msgid "<guimenuitem>Local files (no URLs)</guimenuitem>: Tells the placeholder it should return local addresses."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:259
+#: useractions.docbook:257
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>URLs (remote and local)</guimenuitem>: Tells the placeholder it should return &URL;s."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:274
+#: useractions.docbook:272
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Default shortcut</guimenuitem>: Configures a default shortcut for the UserAction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:279
+#: useractions.docbook:277
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Enabled</guimenuitem>: if checked, the useraction is shown in the <link linkend=\"useractions\">User Menu</link>, otherwise the useraction will be hidden."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:285
+#: useractions.docbook:283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command-line syntax"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:287
+#: useractions.docbook:285
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basically, everything you type in the command line will get executed (if you type \"ls -l\", \"ls -l\" gets executed). You have the possibility to get a character string from &krusader; which represents the current state of the panel. This is done using placeholders. A placeholder begins with a percent-sign ('%') and is followed by a panel indicator ('a' for the active, 'o' for the other, 'l' for the left and 'r' for the right panel. If the placeholder does not need a panel to operate on, you have to indicate this by an underscore ('_')). Then comes the name of the placeholder (see the list below), which may get some parameters enclosed in quotes. Finally, again the percent sign."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:299
+#: useractions.docbook:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "This sounds very complicated, so let's make an example: '%aList(\"Selected\")%' is replaced by a list of all selected items in the active panel. So a command like 'xmms --enqueue %aList(\"All\", \" \", \"\", \"*.mp3\")%' will execute xmms with a list of all .mp3s in the current panel, separated by a single blank."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:305
+#: useractions.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Currently, these placeholders are implemented:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:308
+#: useractions.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Path</userinput> - replaced by the panels path"
msgid "Parameter (optional): Omit the current path. Default: no"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:352
+#: useractions.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>List</userinput> - replaced by a list of all <first parameter>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:361
+#: useractions.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Separator between the items. Default: \" \""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:371
+#: useractions.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Filtermask (for all but \"Selected\"). Default: *"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:383
+#: useractions.docbook:381
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Select</userinput> - manipulates the selection in a panel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:388
+#: useractions.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Filtermask"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:391
+#: useractions.docbook:389
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): manipulate in which way; either \"Set\", \"Add\" or \"Remove\". Default: \"Set\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:398
+#: useractions.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Goto</userinput> - changes the panels' path to <first parameter>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:403
+#: useractions.docbook:401
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A relative or absolute path, or an URL"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:407
+#: useractions.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Open the location in a new tab. Default: no"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:414
+#: useractions.docbook:412
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Ask</userinput> - asks the user for some text and is replaced by the answer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:419
+#: useractions.docbook:417
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: The Question"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:423
+#: useractions.docbook:421
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A default answer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:427
+#: useractions.docbook:425
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A caption for the question box"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:433
+#: useractions.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Clipboard</userinput> - manipulates the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:438
+#: useractions.docbook:436
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: The text that should go to the clipboard (you may want to use \"%aCurrent%\" here)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:443
+#: useractions.docbook:441
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Append the text to the current content of the clipboard with this separator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:450
+#: useractions.docbook:448
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Copy</userinput> - copies a file, useful for quick, local backups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:455
+#: useractions.docbook:453
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: What should be copied"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:459
+#: useractions.docbook:457
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Where it should be copied"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:465
+#: useractions.docbook:463
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Sync</userinput> - opens the Synchronizer with a given profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:470
+#: useractions.docbook:468
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A profile for the Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:476
+#: useractions.docbook:474
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>NewSearch</userinput> - opens the search windows with a given profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:481
+#: useractions.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A profile for the search module"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:487
+#: useractions.docbook:485
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Profile</userinput> - loads a given panel profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:492
+#: useractions.docbook:490
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A panel profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:498
+#: useractions.docbook:496
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Each</userinput> - splits the commandline into a list. These commands are executed one after another."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:503
+#: useractions.docbook:501
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A list item (all, all files, all dirs, all selected)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:509
+#: useractions.docbook:507
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Move</userinput> - move from source to destination."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:514
+#: useractions.docbook:512
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A source"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:517
+#: useractions.docbook:515
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A destination"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:523
+#: useractions.docbook:521
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>PanelSize</userinput> - change the ratio between the two panels."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:528
+#: useractions.docbook:526
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A integer value, ⪚, 80 makes the active panel use 80% of &krusader;'s width (height in vertical mode), omitting the parameter means 50%."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:536
+#: useractions.docbook:534
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Ask</userinput> - cancel the execution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:540
+#: useractions.docbook:538
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A string for the cancel question."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:581
+#: useractions.docbook:579
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>ListFile</userinput> - is replaced by path/file name of a temporary file containing a list of items"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:586
+#: useractions.docbook:584
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: path/filename"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:592
+#: useractions.docbook:590
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>ColSort</userinput> - set the sorting on a column of a specific panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:597
+#: useractions.docbook:595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Column: Either \"Name\", \"Ext\", \"Type\", \"Size\", \"Modified\", \"Perms\", \"rwx\", \"Owner\" and \"Group\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:602
+#: useractions.docbook:600
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Sort sequence: Either \"Toggle\", \"Asc\", \"Desc\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:608
+#: useractions.docbook:606
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>View</userinput> - set the view mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:612
+#: useractions.docbook:610
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: View mode: Either \"generic\", \"text\", \"hex\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:616
+#: useractions.docbook:614
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Window Mode: Either \"tab\", \"window\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:622
+#: useractions.docbook:620
#, no-c-format
msgid "A GUI-based helper for placeholder adding is provided. Spaces in Path, Current and List are by default, automatically escaped. There is one more important thing to know: All placeholders that interact with &krusader; internal functions are called at expand time (meaning directly when the placeholders are replaced). External programs are called at execution time (meaning after all placeholders are replaced)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:631
+#: useractions.docbook:629
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:633
+#: useractions.docbook:631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure where your command should be visible (for the right click menu). In addition, it is possible to change the command executed and confirm it separately. You can also set a user under which the command should be executed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:639
+#: useractions.docbook:637
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configures if the action is valid for a Protocol, Path, MIME type or File name."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:643
+#: useractions.docbook:641
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tweaking the command line before being executed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: useractions.docbook:646
+#: useractions.docbook:644
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set a different user for the execution (this has no effect in &krusader; internal functions)"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:2
+#: vfs.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Virtual file systems (VFS)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:4
+#: vfs.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>VFS</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:6
+#: vfs.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "A basic <link linkend=\"features\">OFM feature</link> is VFS, this an abstracted layer over all kinds of archived information (ZIP files, &FTP; servers, TAR archives, NFS filesystems, SAMBA shares, ISO CD/DVD images, RPM catalogs, &etc;), which allows the user to access all the information in these divergent types of filesystems transparently - just like entering an ordinary sub-directory. &krusader; supports several virtual file systems:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:17
+#: vfs.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote connections VFS</link>: provides the capability of working with a remote connection session (&FTP;, NFS, Samba, FISH, SFTP) like with local filesystems. It is perfect for complex remote operations and almost as powerful as most standalone GUI remote clients."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:26
+#: vfs.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Archive VFS</link>: allows to browse archives in VFS as it was a directory (ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, zip and 7-zip)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:32
+#: vfs.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Search VFS</link>: <guibutton>Feed to listbox</guibutton> places the search results in VFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:38
+#: vfs.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer VFS</link>: places the synchronizer results in VFS (disabled at the compilation time by default)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:43
+#: vfs.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actions you perform on the files in VFS are performed on the 'real' files. You do not just delete files from the VFS - you delete them from your hard drive. Limitations: you cannot create directories inside a VFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:47
+#: vfs.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to keep the directory structure when doing a copy from a virtual folder to a non virtual folder, by selecting the \"Keep virtual directory structure\" check box of the copy dialog. Imagine the following virtual folder: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>file:/home/myhome/mydir1/myfile1</userinput></screen> <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>file:/home/myhome/mydir1/myfile2</userinput></screen> <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>file:/home/myhome/mydir2/myfile3</userinput></screen> Then do the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:57
+#: vfs.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "go to the virtual folder and select the files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: vfs.docbook:60
+#: vfs.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "select a destination folder (non virtual!)"
msgid "Pressing &Enter; on a selected file <emphasis>opens the file with the associated application</emphasis>. The editor-viewer is tabbed, configure it on the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:13
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Viewer</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:14
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "To view a file as fast as possible according to its type, just put it under the cursor and press <keycap>F3</keycap>. &krusader;'s internal viewer is actually a part of &konqueror;, which can basically view every file type viewable by &konqueror; (⪚ display pictures, play music, show the content of an archive). This is called the 'Generic viewer', for which you need to configure the MIME types."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:22
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The viewer works as follows: "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>It tries to view the file with the <emphasis>'Generic viewer'.</emphasis></para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>When the file type (MIME type) cannot be determined or when a file (⪚ a binary) does not have an associated action, it disables the 'generic viewer'. The file is treated as a text file, which is the <emphasis>'Text viewer'</emphasis>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The user can change in the <link linkend=\"kredit_krviewer_menu\">KrViewer menu</link> between: 'Generic viewer' (if available), 'Text viewer' and <emphasis>'Hex viewer'</emphasis>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"You can configure the default viewer mode on the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:44
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> views a &URL; on demand, ⪚:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:50
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:68
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>man:/</command> </userinput>views the manpages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:56
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>man:/</command><replaceable>krusader</replaceable> </userinput>views manpage of &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:62
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>info:/</command> </userinput>views the infopages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:68
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>http://</command><replaceable>krusader.sourceforce.net/</replaceable> </userinput>views a webpage."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:74
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:92
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>ftp://</command><replaceable>ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/</replaceable> </userinput>views a &FTP; server."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:80
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>sftp://</command><replaceable>sftp.foo/</replaceable> </userinput>views a secure &FTP; server."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:86
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>file:/</command><replaceable>home/frank</replaceable> </userinput>views the home directory of Frank."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:92
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>tar:/</command><replaceable>home/frank/archive.tar.gz/</replaceable> </userinput>opens content browser window for the <literal role=\"extension\">tar.gz</literal> archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:99
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "KrViewer can have the following menus: <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-file\">File</link>, <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-edit\">Edit</link>, <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-view\">View</link>, <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-settings\">Settings</link> and <link linkend=\"kredit_krviewer_menu\">Krviewer</link>, depending on which file type is viewed. They will be discussed in the <link linkend=\"kredit\">Editor section</link>. The internal viewer can follow links on &HTML; pages. With <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>E</keycap></keycombo> the viewer can start &krusader;'s internal editor (which is basically the same application)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:113
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:131
#, no-c-format
msgid "The embedded viewer is not written by us, it is supplied via &kf5; and KIO Slaves. We cannot and do not want to change it, using these libraries reduces the amount of written code. So we do not have to reinvent the wheel ;-)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:122
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:140
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Editor</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:124
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Editor</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:126
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader;'s internal editor has almost everything that you can expect of an editor. Editing is similar to viewing but with the <keycap>F4</keycap> key. The default editor is &krusader;'s internal editor. You can change the default editor in the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link>, if you prefer to use an external editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:134
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you use &krusader;'s internal editor for the first time, it is recommended to look at each section of the <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-settings\">Settings</link> menu, and configure it the way you want it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:142
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu overview"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:145
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:163
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are different menus and menu items in simple and advanced mode. The advanced mode is enabled by checking the option <link linkend=\"katepart-appearance\"> Enable power user mode (&kde; 3 mode)</link> on the <guilabel>Appearance</guilabel> page in &kappname;s settings."
msgid "This saves the current document. If there has already been a save of the document then this will overwrite the previously saved file without asking for the user's consent. If it is the first save of a new document the save as dialog (described below) will be invoked."
msgid "Reloads the active file from disk. This command is useful if another program or process has changed the file while you have it open in &kappname;."
msgid "Opens a simple print dialog allowing the user to specify what, where, and how to print."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:227
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Export as HTML</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:233
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "Export your file in &HTML; format so your document can be viewed as a web page. This item is only displayed when the plugin <guilabel>Exporter</guilabel> is loaded."
msgid "This command deletes the current selection and places it on the clipboard. The clipboard is a feature that works invisibly to provide a way to transfer data between applications."
msgid "This copies the currently selected text to the clipboard so that it may be pasted elsewhere. The clipboard is a feature that works invisibly to provide a way to transfer data between applications."
msgid "This will insert the contents of the clipboard at the cursor position. The clipboard is feature that works invisibly to provide a way to transfer data between applications."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:307
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy as HTML</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:311
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "This copies the currently selected text to the clipboard as &HTML;. This item is only displayed when the plugin <guilabel>Exporter</guilabel> is loaded."
msgid "Toggles Selection Mode. When the Selection Mode is <guilabel>BLOCK</guilabel>, you can make vertical selections, ⪚ select column 5 to 10 in lines 9 to 15. The status bar shows the current state of the Selection Mode, either <guilabel>BLOCK</guilabel> or <guilabel>LINE</guilabel>."
msgid "Switch to a vi-like, modal editing mode. This mode supports the most used commands and motions from vim's normal and visual mode and has an optional vi mode statusbar. This status bar shows commands while they are being entered, output from commands and the current mode.The behavior of this mode can be configured in the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-edit-vi-input-mode\">Vi Input Mode</link> section of the <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> page in &kappname;'s settings dialog."
msgid "Toggles the Insert/Overwrite modes. When the mode is <guilabel>INS</guilabel>, you insert characters where the cursor is. When the mode is <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>, writing characters will replace the current characters if your cursor is positioned before any character. The status bar shows the current state of the Overwrite Mode, either <guilabel>INS</guilabel> or <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>."
msgid "This opens the incremental search bar at the bottom of the editor window. On the left side of the bar is a button with an icon to close the bar, followed by a small text box for entering the search pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:393
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:411
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you start entering characters of your search pattern, the search starts immediately. If there is a match in the text this is highlighted and the background color of the entry field changes to light green. If the search pattern does not match any string in the text, this is indicated by a light red background color of the entry field and <guilabel>Not found</guilabel> is displayed at the right side of the bar."
msgid "Use the <guilabel>Next</guilabel> or <guilabel>Previous</guilabel> button to jump to the next or previous match in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:400
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:418
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can choose whether the search should be case sensitive. Selecting <guilabel>Match Case</guilabel> will limit finds to entries that match the case (upper or lower) of each of the characters in the search pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:404
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the button with a green arrow icon at the right side of the incremental search bar to switch to the power search and replace bar."
msgid "This repeats the last find operation, if any, without calling the incremental search bar, and searching backwards instead of forwards through the document."
msgid "This command opens the power search and replace bar. On the upper left side of the bar is a button with an icon to close the bar, followed by a small text box for entering the search pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:451
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:469
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can control the search mode by selecting <guilabel>Plain text</guilabel>, <guilabel>Whole words</guilabel>, <guilabel>Escape sequences</guilabel> or <guilabel>Regular expression</guilabel> from the drop down box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:455
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:473
#, no-c-format
msgid "If <guilabel>Escape sequences</guilabel> or <guilabel>Regular expression</guilabel> are selected, the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> menuitem at the bottom of the context menu of the text boxes will be enabled and allows you to add escape sequences or regular expression items to the search or replace pattern from predefined lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:461
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the text to replace with in the text box labeled <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> and click the <guibutton>Replace</guibutton> button to replace only the highlighted text or the <guibutton>Replace All</guibutton> button to replace the search text in the whole document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:465
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:483
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can modify the search and replace behavior by selecting different options at the bottom of the bar. Selecting <guilabel>Match Case</guilabel> will limit finds to entries that match the case (upper or lower) of each of the characters in the search pattern. <guilabel>Selection Only</guilabel> will search and replace within the current selection only. The <guilabel>Find All</guilabel> button highlights all matches in the document and shows the number of found matches in a small popup."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:473
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:491
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the button with a green arrow icon at the right side of the power search and replace bar to switch to the incremental search bar."
msgid "Finds previous occurrence of selected text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:506
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:524
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Go to Line...</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:513
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:531
#, no-c-format
msgid "This opens the goto line bar at the bottom of the window which is used to have the cursor jump to a particular line (specified by number) in the document. The line number may be entered directly into the text box or graphically by clicking on the up or down arrow spin controls at the side of the text box. The little up arrow will increase the line number and the down arrow decrease it. Close the bar with a click on the button with an icon on the left side of the bar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:528
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:546
#, no-c-format
msgid "The View Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:530
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:548
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu allows you to manage settings specific to the active editor, and to manage frames."
msgid "Create another window containing the current document. All changes to the document in one window are reflected in the other window and vice versa."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:552
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:570
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Switch to Command Line</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:560
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:578
#, no-c-format
msgid "Displays the Katepart command line at the bottom of the window. In the command line, type <userinput>help</userinput> to get help and <userinput>help list</userinput> to get a list of commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:567
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:585
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show the Javascript Console</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:570
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:588
#, no-c-format
msgid "This opens a tool view that allows you to run Javascript code interactively. For more information, see <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/advanced-editing-tools-scripting.html\">Extending &kate; with Scripts</ulink>"
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dynamic Word Wrap</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:599
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:617
#, no-c-format
msgid "The text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:607
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Dynamic Word Wrap Indicators</guisubmenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:613
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose when and how the dynamic word wrap indicators should be displayed. This is only available if the <guilabel>Dynamic Word Wrap</guilabel> option is checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:622
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:640
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Static Word Wrap Marker</guimenuitem>"
msgid "If this option is checked, a vertical line will be drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Editing tab. Please note that the word wrap marker is only drawn if you use a fixed pitch font."
msgid "This is a toggle item. Setting it on checked will make the Icon Border visible in the left side of the active editor, and vice versa. The Icon Border indicates the positions of the marked lines in the editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:656
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>F11</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Line Numbers</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:663
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:681
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is a toggle Item. Setting it on checked will make a pane displaying the line numbers of the document visible in the left border of the active editor, and vice versa."
msgid "If this option is checked, the view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar. The marks are equivalent to the marks on the <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-view-show-icon-border\">Icon Border</link>."
msgid "This will move the cursor to beginning of the first above line with a bookmark. The menuitem text will include the line number and the first piece of text on the line. This item is only available when there is a bookmark in a line above the cursor."
msgid "This will move the cursor to beginning of the next line with a bookmark. The menuitem text will include the line number and the first piece of text on the line. This item is only available when there is a bookmark in a line below the cursor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:824
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:842
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the bottom of this menu, a list of bookmarks appears if any bookmarks are available for this window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:834
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:852
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Tools Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:838
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:856
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Read Only Mode</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:842
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:860
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the current document to Read Only mode. This prevents any text addition and any changes in the document formatting."
msgid "Choose the filetype scheme you prefer for the active document. This overwrites the global filetype mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Filetypes tab for your current document only."
msgid "Choose the Highlighting scheme you prefer for the active document. This overwrites the global highlighting mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for your current document only."
msgid "Choose the style of indentation you want for your active document. This overwrites the global indentation mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for your current document only."
msgid "You can overwrite the default encoding set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the <guilabel>Open/Save</guilabel> page to set a different encoding for your current document. The encoding you set here will be only valid for your current document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:902
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:920
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guisubmenu>End of Line</guisubmenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:906
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:924
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose your preferred end of line mode for your active document. This overwrites the global end of line mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for your current document only."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:915
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:933
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Add Byte Mark Order (BOM)</guisubmenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:919
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:937
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checking this action you can explicitly add a byte order mark for unicode encoded documents. The byte order mark (BOM) is a Unicode character used to signal the endianness (byte order) of a text file or stream, for more information see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_Order_Mark\">Byte Order Mark</ulink>."
msgid "<guimenuitem>Reuse Word Below</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>9</keycap></keycombo>) and <guimenuitem>Reuse Word Above</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>8</keycap></keycombo>) complete the currently typed text by searching for similar words backward or forward from the current cursor position. <guimenuitem>Shell Completion</guimenuitem> pops up a completion box with matching entries."
msgid "<action>This initiates the spellchecking program - a program designed to help the user catch and correct any spelling errors.</action> Clicking on this entry will start the checker and bring up the speller dialog box through which the user can control the process. There are four settings lined up vertically in the center of the dialog with their corresponding labels just to the left. Starting at the top they are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:987
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1005
#, no-c-format
msgid "Unknown word:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:988
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1006
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here, the spellchecker indicates the word currently under consideration. This happens when the checker encounters a word not in its dictionary - a file containing a list of correctly spelled words against which it compares each word in the editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:994
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1012
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace with:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:995
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1013
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the checker has any similar words in its dictionary the first one will be listed here. The user can accept the suggestion, type in his or her own correction, or choose a different suggestion from the next box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1001
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1019
#, no-c-format
msgid "Language:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1002
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1020
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have installed multiple dictionaries, here you can select which dictionary/language should be used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1007
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1025
#, no-c-format
msgid "On the right side of the dialog box are 6 buttons that allow the user to control the spellcheck process. They are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1012
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add to Dictionary"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1013
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1031
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing this button adds the <guilabel>Unknown word </guilabel> to the checker's dictionary. This means that in the future the checker will always consider this word to be correctly spelled."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1019
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1037
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggest"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1020
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1038
#, no-c-format
msgid "The checker may list here a number of possible replacements for the word under consideration. Clicking on any one of the suggestions will cause that word to be entered in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> box, above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1026
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1044
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1027
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1045
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button has the checker replace the word under consideration in the document with the word in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1032
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1050
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace All"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1033
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1051
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button causes the checker to replace not only the current <guilabel>Unknown word:</guilabel> but to automatically make the same substitution for any other occurrences of this <guilabel>Unknown word</guilabel> in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1039
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1040
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1058
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activating this button will have the checker move on without making any changes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1044
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1062
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore All"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1045
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1063
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button tells the checker to do nothing with the current <guilabel>Unknown word:</guilabel> and to pass over any other instances of the same word."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1047
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1065
#, no-c-format
msgid "This only applies to the current spellcheck run. If the checker is run again later it will stop on this same word."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1053
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Three more buttons are located horizontally along the bottom of the spellcheck dialog. They are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1058
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1076
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1059
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1077
#, no-c-format
msgid "This invokes the &kde; help system with the help page for this dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1064
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1082
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1065
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1083
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button ends the spellcheck process, and returns to the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1070
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1088
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1071
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1089
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button cancels the spellcheck process, all modifications are reverted, and you will return to your document."
msgid "Displays a drop down box with all available dictionaries for spellchecking at the bottom of the editor window. This allows easy switching of the spellcheck dictionary ⪚ for automatic spellcheck of text in different languages."
msgid "This cleans the indentation for the current selection or for the line the cursor is currently in. Cleaning the indentation ensures that all your selected text follows the indentation mode you choose."
msgid "This removes one space (if any exist) from the beginning of the line where the text cursor is located or from the beginning of any selected lines."
msgid "Joins the selected lines, or the current line and the line below with one white space character as a separator. Leading/trailing white space on joined lines is removed in the affected ends."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1208
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1226
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apply Word Wrap</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1212
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1230
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apply static word wrapping on all the document. That means that a new line of text will automatically start when the current line exceeds the length specified by the <guilabel>Wrap words at</guilabel> option in the Editing tab in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1221
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-plugins\">plugin</link> Insert File is enabled, you will find here an additional menu item <guimenuitem>Insert File...</guimenuitem>."
msgid "&krusader;'s internal viewer is actually part of &konqueror;, which can basically view every file type viewable by &konqueror; (⪚ display pictures, play music, show the content of an archive)."
msgid "This group contains all pages related to the editor component of &kappname;. Most of the settings here are defaults, they can be overridden by <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-open-save-modes-filetypes\">defining a filetype</link>, by <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/config-variables.html\">Document Variables</ulink> or by changing them per document during an editing session."
msgid "If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1401
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1419
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dynamic word wrap indicators (if applicable)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1402
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1420
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose when the Dynamic word wrap indicators should be displayed, either <guilabel>Off</guilabel>, <guilabel>Follow Line Numbers</guilabel> or <guilabel>Always on</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1407
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid "Align dynamically wrapped lines to indentation depth:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1410
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1428
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enables the start of dynamically wrapped lines to be aligned vertically to the indentation level of the first line. This can help to make code and markup more readable."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1413
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1431
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additionally, this allows you to set a maximum width of the screen, as a percentage, after which dynamically wrapped lines will no longer be vertically aligned. For example, at 50%, lines whose indentation levels are deeper than 50% of the width of the screen will not have vertical alignment applied to subsequent wrapped lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1425
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whitespace Highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1429
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1447
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlight tabulators"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1430
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1448
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will display a » symbol to indicate the presence of a tab in the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1434
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1452
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlight trailing spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1435
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1453
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will display dots to indicate the presence of extra whitespace at the end of lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1443
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1461
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1448
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1466
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show indentation lines"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1450
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1468
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is checked, the editor will display vertical lines to help identifying indent lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1454
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1472
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlight range between selected brackets"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1456
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1474
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is enabled, the range between the selected matching brackets will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1466
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1484
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Borders</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1470
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1488
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Borders</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1474
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1492
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show folding markers (if available)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1476
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1494
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is checked, the current view will display marks for code folding, if code folding is available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1480
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1498
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show icon border"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1482
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1500
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is checked, you will see an icon border on the left hand side. The icon border shows bookmark signs for instance."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1486
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1504
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show line numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1488
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1506
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is checked, you will see line numbers on the left hand side."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1492
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1510
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show scrollbar marks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1494
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1512
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is checked the current view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar. These marks will for instance show bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1503
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort Bookmarks Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1508
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1526
#, no-c-format
msgid "By creation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1510
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1528
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each new bookmark will be added to the bottom, independently from where it is placed in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1514
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1532
#, no-c-format
msgid "By position"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1516
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1534
#, no-c-format
msgid "The bookmarks will be ordered by the line numbers they are placed at."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1528
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1546
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fonts & Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1530
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1548
#, no-c-format
msgid "This section of the dialog lets you configure all fonts and colors in any color scheme you have, as well creating new schemes or deleting existing ones. Each scheme has settings for colors, fonts and normal and highlight text styles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1536
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1554
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; will preselect the currently active scheme for you, if you want to work on a different scheme start by selecting that from the <guilabel>Schema</guilabel> combobox. With the <guibutton>New</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button you can create a new scheme or delete existing ones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1540
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1558
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the bottom of the page you can select the <guilabel>Default schema for &kappname;</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1543
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1547
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1565
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text Area Background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1553
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal text"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1554
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1572
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the default background for the editor area, it will be the dominant color on the editor area."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1559
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1577
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected text"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1560
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1578
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the background for selected text. The default is the global selection color, as set in your &plasma; color preferences."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1566
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1584
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1567
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1585
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the color for the current line. Setting this a bit different from the Normal text background helps to keep focus on the current line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1573
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1591
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1574
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1592
#, no-c-format
msgid "This combobox lets you set overlay colors for various mark types. The color is mixed into the background color of a marked line, so that a line with more marks or a marked line that is current has a background that is a mix of more colors. The mark colors are also used if you enable display of scrollbar marks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1586
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1604
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additional Elements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1590
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1608
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left border background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1591
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1609
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used for the marks, line numbers and folding marker borders in the left side of the editor view when they are displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1596
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1614
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1597
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1615
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw the line numbers on the left side of the view when displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1601
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bracket highlight"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1602
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1620
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw the background of matching brackets."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1606
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1624
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word wrap markers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1607
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1625
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw a pattern to the left of dynamically wrapped lines when those are aligned vertically, as well as for the static word wrap marker."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1612
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1630
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab and space markers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1613
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1631
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw white space indicators when enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1617
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1635
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spelling mistake line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1618
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1636
#, no-c-format
msgid "sets the color of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1629
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1647
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1630
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1648
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the font for the schema. You can choose from any font available on your system, and set a default size. A sample text displays at the bottom of the dialog, so you can see the effect of your choices."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1638
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1656
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal Text Styles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1639
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1657
#, no-c-format
msgid "The normal text styles are inherited by the highlight text styles, allowing the editor to present text in a very consistent way, for example comment text is using the same style in almost all of the text formats that &kappname; can highlight."
msgid "The name in the list of styles is using the style configured for the item, providing you with an immediate preview when configuring a style."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1646
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1664
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each style lets you select common attributes as well as foreground and background colors. To unset a background color, rightclick to use the context menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1652
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1670
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlighting Text Styles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1653
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1671
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can edit the text styles used by a specific highlight definition. The editor preselects the highlight used by your current document. To work on a different highlight, select one in the <guilabel>Highlight</guilabel> combobox above the style list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1661
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1679
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each style lets you select common attributes as well as foreground and background colors. To unset a background color, rightclick to use the context menu. In addition you can see if a style is equal to the default style used for the item, and set it to that if not."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1665
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1683
#, no-c-format
msgid "You will notice that many highlights contain other highlights represented by groups in the style list. For example most highlights import the Alert highlight, and many source code formats imports the Doxygen highlight. Editing colors in those groups only affects the styles when used in the edited highlight format."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1676
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1694
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1683
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1701
#, no-c-format
msgid "Static Word Wrap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1684
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1702
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word wrap is a feature that causes the editor to automatically start a new line of text and move (wrap) the cursor to the beginning of that new line. &kappname; will automatically start a new line of text when the current line reaches the length specified by the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-wrap-words-at\">Wrap Words At:</link> option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1692
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable static word wrap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1694
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1712
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns static word wrap on or off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1698
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1716
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show static word wrap markers (if applicable)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1709
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1727
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wrap words at:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1711
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1729
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-word-wrap\">Enable static word wrap</link> option is selected this entry determines the length (in characters) at which the editor will automatically start a new line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1721
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1739
#, no-c-format
msgid "Misc"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1725
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove trailing spaces while editing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1726
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1744
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; will automatically eliminate extra spaces at the ends of lines of text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1730
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1748
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto brackets"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1730
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1748
#, no-c-format
msgid "When the user types a left bracket ([, (, or {) &kappname; automatically enters the right bracket (}, ), or ]) to the right of the cursor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1736
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1754
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy/Cut the current line if no selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1737
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1755
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is enabled and the text selection is empty, copy and cut action are performed for the line of text at the actual cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1742
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1760
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allow scrolling past the end of the document"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1743
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1761
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option lets you scroll past the end of the document. This can be used to vertically centre the bottom of the document, or put it on top of the current view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1754
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1772
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor & Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1759
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1777
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text Cursor Movement"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1763
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid "Smart home and smart end"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1765
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1783
#, no-c-format
msgid "When selected, pressing the home key will cause the cursor to skip white space and go to the start of a line's text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1770
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wrap cursor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1772
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1790
#, no-c-format
msgid "When on, moving the insertion cursor using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Left</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Right</emphasis> keys will go on to previous/next line at beginning/end of the line, similar to most editors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1775
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1793
#, no-c-format
msgid "When off, the insertion cursor cannot be moved left of the line start, but it can be moved off the line end, which can be very handy for programmers. When this option is chosen, moving the cursor with the arrow keys off the end of a line (to the right) causes it to jump down to the beginning of the next line. Likewise when the cursor is moved past the beginning of a line (to the left) it jumps up to the end of the preceding line. When this option is not selected, moving the cursor right past the end of a line merely causes it to continue horizontally in the same line and trying to move it left past the beginning does nothing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1787
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1805
#, no-c-format
msgid "PageUp/PageDown moves cursor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1789
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1807
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option changes the behavior of the cursor when the user presses the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> key. If unselected the text cursor will maintain its relative position within the visible text in &kappname; as new text becomes visible as a result of the operation. So if the cursor is in the middle of the visible text when the operation occurs it will remain there (except when one reaches the beginning or end.) With this option selected, the first key press will cause the cursor to move to either the top or bottom of the visible text as a new page of text is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1800
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1818
#, no-c-format
msgid "Autocenter cursor (lines):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1802
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1820
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets the number of lines to maintain visible above and below the cursor when possible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1811
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1829
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1815
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1833
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1817
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1835
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selections will be overwritten by typed text and will be lost on cursor movement."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1822
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1840
#, no-c-format
msgid "Persistent"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1824
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1842
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selections will stay even after cursor movement and typing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1835
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1853
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1840
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1858
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default Indentation mode:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1842
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1860
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select the automatic indentation mode you want to use as default. It is strongly recommended to use <userinput>None</userinput> or <userinput>Normal</userinput> here, and use filetype configurations to set other indentation modes for text formats like C/C++ code or &XML;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1850
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1868
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indent using"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1854
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1872
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tabulators"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1856
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this is enabled the editor will insert tabulator characters when you press the 	 key or use <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/kate-part-autoindent.html\">automatic indentation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1862
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1880
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1864
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1882
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this is enabled the editor will insert a calculated number of spaces according to the position in the text and the <option>tab-width</option> setting when you press the 	 key or use <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/kate-part-autoindent.html\">automatic indentation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1871
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tabulators and Spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1873
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1891
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this is enabled, the editor will insert spaces as describe above when indenting or pressing 	 at the beginning of a line, but insert tabulators when the 	 key is pressed in the middle or end of a line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1879
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1897
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab width:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1881
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "This configures the number of spaces that are displayed in place of a tabulator character."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1886
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation width:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1888
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1906
#, no-c-format
msgid "The indentation width is the number of spaces which is used to indent a line. If configured to indent using tabulators, a tabulator character is inserted if the indentation is divisible by the tab width."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1898
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1916
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1902
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1920
#, no-c-format
msgid "Keep Extra Spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1903
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1921
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is disabled, changing the indentation level aligns a line to a multiple of the width specified in <guilabel>Indentation width</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1908
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1926
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adjust indentation of code pasted from the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1910
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1928
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, pasted code from the clipboard is indented. Triggering the <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> action removes the indentation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1919
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1937
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation Actions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1923
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backspace key in leading blank space unindents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1925
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1943
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the &Backspace; key decreases the indentation level if the cursor is located in the leading blank space of a line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1930
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1948
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab key action (if no selection exists)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1932
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1950
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want 	 to align the current line in the current code block like in emacs, make 	 a shortcut to the action <guimenuitem>Align</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1938
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1956
#, no-c-format
msgid "Always advance to the next tab position"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1940
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1958
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the 	 key always inserts white space so that the next tab position is reached. If the option <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</guilabel> on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> page is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1947
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1965
#, no-c-format
msgid "Always increase indentation level"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1949
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the 	 key always indents the current line by the number of character positions specified in <guilabel>Indentation width</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1955
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Increase indentation level if in leading blank space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:1957
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:1975
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the 	 key either indents the current line or advances to the next tab position. If the insertion point is at or before the first non-space character in the line, or if there is a selection, the current line is indented by the number of character positions specified in <guilabel>Indentation width</guilabel>. If the insertion point is located after the first non-space character in the line and there is no selection, white space is inserted so that the next tab position is reached: if the option <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</guilabel> on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> page is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgid "If enabled, a word completion box automatically pops up during typing showing a list of text entries to complete the current text under the cursor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2000
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2018
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimal word length to complete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2001
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid "While typing text, the word completion searches for words in the document starting with the already typed text. This option configures the minimal amount of characters that are needed to make the word completion active and pop up a completion box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2012
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Vi Input Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2019
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2037
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use VI input mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2021
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2039
#, no-c-format
msgid "When selected, the vi input mode will be enabled when opening a new view. You can still toggle the vi input mode on/off for a particular view in the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2027
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2045
#, no-c-format
msgid "Let Vi commands override Kate shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2029
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2047
#, no-c-format
msgid "When selected, Vi commands will override &kappname;'s built-in commands. For example: <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialog)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2035
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hide the Vi mode status bar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2037
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default, an extra status bar will be used when the Vi input mode is enabled. This status bar shows commands while they are being typed and messages/errors produced by Vi commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2040
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2058
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checking this option will hide this extra status line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2047
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2065
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key Mapping"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2048
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2066
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key mapping is used to change the meaning of typed keys. This allows you to move commands to other keys or make special keypresses for doing a series of commands."
msgid "This will prepend <keycap>I--</keycap> to a line when pressing <keycap>F2</keycap>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2063
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2081
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spellcheck"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2064
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2082
#, no-c-format
msgid "These configuration options are described in the documentation for the &systemsettings; module <ulink url=\"help:/kcontrol/spellchecking\">Spell Checker</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2071
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open/Save"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2079
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2097
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Format"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2084
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2102
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encoding:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2086
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2104
#, no-c-format
msgid "This defines the standard encoding to use to open/save files, if not changed in the open/save dialog or by using a command line option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2092
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encoding Detection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2094
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select an item from the drop down box, either to disable autodetection or use <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> to enable autodetection for all encodings. But as this may probably only detect utf-8/utf-16, selecting a region will use custom heuristics for better results. If neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2105
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2123
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fallback Encoding"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2107
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2125
#, no-c-format
msgid "This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/ save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file. Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order marker at start of file: if one is found, the right unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail fallback encoding will be tried."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2118
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2136
#, no-c-format
msgid "End of line:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2120
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2138
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose your preferred end of line mode for your active document. You have the choice between &UNIX;, DOS/&Windows; or Macintosh."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2125
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2143
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic end of line detection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2127
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2145
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check this if you want the editor to autodetect the end of line type. The first found end of line type will be used for the whole file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2133
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable byte order marker"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2135
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2153
#, no-c-format
msgid "The byte order mark is a special sequence at the beginning of unicode encoded documents. It helps editors to open text documents with the correct unicode encoding. For more information see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_Order_Mark\">Byte Order Mark</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2149
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2167
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic Cleanups on Load/Save"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2153
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2171
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove trailing spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2155
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2173
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will automatically eliminate extra spaces at the ends of lines of text while loading/saving the file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2167
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2185
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Advanced</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2170
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2188
#, no-c-format
msgid "Folder Config File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2174
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2192
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search depth for config file:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2176
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will search the given number of folder levels upwards for &kappname; config file and load the settings line from it. Further information about these hidden folder config files you find in the <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/config-variables.html\">document variables section</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2188
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2206
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backup on Save"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2189
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backing up on save will cause &kappname; to copy the disk file to <prefix><filename><suffix> before saving changes. The suffix defaults to <emphasis role=\"bold\">~</emphasis> and prefix is empty by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2195
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid "Local files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2197
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2215
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check this if you want backups of local files when saving."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2202
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remote files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2204
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2222
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check this if you want backups of remote files when saving."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2208
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2210
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2228
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the prefix to prepend to the backup file names."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2214
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2232
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suffix"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2216
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the suffix to add to the backup file names."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2220
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2238
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disable swap file syncing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2222
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2240
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; is able to recover (most of) what was written after last save in case of a crash or power failure. A swap file (.swp.<filename>) is created after the first editing action on a document. If the user doesn’t save the changes and &kappname; crashes, the swap file remains on the disk. When opening a file, &kappname; checks if there is a swap file for the document and if it is, it asks the user whether he wants to recover the lost data or not. The user has the possibility to view the differences between the original file and the recovered one, too. The swap file is deleted after every save and on normal exit."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2230
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; syncs the swap files on the disk every 15 seconds, but only if they have changed since the last sync. The user can disable the swap files syncing if he wants, by checking the <guilabel>Disable swap file syncing</guilabel> box, but this can lead to more data loss."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2245
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2263
#, no-c-format
msgid "Modes & Filetypes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2246
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2264
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page allows you to override the default configuration for documents of specified MIME types. When the editor loads a document, it will try if it matches the file masks or MIME types for one of the defined filetypes, and if so apply the variables defined. If more filetypes match, the one with the highest priority will be used."
msgid "The filetype with the highest priority is the one displayed in the first drop down box. If more filetypes were found, they are also listed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2260
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>New</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2261
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2279
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is used to create a new filetype. After you click on this button, the fields below get empty and you can fill the properties you want for the new filetype."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2266
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2284
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2267
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2285
#, no-c-format
msgid "To remove an existing filetype, select it from the drop down box and press the Delete button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2274
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2292
#, no-c-format
msgid "Properties of <replaceable>current filetype</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2280
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2298
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2281
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2299
#, no-c-format
msgid "The name of the filetype will be the text of the corresponding menu item. This name is displayed in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filetypes</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2287
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2305
#, no-c-format
msgid "Section:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2288
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2306
#, no-c-format
msgid "The section name is used to organize the file types in menus. This is also used in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filetypes</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2294
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2312
#, no-c-format
msgid "Variables:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2295
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2313
#, no-c-format
msgid "This string allows you to configure &kappname;'s settings for the files selected by this MIME type using &kappname; variables. You can set almost any configuration option, such as highlight, indent-mode, etc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2299
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2317
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to see a list of all available variables and their descriptions. Select the checkbox on the left to enable a particular variable and then set the value of the variable on the right. Some variables provide a drop-down box to select possible values from while others require you to enter a valid value manually."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2304
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2322
#, no-c-format
msgid "For complete information on these variables, see <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/config-variables.html\">Configuring with Document Variables</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2310
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2328
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlighting:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2311
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2329
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you create a new file type, this drop down box allows you to select a filetype for highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2316
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2334
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation Mode:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2317
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2335
#, no-c-format
msgid "The drop down box specifies the indentation mode for new documents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2322
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid "File extensions:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2323
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2341
#, no-c-format
msgid "The wildcards mask allows you to select files by filename. A typical mask uses an asterisk and the file extension, for example <filename>*.txt; *.text</filename>. The string is a semicolon-separated list of masks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2329
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid "MIME types:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2330
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Displays a wizard that helps you easily select MIME types."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2334
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2352
#, no-c-format
msgid "Priority:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2335
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2353
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets a priority for this file type. If more than one file type selects the same file, the one with the highest priority will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2342
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Download Highlighting Files..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2344
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click this button to download new or updated syntax highlight descriptions from the &kappname; website."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2357
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2358
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2376
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab lists all available plugins and you can check those you want to use. Click on the <guibutton>Information</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>About</guilabel> dialog of this plugin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2361
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2379
#, no-c-format
msgid "Once a configurable plugin is checked, the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button is enabled and you can click it in order to configure the highlighted plugin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2365
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2383
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editor Component Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2374
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2392
#, no-c-format
msgid "AutoBrace"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2375
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid "The autobrace plugin supersedes the &kappname; internal <quote>Auto Brackets</quote> feature. It automatically inserts a closing brace <keycap>}</keycap> at the beginning of the next line after ending a line with an opening one <keycap>{</keycap> and pressing the &Enter; key."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2387
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2405
#, no-c-format
msgid "Data Tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2388
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2406
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enables data tools like thesaurus and spell check (if installed). Data tools are only available when text is selected, or when the right mouse button is clicked over a word. If no data tools are offered even when text is selected, you need to install them. If this plugin is enabled and data tools are installed, additional items appear at the end of the context menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2396
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2414
#, no-c-format
msgid "Exporter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2397
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2415
#, no-c-format
msgid "This command allows you to export the current document with all highlighting information into a HTML document using <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export as HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Additionally you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy as HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to copy the currently selected text as HTML to the system clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2410
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2428
#, no-c-format
msgid "IconInserter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2411
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2429
#, no-c-format
msgid "The icon inserter plugin is only of use for &kde; developers: It adds an item <guimenuitem>Insert KIcon-Code</guimenuitem> into the context menu of the editor. If activated, the &plasma;'s icon chooser opens (showing application icons, action icons &etc;..). If you click on it, the file name without file extension will be inserted as text. Useful only for setting icons via &kf5; through the KIcon() class."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2419
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2437
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insane (not ZEN) HTML coding (light edition)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2420
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2438
#, no-c-format
msgid "A plugin, which does zen-coding like selector completion. For more information see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zen_Coding\"> Zen Coding</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2425
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: viewer-editor.docbook:2426
+#: viewer-editor.docbook:2444
#, no-c-format
msgid "This plugin allows you to insert any readable file at the cursor position. If enabled, the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu has an additional menu item <guimenuitem>Insert File</guimenuitem>."
msgid "Use the current layout set of launchers for this dock. This group provides launchers <b>synchronization</b> between different docks in the <b>same layout</b>"
msgid "Use the global set of launchers for this dock. This group provides launchers <b>synchronization</b> between different docks and between <b>different layouts</b>"
msgid "Import and load default layout on startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Print available layouts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Load specific layout on startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line: load"
msgid "layout_name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Import and load a layout."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:104 main.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line: import"
msgid "file_name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Import full configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: main.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Import configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Single layout memory mode. Only one layout is active at any case."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Multiple layouts memory mode. Multiple layouts can be active at any time based on Activities running."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: main.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Show messages of debugging for the mask (Only useful to devs)."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: main.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Draw boxes around of the applets."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: main.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Open a window with much debug information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Available layouts that can be used to start Latte:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "There are no available layouts, during startup Default will be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "layout missing"
msgid "This layout doesnt exist in the system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "An instance is already running!, use --replace to restart Latte"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "The configuration cannot be imported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: main.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "The layout cannot be imported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Latte is a dock based on plasma frameworks that provides an elegant and intuitive experience for your tasks and plasmoids. It animates its contents by using parabolic zoom effect and tries to be there only when it is needed.\n"
"\n"
"\"Art in Coffee\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Logo and Icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:282 main.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Many bug reports"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Reviews for Latte Dock, CandilDock and NowDock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Latte Dock defaults"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Latte Dock panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Dock configuration UI"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Dock secondary configuration UI"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Config model"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Splitter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Latte Trademark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Info View Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "default layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "plasma layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "unity layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "extended layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "default preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "plasma preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "unity preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "tasks plasmoid separator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "extended preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "multiple layouts hidden file"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: layoutconfigdialog.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgctxt "new button"
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: layoutconfigdialog.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "copy button"
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: layoutconfigdialog.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgctxt "remove button"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: layoutconfigdialog.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgctxt "switch button"
msgid "Switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: layoutconfigdialog.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import button"
msgid "Import"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: layoutconfigdialog.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgctxt "export button"
msgid "Export"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Quit Latte"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "About Latte"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import layout/configuration"
msgid "Import Layout/Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import latte layout"
msgid "Latte Dock Layout file v0.2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:390
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import latte layouts/configuration"
msgid "Latte Dock Full Configuration file (v0.1, v0.2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Import: Configuration file version v0.1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are going to import an old version <b>v0.1</b> configuration file.<br>"
"<b>Be careful</b>, importing the entire configuration <b>will erase all</b> your current configuration!!!<br>"
"<br>"
" <i>Alternative, you can <b>import safely</b> from this file<br>"
"<b>only the contained layouts...</b></i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import full configuration"
msgid "Full Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import only the layouts"
msgid "Only Layouts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Import: Configuration file version v0.2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are going to import a <b>v0.2</b> configuration file.<br>"
"<b>Be careful</b>, importing <b>will erase all</b> your current configuration!!!<br>"
msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b><i>The settings here affect the borders drawn around application windows and dialogs - and not internal (or MDI) windows. Therefore, these settings will <b>not</b> be reflected in the Preview page.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>When the 'Button effect' is set to etched or shadowed, then this option controls whether line-edits and scrollviews (such as listviews and treeviews) should have an etched look.</p>"
msgid "<p>Select this to have the sidebar buttons in konqueror, kate, kaffeine, ktorrent, etc., drawn as per normal buttons - otherwise they will be drawn in a more flat style with the active tab colored with the highlight color.</p>"
"<p><b>NOTE:</b> <i>Opacity settings are <b>experimental</b> and can cause certain applications (mainly Gtk2 ones) to crash. If you have an application that crashes, use the \"Applications\" page to disable opacity settings for that application.</i></p>"
"\n"
"<p><b>NOTE:</b> <i><b>DON'T</b> use opacity settings when using the compiz window manager.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Controls whether scrollbar slider grooves should be the same thickness as the slider, or be thinner (and more like the groove of a standard slider).</p>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, the text of the 'default' button will be drawn twice - the second time will be 1 pixel to the left. This gives it a more 'bold' look.</p>"
msgid "<p>If this is enabled, QtCurve will attempt to make all listviews and treeviews have alternating row colors - regardless of whether the application author has enabled this or not."
msgid "<p>If enabled, then selected items in listviews and treeviews will be drawn with bordered edges - but only if they are set to be rounded as well."
msgid "<p>Controls the amount of tinting applied to the active tab. The active tab is tinted by blending the 'highlight' color with the background color."
msgid "<p>Controls the mouse-over effect applied to the tab currently under the mouse. Note, if 'glow' is selected, then 'Round tabs' will be set to 'All' - and this creates a 2 pixel gap between tabs."
msgid "<p>If enabled, all tabs are rounded - there will be a 2 pixel gap between each tab if 'glow' is selected as the general colored mouse over style."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the tabs and the tab widget will have a 3D style border - with a light shade on the top and left, and a dark shade on the bottom and right."
msgid "<p>If enabled, tabs on the bottom will use the same gradient as tabs on the top. i.e. if the top tabs shades from light to the background color, then the bottom tabs will go from the background color to light - this can sometimes give the appearance that the bottom tabs are sticking out."
msgid "<p>If enabled, tabs on the bottom will use the an inverted gradient to tabs on the top. i.e. if the top tabs shades from light to the background color, then bottom tabs will go from the background color to dark."
msgid "<p>Defines by how much the theme should brighten (or darken) the background of the text associated with a checkbox, or radio button, when the mouse hovers over it."
msgid "<p>Controls the alignment of the titlebar text. 'Center (full width)' means that the text is centered in the middle of the complete titlebar, whereas with 'Center (between controls)' the text is centered between the window controls to the left and right."
msgid "<p>Controls where the application's icon should be drawn on the titlebar. If 'Place on menu button' is selected, then the icon takes place of the menu button."
msgid "<p>If enabled, when the mouse hovers over a menubar item (and 'Enable mouse-over' is enabled) then it will also be colored, otherwise it will use a shade of the background color."
msgid "<p>If enabled, selected menuitems will be drawn with a border around the gradient. This will cause them to have a rounded look if the general round setting is not set to none."
msgid "<p>If enabled, selected menuitems will be drawn using the 'highlight' color, otherwise a darkened shade of the background color will be used instead."
msgid "<p>If enabled, then icons associated with menuitems will be drawn, otherwise they will be hidden (but the space they would have occupied will still be there)."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the whole popup menu will have a border, otherwise no border will be drawn. This option should be enabled unless you have also enabled shadows in your window manager."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the buttons on dock windows will have a similar appearance (and behaviour) to the buttons on standard windows, otherwise they will only have their symbols drawn until the mouse hovers over (when the button background will be drawn)."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the background of dock window titlebars will have use the color settings of standard windows, otherwise they will use the standard background color."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the font of dock window titlebars will have use the font settings of standard windows, otherwise they will use the standard font."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the text of dock window titlebars will have use the text alignment settings of standard windows, otherwise they will be left aligned."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the text of dock window titlebars will have use the text effect settings of standard windows, otherwise they will be drawn with no effect."
msgid "<p>If enabled, the icons of dock window titlebars will have use the colors of standard window icons, otherwise they will use the text colour setting."
msgid "<p>If enabled, dialogs will use the 'Cancel / OK' button order as used in the GNOME and OSX desktops, otherwise the 'OK / Cancel' order will be used."
"<p>Auto-default buttons are buttons that can become 'default' buttons - i.e. will react the user pressing 'return'.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>In Gtk2 applications, most 'auto-default' buttons have a taller appearance than standard buttons. QtCurve attempts to mimic this for KDE4 applications - this may be disabled by enabling this option.</p>"
"<p>Comma separated list of names of KDE/Qt applications where QtCurve needs to instruct Qt not to use the native menubar.</p>"
"<p>This feature has effect only on Mac OS X/macOS and is intended for use with KF5 and Qt5 applications. Applications need to be restarted for changes to take effect.</p>"
"<p>In the above lists, you need to enter the executable name. e.g For Google Earth this is actually \"googleearth-bin\". You may use \"gtk2\" to disable for all Gtk2 applications, or \"kde\" for all KDE/Qt applications.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>To determine the name that QtCurve will detect, you can start an application from a konsole window using the following syntax (example is for Firefox):</p>"
"\n"
"<p><code>QTCURVE_DEBUG=1 firefox</code></p>"
"\n"
"<p>This will cause QtCurve to display the detected process name, as follows:</p>"
msgid "<p>Exports your current color palette and font settings so that they may be used by KDE3 applications. This creates the relevant entries within the KDE3 kdeglobals file."
msgid "<p>Exports your current color palette and font settings so that they may be used by pure-Qt3 applications. This creates the relevant entries within the Qt3 ~/.qt/qtrc file."
"<p>Defines the inner border used when drawing buttons, etc., with this gradient.</p>"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>No border</i> - no inner border is drawn, and the gradient will extend to the outer edges.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><i>Light border</i> - A 'light' line is drawn around all edges.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><i>3D border (light only)</i> - A 'light' line is drawn around the top and left edges.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><i>3D border (dark and light)</i> - A 'light' line is drawn around the top and left edges, and a darker one around the bottom and right edges.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><i>Shine</i> - A shine is added to the top (or left) edge when this gradient is drawn on buttons or scrollbars.</li>"
"\n"
"</ul>"
"\n"
"<p><i>Note: This setting is not used when drawing the preview below.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Sets the strength of the gradient at the defined position. 110% would lighten a color by 10%, 90% would darken it by 10%, and 100% would be the original color."
"<p>QtCurve uses various hard-coded shading values to draw elements such as button frames, the background for pressed buttons, etc. The following is a brief overview of how each shade is used - use this as a guide only, as shades are used for various things.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>"
"<ol>\n"
"<li>Is used for the light part of 3d elements - such as the border of tab widgets.</li>"
"\n"
"<li>Is used for the lighter shade of striped progressbars.</li>"
"\n"
"<li>Is used for the dark part of 3d elements - such as the border of tab widgets.</li>"
"\n"
"<li>Is used for the shaded border of checks and radios, toolbar borders (when set to dark), the dark part of sunken/raised slider handles, etc.</li>"
"\n"
"<li>Is used for the background of pressed widgets, and the border of toolbars (when not dark).</li>"
msgid "<p><i>QtCurve uses dark/light borders to create etch and shadow effects. By default QtCurve tries to lighten (or darken) the parent's background to achieve this - if no parent can be found, then white/black is used with an alpha value set. This behaviour may be overridden, and alpha values always used, by checking the option above.</i></p>"
msgid "If enabled, and the QtCurve style is set to rounded, then all corners of the window decoration will be rounded. Otherwise, only the top corners will be rounded."
msgid "Controls the amount of extra padding added to the top and bottom of the titlebar text height. Changing this will affect the height of the titlebar and its buttons. "
msgid "Controls the amount of extra padding added to the titlebar border. Changing this will only affect the height of the titlebar, and not the buttons. "
msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> <i>This window decoration uses the QtCurve widget style, and shares its configuration. Only the settings that are exclusively used by the window decoration are shown here. To alter settings such as the titlebar gradient, or text alignment, please set the appropriate options in the widget style.</i></p>"
msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> <i>If you set the above values to 100%, then the window titlebar (and border) opacity will be controlled by the style's window and dialog background opacity settings.</i></p>"
msgid "If enabled, QtCurve will draw its own shadows - and not use the generic window manager shadows. This will allow you to specify different shadow colours, etc, for active and inactive windows."
"<p>Auto-default buttons are buttons that can become 'default' buttons - i.e. will react the user pressing 'return'.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>In Gtk2 applications, most 'auto-default' buttons have a taller appearance than standard buttons. QtCurve attempts to mimic this for KDE applications - this may be disabled by enabling this option.</p>"
"<p>Comma separated list of names of KDE/Qt applications where QtCurve needs to instruct Qt not to use the native menubar.</p>"
"<p>Try this on Mac for applications where certain menu items do not behave as expected when they are part of the menus of the Mac-style toplevel menubar, but behave correctly for instance when they are part of a popup/context menu. Applications need to be restarted for changes to take effect.</p>"
msgid "Learn to multiply numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Multiplication tables from 1 to 10"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A multiplication is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type the product of the numbers. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly multiply them and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type the product of the numbers. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the division operation"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the result of the division within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of small numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A division is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result of the division and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the subtraction operation"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the difference between two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of small numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A subtraction is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly find the difference between them and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the addition of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the sum of two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An addition is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins land in their balloon!"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Two numbers are displayed on the screen. Quickly find the sum of them and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins land in their balloon!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logical associations"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete the arrangement of fruits"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Look at the two sequences. Each fruit in the first sequence has been replaced by another fruit in the second sequence. Complete the second sequence by using the correct fruits, after studying this pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (with a friend)"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Arrange four tokens in a row"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create a line of 4 tokens either horizontally (lying down), vertically (standing up) or diagonally."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (against Tux)"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with the computer. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgid "Catch the alphabet letters. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which letter you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
"Just type on the real or virtual keyboard like in a wordprocessor.\n"
" Clicking on the 'Title' button will make the text bigger. Similarly, the 'subtitle' button will make the text slightly less bigger. Clicking on 'paragraph' will remove the formatting.\n"
" Press 'Shift' and use the arrow keys to select the text. Use Ctrl+C to copy, Ctrl+V to paste and Crtl+X to cut text. Ctrl+Z can be used to undo changes.\n"
" Try to fiddle around and find more shortcuts. For example, what is the shortcut to select all the text?"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to make them match"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination. Conceptual matching."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Cultural references."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In the main board area, a set of objects is displayed. In the vertical box (at the left of the main board) another set of objects is shown, each object in the group on the left matching exactly one object in the main board area. This game challenges you to find the logical link between these objects. How do they fit together? Drag each object to the correct red space in the main area."
msgid "Ambrosius Bosschaert the Elder, Flower Still Life - 1614"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Balance Box"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Navigate the ball to the door by tilting the box."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice fine motor skills and basic counting."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Navigate the ball to the door. Be careful not to make it fall into the holes. Numbered-contact buttons in the box need to be touched in the correct order to unlock the door. You can move the ball by tilting your mobile device. On desktop platforms use the arrow keys to simulate tilting.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>configuration dialog</b> you can choose between the default 'Built-in' level set and one that you can define yourself ('User'). A user-defined level set can be created by choosing the 'user' level set and start the level editor by clicking on the corresponding button.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>level editor</b> you can create your own levels. Choose one of the editing tools on the left side to modify the map cells of the currently active level in the editor:\n"
" Cross: Clear a map cell completely\n"
" Horizontal Wall: Set/remove a horizontal wall on the lower edge of a cell\n"
" Vertical Wall: Set/remove a vertical wall on the right edge of a cell\n"
" Hole: Set/remove a hole on a cell\n"
" Ball: Set the starting position of the ball\n"
" Door: Set the door position\n"
" Contact: Set/remove a contact button. With the spin-box you can adjust the value of the contact button. It is not possible to set a value more than once on a map.\n"
"All tools (except the clear-tool) toggle their respective target on the clicked cell: An item can be placed by clicking on an empty cell, and by clicking again on the same cell with the same tool, you can remove it again.\n"
"You can test a modified level by clicking on the 'Test' button on the right side of the editor view. You can return from testing mode by clicking on the home-button on the bar or by pressing escape on your keyboard or the back-button on your mobile device.\n"
"In the editor you can change the level currently edited by using the arrow buttons on the bar. Back in the editor you can continue editing the current level and test it again if needed.\n"
"When your level is finished you can save it to the user level file by clicking on the 'Save' button on the right side.\n"
"To return to the configuration dialog click on the home-button on the bar or press Escape on your keyboard or the back button on your mobile device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:498
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:499
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:510
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Select your level set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:517
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Start Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:549
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid ""
"You selected the user-defined level set, but you have not yet defined any user levels!<br/>"
" Either create your user levels by starting the level editor or choose the 'built-in' level set."
msgid "Press the left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Press the left and right arrow at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line. On a touch screen you have to hit the two hands at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:228
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Tap both hands at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:230
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Press left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgid "Click the number of balls you wish to place in the holes and then click the OK button. The winner is the one who hasn't put a ball in the red hole."
msgid "The screen has 3 sections: an interactive braille cell, an instruction telling you the letter to reproduce, and at the top the Braille letters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 letters."
msgid "Each Braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6."
msgid "When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing Braille characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:23
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:27
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:31
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:35
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:39
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:43
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:47
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:51
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:55
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:59
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:65
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:69
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:73
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:77
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:81
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:85
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:89
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:93
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:97
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:101
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:107
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:111
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:115
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:119
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:123
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:127
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the letter %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:133
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:137
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:141
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:145
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:150
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:154
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:158
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:162
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:166
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:170
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the number %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:176
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:180
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:184
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:188
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:192
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the symbol %1."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Fun"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille the letters"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Alphabet Codes"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enter the braille code in the tile for the letters on the banner pulled by Tux in his plane across the screen. Check the braille chart by clicking on the toggle button for help."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to use a calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept of week, month and year"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:266
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:267
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Monday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:268
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:269
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:270
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:271
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Friday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:272
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:46
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 23"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:50
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:54
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 16"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:58
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 28"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:62
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 11"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:66
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 20"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:86
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of week is the 4th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:90
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 12th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:94
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 20th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:98
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 28th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:102
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 22nd of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:106
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 16th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:110
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 10th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:130
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Monday between days 1 and 7 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:134
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Tuesday between days 8 and 16 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:138
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Wednesday between days 15 and 22 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:142
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Thursday between days 26 and 31 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:146
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Friday between days 20 and 25 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:150
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Saturday between days 13 and 23 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:154
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Sunday between days 5 and 17 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:173
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select second day before the 15th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:177
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fourth Sunday of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:181
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day one week after 13th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:185
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fifth Thursday of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:189
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fourth day after 27th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:208
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month starting a Thursday and having 28 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:212
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Monday and having 31 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:216
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month between June and August"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:220
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:224
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month having 30 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:244
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of January month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:248
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Wednesday of February month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:252
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Friday of March month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:256
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of April month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:260
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fourth Tuesday of July month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:264
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of August month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:268
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Thursday of September month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:272
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of October month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:276
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Friday of December month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:295
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Human Rights Day is celebrated five days after December 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Human Rights Day in 2017."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:299
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Braille Day is celebrated one day before January 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Braille Day in 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:303
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Mark's birthday is on November 4. In 2017 his party was exactly two weeks later.<br>"
" Find the date of his party in 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:307
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"International Women's Day is celebrated two days before March 10.<br>"
" Find the date of International Women's Day in 2018."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:311
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Sports competition was held on last Friday of September 2017.<br>"
" Select the date of sports competition on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Operate a canal lock"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is in trouble, and needs to take his boat through a lock. Help Tux and find out how a canal lock works."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You are in charge of the canal lock. Open the gates and the locks in the right order, so Tux can travel through the gates in both directions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drawing by Stephane Cabaraux."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorization"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorize the elements into correct and incorrect groups"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Build conceptual thinking and enrich knowledge"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can drag elements using mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the instructions and then drag and drop the elements as specified"
msgid "You don't have all the images for this activity. Press Update to get the complete dataset. Press the Cross to play with demo version or 'Never show this dialog later' if you want to never see again this dialog."
"Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.\n"
"Only the dark squares of the checkered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.\n"
"When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.\n"
msgid "The checkers library is draughts.js <https://github.com/shubhendusaurabh/draughts.js>. Manual is from wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Draughts>"
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against the computer. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves. At first level the computer is fully random to give the most chances to the children. As level increases, better the computer plays.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/ActivityInfo.qml:44
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The chess engine is p4wn <https://github.com/douglasbagnall/p4wn>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:128
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Black's turn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:128
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "White's turn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:133
msgctxt "chess|white wins"
msgid "White mates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:133
msgctxt "chess|black wins"
msgid "Black mates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:143
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Drawn game"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:147
msgctxt "chess|black king is under attack"
msgid "White checks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:147
msgctxt "chess|white king is under attack"
msgid "Black checks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:149
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Invalid, your king may be in check"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/Chess.qml:146
msgctxt "Chess|"
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/Chess.qml:162
msgctxt "Chess|"
msgid "Redo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/Chess.qml:184
msgctxt "Chess|"
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play chess against your friend"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against a friend. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "End of chess game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play the end of the chess game against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing only the end of a game. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Chronos"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to organize the story"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sort the pictures into the order that tells the story"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tell a short story"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pick from the pictures on the left and put them on the red dots"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in <http://www.wikipedia.org>."
msgid "A letter is spoken. Click on the matching letter in the main area. You can listen to the letter again, by clicking on the mouth icon in the bottom box."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click and draw"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on the selected points."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse and click accurately on points."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on each point in sequence. Each time a point is selected the next blue one appears."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click On Me"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the swimming fish before they leave the fish tank"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination: moving the hand precisely."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move mouse and click on the correct place"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the moving fish by simple clicking or touching them with your finger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fish are taken from the Unix utility xfishtank. All image credits belong to Guillaume Rousse."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learning Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to tell the time on an analog clock"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish between time-units (hour, minute and second). Set and display time on an analog clock."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The concept of time."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Set the clock to the given time, in the time-units shown (hours:minutes or hours:minutes:seconds). Drag the different arrows, to make the respective time unit go up or down."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:106
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "Set the watch to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:109
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n hour(s)"
msgid_plural "%n hour(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:112
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n minute(s)"
msgid_plural "%n minute(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:115
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n second(s)"
msgid_plural "%n second(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing color of paint"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover paint color mixing."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of paint (subtractive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of paints the inks absorb different colors of light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the combined color gets. We can mix just three primary colors to make many new colors. The primary colors for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Images from http://openclipart.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:97
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Match the color"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:206
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:208
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:211
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:213
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:216
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:218
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:222
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough magenta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:224
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much magenta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:227
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:229
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:232
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough cyan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:234
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much cyan"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing colors of light"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover light color mixing."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of light (additive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of light it is just the opposite of mixing color with paints! The more light you add the lighter the resultant color will get. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the right color"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity teaches you to recognize different colors. When you hear the name of the color, touch the duck wearing it."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Identifying colours"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the color and touch the matching duck."
msgid "Move the items in the left frame to copy their position in the right model. Next to the crane itself, you will find four arrows that let you move the items. To select the item to move, just click on it. If you prefer, you can use the arrow keys and the space or tab key instead. On a mobile version, you can also swipe up/down/left/right to move the items in the left frame."
msgid "Drag electrical components from the selector and drop them in the working area. In the working area, you can move the components by dragging them. To delete a component, select the deletion tool on top of the component selector, and select the component. You can click on the component and then on the rotate button to rotate it or info button to get information about it. You can click on the switch to open and close it. To connect two terminals, click on first terminal, then on second terminal. To deselect terminal or delete tool, click on any empty area. The simulation is updated in real time by any user action."
msgid "Drag electrical components from the selector and drop them in the working area. You can also move components by dragging them. To delete a component, select the deletion tool on top of the component selector, and select the component. You can click on the component and then on the rotate button to rotate it or info button to get information about it. You can click on the switch to open and close it. To connect two terminals, click on first terminal, then on second terminal. To deselect terminal or delete tool, click on any empty area. The simulation is updated in real time by any user action."
msgid "BCD to 7 segment converter takes 4 binary inputs in its input terminals and gives 7 binary outputs which allow to light BCD number segments (binary-coded decimal) to display numbers between 0 and 9. The output for BCD To 7 Segment converted is:"
msgid "Comparator takes 2 numbers as input, A and B. It compares them and outputs 3 values. First output is 1 if A < B, 0 otherwise. Second is 1 if A = B, 0 otherwise. Third is 1 if A > B, 0 otherwise. "
msgid "NOR gate outputs the opposite of OR gate. As soon as there is a 1 in input the output is equal to 0. To obtain a 1 all the inputs must be equal to 0:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgid "7 segment display takes 7 binary inputs in its input terminals. The display consists of 7 segments and each segment gets lighted according to the input. By generating different combination of binary inputs, the display can be used to display numbers from 0 to 9 and a few letters. The diagram is:"
msgid "Signal Generator is used to generate alternating signals of 0 and 1. The time between two changes can be modified by pressing the arrows on the generator."
msgid "Switch is used to connect or disconnect two terminals. If the switch is turned on, current can flow through the switch. If the switch is turned off, then the connection between terminal is broken and current can not flow through it."
msgid "XOR gate outputs 1 if the number of '1' in input is odd, and 0 if number of '1' in input is even. In this activity, a 2 input XOR gate is shown. Output for 2 input XOR gate is:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions.. It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:30
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Zero input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:37
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "One input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Digital light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:51
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "AND gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:58
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "OR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:65
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOT gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:72
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "XOR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:79
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NAND gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:86
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:93
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:100
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Comparator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD to 7 segment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:114
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 segment display"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:121
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Signal generator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD counter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:155
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The digital light will glow when its terminal is connected with an input of 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:169
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The AND gate produces an output of one when both of its input terminals are of value 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:170
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an AND gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:183
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The OR gate produces an output of 1 when at least one of its input terminals is of value 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an OR gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:197
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Note: You can draw multiple wires from the output terminal of a component."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NOT gate takes a single binary input and flips the value in the output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:223
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NAND gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:224
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the NAND gate will be zero if both of its inputs are \"1\". Else, the output will be one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:225
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "For a more detailed description about the gate, select it and click on the info button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:226
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NAND gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:242
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid ""
"Light the bulb using the components provided such that the bulb will glow under the following two circumstances:\n"
"1. The first switch is turned ON, or\n"
"2. Both of the second and the third switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:242
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the components provided such that the bulb will glow under the following two circumstances:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:257
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The XOR Gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:258
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the XOR gate will be one if the number of \"1\" in the input is odd. Else, the output will be zero."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the XOR gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:275
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the three switches such that the bulb glows when odd number of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A NOR gate takes 2 binary input and outputs 1 if both of them are 0, otherwise produces an output of 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:290
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NOR gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:303
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:364
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Use the gates such that the bulb will glow only when the switch is turned off and remain off when the switch is turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:319
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:380
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:335
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:396
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows when either of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:412
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when at least one of the switches are turned off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:428
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A comparator takes two numbers (A and B) as input and produces 3 values as output. First value is 1 if A < B, second value is 1 for A = B and third value is 1 for A > B."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:429
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when the value of the current flowing through the first switch is less than or equal to that of the second switch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:442
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The component in the middle is a BCD to seven segment converter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:443
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "It takes 4 bits as input represented in the binary coded decimal (BCD) format and converts the BCD number into a seven segment code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:444
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the converter is connected to the seven segment display, to view the value of the input provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:445
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Display the number \"6\" in the seven segment display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:458
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The signal generator on the left is used to generate alternating signals between 0 and 1 in a given time period taken as input. The time period by default is 1 second, but it can be changed between 0.25 and 2s."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:459
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The BCD counter placed under it is a special type of counter which can count from 0 to 9 and back to 0 on application of a clock signal."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:460
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Connect the components to make sure that the count of 0 to 9 is visible in the seven segment display provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:476
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using both the switches such that the bulb will glow only when either the first switch is on and the second switch is off or the first switch is off and the second switch is on."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:243
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1. The first switch is turned ON, or"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:244
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "2. Both of the second and the third switches are turned on."
msgid "First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, select the item you want to answer in the bottom right area. Enter the answer with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mouse-manipulation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click to erase the area and discover the background image"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click the mouse on rectangles until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap on the blocks all of them disappear."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on the question mark, and learn about the animal, what it's name is, what sound it makes, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2 and 3!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random animal sound is played and you must choose which animal makes that sound. Click on the question mark that corresponds to the animal you hear. If you'd like to hear the animal sound repeated, click on the play button. When you have matched all animals correctly, you win!\n"
"\n"
"In level three, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgid "The sheep is a mammal that bears a fleece of wool. It is a grazing herbivore, bred for its wool, its meat, and its milk. The fleece can be removed and used to produce articles of clothing and blankets, among other things."
msgid "Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Colombus and probably served as the religion center of Yucatan for a while."
msgid "The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognizable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2,000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognizable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen."
msgid "Christ the Redeemer is an Art Deco statue of Jesus Christ in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. A symbol of Christianity across the world, the statue has also become a cultural icon of both Rio de Janeiro and Brazil."
msgid "The Great Wall, was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13,170 miles (21,196 kilometers) from east to west of China."
msgid "Machu Picchu stands 2,430 m above sea-level, in the middle of a tropical mountain forest, in an extraordinarily beautiful setting. It was probably the most amazing urban creation of the Inca Empire at its height; its giant walls, terraces and ramps seem as if they have been cut naturally in the continuous rock escarpments. The natural setting, on the eastern slopes of the Andes, encompasses the upper Amazon basin with its rich diversity of flora and fauna."
msgid "Petra is a historical and archaeological city in the southern Jordanian governorate of Ma'an that is famous for its rock-cut architecture and water conduit system. Established possibly as early as 312 BC as the capital city of the Arab Nabataeans, it is a symbol of Jordan, as well as Jordan's most-visited tourist attraction."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "Sri Harimandir Sahib, known as the Golden Temple in Amritsar, is one of the most revered spiritual sites of Sikhism. The construction was intended to build a place of worship for men and women from all walks of life and all religions to worship God equally."
msgid "Hawa Mahal, is a palace in Jaipur, India, so named because it was essentially a high screen wall built so the women of the royal household could observe street festivals while unseen from the outside. Constructed of red and pink sandstone, the palace sits on the edge of the City Palace, and extends to the zenana, or women's chambers."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbor, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time."
msgid "The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honor and shelter the relics."
msgid "The Ajanta Caves are about 29 rock-cut Buddhist cave monuments which date from the 2nd century BCE to about 480 CE in Aurangabad district of Maharashtra state of India. The caves include paintings and rock cut sculptures described as among the finest surviving examples of ancient Indian art, particularly expressive paintings that present emotion through gesture, pose and form. Since 1983, the caves have been a UNESCO World Heritage Site"
msgid "The Konark Sun Temple (also spelled Konarak) is a 13th-century Hindu temple dedicated to the Sun god. Shaped like a giant chariot, the temple is known for the exquisite stone carvings that cover the entire structure."
msgid "Mysore Palace or Mysore Maharaja Palace is one of the largest and most spectacular monuments in India. Also known as Amba Vilas, it is located in the heart of the city of Mysore. The palace was initially built by the Wodeyar kings in the 14th century."
msgid "The Charminar in Hyderabad was constructed in 1591 by Mohammed Quli Qutab Shah. He built the Charminar to mark the end of plague in the Hyderabad city. Since the construction of the Charminar, the Hyderabad city has almost become synonymous with the monument. The Charminar is a massive and impressive structure with four minarets."
msgid "The Victoria Memorial was built to commemorate the peak of the British Empire in India. It represents the architectural climax of Kolkata city, and blends the best of the British and Mughal architecture. The Victoria Memorial hall was built with white Makrana marbles."
msgid "The Rang Ghar is a two-storied building which once served as the royal sports-pavilion where Ahom kings and nobles were spectators at games like buffalo fights and other sports at Rupahi Pathar - particularly during the Rongali Bihu festival in the Ahom capital of Rangpur."
msgid "Qutub Minar at 74 meters, is the tallest brick minaret in the world, and the second tallest minar in India after Fateh Burj at Mohali. Along with the ancient and medieval monuments surrounding it, they form the Qutb Complex, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The tower, located in the Mehrauli area of Delhi, is made of red sandstone and marble."
msgid "Mont Saint-Michel is a rocky tidal island located in Normandy, at the mouth of the Couesnon River, near the city of Avranches. The highest point of the island is the spire at the top of the Abbey’s bell tower, 170 metres above sea level. They are currently less than 50 people living on the island. The unique feature of Mont Saint-Michel is that it is completely surrounded by water and can only be accessed at low tide."
msgid "With more than 4 million visitors each year, Carcassonne is among the most prestigious tourist destinations in France, on a par with Mont Saint Michel and Paris’ Notre-Dame. A UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1997, Carcassonne is a dramatic representation of medieval architecture perched on a rocky spur that towers above the River Aude, southeast of the new town."
msgid "By size, Reims Cathedral is quite an extraordinary construction: designed to accommodate huge crowds, its gigantic dimensions include a surface area of 6,650 m2 and a length of 122m. A Gothic art masterpiece and the coronation site of the Kings of France, it has been listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1991. The Mecca for tourists in the Champagne region welcomes 1,500,000 visitors every year."
msgid "The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 m – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece."
msgid "This Roman amphitheatre dates back to the first century BC and was originally the setting for gladiator battles and chariot races during Antiquity. Modified many times, it was finally renovated during the 19th century."
msgid "Prestigious, majestic, colossal, extravagant are these adjectives enough to fully describe the splendour of Chambord? The largest chateau of the Loire Valley is indeed full of surprises for those who are lucky enough to explore its domain. This remarkable piece of architecture is certainly more than just a castle: it is the dream of a King, transformed into reality."
msgid "When coming from Cahors by road, Rocamadour suddenly appears clinging precariously against the cliff above the Alzou canyon. One of the most famous villages of Europe, Rocamadour seemingly defies the laws of gravity. The vertiginous Citadel of Faith is best summed up by an old local saying: “houses on the river, churches on the houses, rocks on the churches, castle on the rock”."
msgid "The star attraction of Avignon is the Palais des Papes (Palace of the Popes), a vast castle of significant historic, religious and architectural importance. It is one of the largest and most important medieval Gothic buildings in Europe."
msgid "Chateau de Chenonceau is among many of Loire Valley Chateaux that boast amazing architecture and historical significance drawing thousands of tourists from all over the world. Chateau de Chenonceau is sometimes called the Ladies Castle by some historians due to feminine figures having greatly influenced the construction and development of this French Chateau over the centuries."
msgid "The world-famous metallic tower was built for the Paris International Exhibition in 1889 for the centenary of the French Revolution. At the time of its inauguration, it was the world’s tallest monument."
msgid "The ultimate fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein is situated on a rugged hill near Füssen in southwest Bavaria. It was the inspiration for the Sleeping Beauty castles in the Disneyland parks. The castle was commissioned by King Ludwig II of Bavaria who was declared insane when the castle was almost completed in 1886 and found dead a few days later. Neuschwanstein is the most photographed building in the country and one of the most popular tourist attractions in Germany."
msgid "The Trier Imperial Baths are a large Roman bath complex in Trier, Germany. It is designated as part of the Roman Monuments, Cathedral of St. Peter and Church of Our Lady in Trier UNESCO World Heritage Site."
msgid "The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolizes the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe."
msgid "The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital center for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad."
msgid "This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolized the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II."
msgid "The long, high-ceilinged brick structure was the throne hall of the Roman emperor until the destruction of the city by Germanic tribes. The invaders built a settlement inside the roofless ruin. In the 12th century, the apse was converted into a tower to accommodate the Archbishop of Trier."
msgid "Worms Cathedral (Wormser Dom) also known as the Cathedral of St Peter is a Romanesque cathedral in the German city of Worms. A sandstone structure with distinctive conical towers, Worms Cathedral was constructed in phases throughout the twelfth century and mostly completed by 1181."
msgid "Situated on Point Loma in San Diego, California, Cabrillo National Monument commemorates the first European to land on the West Coast of the United States, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo. Portuguese by birth, Cabrillo carried the Spanish flag in his conquests of the New World. He arrived at San Diego Bay in September 1542, three months after departing from Barra de Navidad on the west coast of Mexico."
msgid "The stoic red ruins of Canyon de Chelly in northeastern Arizona are at once part of the National Park Service and the Navajo Nation, having been established as a national monument in 1931. A number of important early Native American sites are preserved in the nearly 84,000 acres of parkland, and Canyon de Chelly also offers an array of Southwestern geological formations, including Spider Rock, an 800-foot-tall sandstone spire that rises eerily from the bottom of the canyon floor."
msgid "Set on more than 20 acres in St. Augustine, Florida, the Castillo de San Marcos was completed as the city's defensive fort in 1695, when Florida was still a Spanish territory. Constructed out of the rare coquina limestone, the star-shaped Castillo also is the oldest masonry fort in the country."
msgid "This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island predates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946."
msgid "The George Washington Birthplace National Monument is in Westmoreland County, Virginia, United States. Originally settled by John Washington, George Washington's great-grandfather, George Washington was born here on February 22, 1732. He lived here until age three, returning later as a teenager."
msgid "Built in white stone with 36 iconic columns, The Lincoln Memorial is one of the most recognized structures in the United States. The memorial is at the west end of the National Mall, in West Potomac Park, and is an example in Neoclassical architecture. It features a solitary, 19-foot-tall statue of Abraham Lincoln sitting in contemplation, which is flanked on both side chambers with inscriptions of Lincoln’s Second Inaugural Address and arguably his most famous speech, the Gettysburg Address."
msgid "Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolizes the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolize this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements."
msgid "Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the northwest portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor center with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small campgrounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access."
msgid "Perhaps the best-known monument and symbol of the United States is the Statue of Liberty, which sits on its own tiny island in New York City. The statue was a gift from the people of France and was dedicated in October 1886."
msgid "Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this oceanfront fortification in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war."
msgid "The Great Pyramid of Giza is also known as the Pyramid of Khufu or the Pyramid of Cheops. It is considered to be the oldest of all the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. It is also the largest of all the three pyramids in the Giza. It is situated in Giza Necropolis of Egypt. The initial construction has been started by Egyptian Pharaoh Khufu then it was continued by his son Khafre and finally completed by Menkaure. It took almost 20 years to build the pyramid and approximately 2 million blocks of stone has been used in the construction. The height of the pyramid is approximately 139 meters making it the highest pyramid of Egypt."
msgid "The Bent Pyramid located at Dahshur was the second pyramid built by pharaoh Sneferu. Mysteriously, this true pyramid rises from the desert at an angle of 55 degrees and then suddenly changes to a more gradual angle of 43 degrees. One theory holds that due to the steepness of the original angle the weight to be added above the inner chambers and passageways became too large, forcing the builders to adopt a shallower angle. Today, the Bent Pyramid is the only pyramid in Egypt of which the outer casing of polished limestone is still largely intact."
msgid "Five miles south of Saqqara in Egypt stands the mysterious tower-like pyramid of Meidum, which today scarcely resembles a typical pyramid at all. The pyramid was probably built during the reign of the 4th Dynasty pharaoh Sneferu, although it is believed by some that the pyramid may have been started by Sneferu’s predecessor, Huni. At some point during its construction the steps of the pyramid were filled with limestone encasing marking the first attempt by the ancient Egyptians at the construction of a true pyramid."
msgid "Red Pyramid was one of the finest and successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 meters making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones and hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on the question mark, and learn about the animal, what it's name is, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgid "Hedgehogs eat small animals, like frogs and insects, so many people keep them as useful pets. When in danger, they will curl up into a ball and stick up their coat of sharp spines."
msgid "The giraffe lives in Africa and is the tallest mammal in the world. Just their legs, which are usually 1.8 meters long, are taller than most humans!"
msgid "Being the largest of all the deers, moose eats as much as 25 kg a day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 meters!"
"In the first level, enjoy exploring music from around the world. Click on each suitcase to learn about the music from that area, and listen to a short sample. Study well, because there will be two games related to this information next!\n"
"\n"
"The second level is a matching game. You will hear a clip of music, and you must select the location that corresponds to that music. Click the play button if you'd like to hear the music again. You win the level when you have correctly matched all sound clips.\n"
"\n"
"The third level is also a matching game. You must select the location that matches the text description on the screen. You win the level when you have correctly matched all text prompts.\n"
msgid "Aboriginals were the first people to live in Australia. They sing and play instruments, like the didgeridoo. It is made from a log and can be up to five meters long!"
msgid "Music is a part of everyday life in Africa. African music features a great variety of drums, and they believe it is a sacred and magical instrument."
msgid "Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshipers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today."
msgid "Taiko drumming comes from Japan. This type of drumming was originally used to scare enemies in battle. It is very loud, and performances are very exciting with crowds cheering and performers yelling!"
msgid "Folk music of this region is called celtic music, often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions."
msgid "Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theater where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas."
msgid "Mariachi is a famous type of Mexican music. It features guitars, trumpets, and violins. These bands play for many occasions, including weddings and parties."
msgid "USA also has a wide variety of musical genres, but perhaps it is most famous for rock n' roll music. This music features vocalists, guitars, and drums."
msgid "Find the date 2 months, 1 week and 8 days before 7 April."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Control the hose-pipe"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The fireman needs to stop the fire, but the hose is blocked."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fine motor coordination"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or your finger over the lock which is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe. This will move it, bringing it, part by part, up to the fire. Be careful, if you move off the hose, the lock will go backward."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The football game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball into the goal"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball behind the goal keeper on the right"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag a line from the ball, to set its speed and direction."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Locate the region"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the regions to redraw the whole country"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop different regions of the country to correct locations to redraw the whole country."
msgid "If you have a keyboard you can use the arrow keys to move and hit space to swallow a number. With a mouse you can click on the block next to your position to move and click again to swallow the number. With a touch screen you can do like with a mouse or swipe anywhere in the direction you want to move and tap to swallow the number."
msgid "The factors of a number are all the numbers that divide that number evenly. For example, the factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3 and 6. 4 is not a factor of 6 because 6 cannot be divided into 4 equal pieces. If one number is a multiple of a second number, then the second number is a factor of the first number. You can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people in those families. So 1, 2, 3 and 6 all fit into the 6 family, but 4 belongs to another family."
msgid "The multiples of a number are all the numbers that are equal to the original number times another number. For example, 24, 36, 48 and 60 are all multiples of 12. 25 is not a multiple of 12 because there isn't any number that can be multiplied by 12 to get 25. If one number is a factor of a second number, then the second number is a multiple of the first number. Again, you can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people who belong to those families. The factor 5, has parents 10, grandparents 15, great-grandparents 20, great-great-grandparents 25, and every extra step of 5 is another great- in front! But the number 5 does not belong in the 8 or 23 families. You can't fit any number of 5s into 8 or 23 with nothing left over. So 8 isn't a multiple of 5, nor is 23. Only 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 ... are multiples (or families or steps) of 5."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Gnumch Primes"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide the Number Muncher to all the prime numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn about prime numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Prime numbers are numbers that are only divisible by themselves and 1. For example, 3 is a prime number, but 4 isn't (because 4 is divisible by 2). You can think of prime numbers as very small families: they only ever have two people in them! Only themselves and 1. You can't fit any other numbers into them with nothing left over. 5 is one of these lonely numbers (only 5 × 1 = 5), but you can see that 6 has 2 and 3 in its family as well (6 × 1 = 6, 2 × 3 = 6). So 6 is not a prime number."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Graph Coloring"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to distinguish between different colors/shapes and learn about relative positions."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ability to distinguish different colors/shapes, sense of positions"
msgid "Guess the algebraic expression and drag the tiles to get a result equal to the Guesscount."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Intuition and practice of algebraic-like calculations."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "knowledge of arithmetic operations"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "To learn algebra"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:43
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "Level %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:99
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:118
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not positive integer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:120
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not an integer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:132
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "%1/%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:159
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Guesscount: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:217
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Admin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:218
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "BuiltIn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:233
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Not Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperandRow.qml:51
msgctxt "OperandRow|"
msgid "Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperatorRow.qml:55
msgctxt "OperatorRow|"
msgid "Operators"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess a number"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux escape the cave. Tux hides a number for you to find."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers from 1 to 1000 for the last level."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower. Then enter another number. The distance between Tux and the escape area on the right represents how far you are from the correct number. If Tux is over or under the escape area, it means your number is over or under the correct number."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:74
#, qt-format
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Guess a number between 1 and %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:99
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:103
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too high"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:106
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too low"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:110
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number found!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The classic hangman game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess the letters of the given word. To help you, on every wrong try, a part of the image representing the word will be revealed."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This is a good exercise to improve reading and spelling skills."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can enter the letters using the virtual keyboard on the screen or with the real keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/hangman.js:215
#, qt-format
msgctxt "hangman|"
msgid "Attempted: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:268
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:274
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Display image to find as hint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:443
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:444
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:446
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simplified Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the given tower"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop one top piece at a time, from one peg to another, to reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept taken from EPI games."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right side"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The object of the game is to move the entire stack to another peg, obeying the following rules:\n"
" only one disc may be moved at a time\n"
" no disc may be placed atop a smaller disc\n"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop the top pieces only from one peg to another, to reproduce the initial left side tower on the right peg."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The puzzle was invented by the French mathematician Edouard Lucas in 1883. There is a legend about a Hindu temple whose priests were constantly engaged in moving a set of 64 discs according to the rules of the Tower of Hanoi puzzle. According to the legend, the world would end when the priests finished their work. The puzzle is therefore also known as the Tower of Brahma puzzle. It is not clear whether Lucas invented this legend or was inspired by it. (source Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_hanoi)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:85
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Move the entire stack to the right peg, one disc at a time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:86
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Build the same tower in the empty area as the one you see on the right-hand side"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hexagon"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the strawberry by clicking on the blue fields"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic-training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Try to find the strawberry under the blue fields. The fields become redder as you get closer."
msgid "Maintain the spaceship in the middle without crashing into the planets or the asteroids"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions when you run the activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:124
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the masses of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance that separates their centers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:128
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Since the gravitational force is directly proportional to the mass of both interacting objects, more massive objects will attract each other with a greater gravitational force. So as the mass of either object increases, the force of gravitational attraction between them also increases"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:132
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "But this force is inversely proportional to the square of the separation distance between the two interacting objects, more separation distance will result in weaker gravitational forces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:135
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Your goal is to let Tux's spaceship move by changing the mass of its surrounding planets. Don't get too close to the planets or you will crash on them. The arrow indicates the direction of the force on your ship."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:139
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Avoid the asteroid and join the space shuttle to win."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Land Safe"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understanding acceleration due to gravity."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot the spaceship towards the green landing area."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Acceleration due to gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.\n"
"\n"
"Use the up/down keys to control the thrust and the right/left keys to control direction. On touch screens you can control the rocket through the corresponding on-screen buttons.\n"
"\n"
"The accelerometer on the right border shows your rocket's overall vertical acceleration including gravitational force. In the upper green area of the accelerometer your acceleration is higher than the gravitational force, in the lower red area it's lower, and on the blue baseline in the yellow middle area the two forces cancel each other out.\n"
"\n"
"In higher levels, you can use the right/left keys to rotate the spaceship. By rotating the spaceship you can trigger an acceleration in non-vertical direction using the up/down keys.\n"
"\n"
"The landing platform is green if your speed is fine for a safe landing."
"Use the up and down keys to control the thrust.<br/>"
"Use the right and left keys to control direction.<br/>"
"You must drive Tux's ship towards the landing platform.<br/>"
"The landing platform turns green when the velocity is safe to land."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/land_safe.js:100
msgctxt "land_safe|"
msgid ""
"The up and down keys control the thrust of the rear engine.<br/>"
"The right and left keys now control the rotation of the ship.<br/>"
"To move the ship in horizontal direction you must first rotate and then accelerate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:574
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Fuel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:584
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Altitude: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:595
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Velocity: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:608
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Acceleration: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:634
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Gravity: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete language learning activities."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary in your native language or in a foreign one."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>"
"When done, you are suggested an exercise in which, given the voice, you must find the right word. In the configuration, you can select the language you want to learn."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The images and voices come from the Art4Apps project: http://www.art4apps.org/.<br>"
"You can also access this activity online on http://gcompris.net/activity/lang."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:143
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:144
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:146
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgid "Determine if a hand is a right or a left hand"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish right and left hands from different points of view. Spatial representation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see a hand: is it a left hand or a right hand? Click on the left button, or the right button depending on the displayed hand."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:146
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Left hand"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:159
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Right hand"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Letter in which word"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is written and/or spoken. Some words are displayed, the children must find the word or the words in which this letter appears."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select all the words which contain the spoken letter."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "spellings, letter recognition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:130
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "All words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:138
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Only 5 words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:148
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select case for letter to be searched"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:151
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Mixed Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:152
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Upper Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:153
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Lower Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:167
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:422
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:423
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:425
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Lights Off"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim is to switch off all the lights."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The effect of pressing a button is to toggle the state of that button, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal neighbors. The sun and the color of the sky depend on the number of clicks needed to solve the puzzle. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The solver algorithm is described on Wikipedia. To know more about the Lights Off game: <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lights_Out_(game)>"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The History of Louis Braille"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the major dates of the inventor of the Braille System"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the Braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order."
msgid "Charles Barbier, a French soldier, visited his school and shared his invention of night writing, a code of 12 raised dots to share information on battlefields."
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Stars go in and a few stars escape. You have to count how many are still under the hat. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:99
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "Click on the hat to begin the game"
msgstr ""
#. The math operation
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:104
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "−"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:104
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "+"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count how many items are under the magic hat"
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Under the hat, how many stars can you see moving around? Count carefully. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "At the first levels, Tux walks comfortably, one step on each move request, through the maze."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "For larger mazes, there is a special walking mode, called \"run-fast-mode\". If this run-fast-mode is enabled, Tux will run all the way automatically until he reaches a fork and you have to decide which way to go further."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see whether this mode is enabled or not, by looking at Tux's feet: If Tux is barefooted, \"run-fast-mode\" is disabled. And if he wears red sport shoes, \"run-fast-mode\" is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the \"barefoot / sportshoe\"-icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/Maze.qml:325
msgctxt "Maze|"
msgid "Look at your position, then switch back to invisible mode to continue your moves"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Invisible Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide Tux out of the invisible maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door. Use the maze icon or the spacebar to switch between invisible and visible modes. Visible mode just gives you an indication of your position, like a map. You cannot move Tux in visible mode."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Relative Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze (Move is relative)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In this maze, the move is relative (first person). Left and right are used to turn and up to go forward."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Melody"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce a sound sequence"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ear-training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click the mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the sound sequence played, and repeat it by clicking on the xylophone's bars. You can listen again by clicking on the repeat button."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa. Tux teacher does the same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa."
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the operations, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, and you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more sums than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition memory game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn the cards over to find two numbers which add up the same, until all the cards are gone."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the sums, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux and you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more operations than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgid "A set of cards is shown. Each card has an associated sound, and each sound has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to hear its hidden sound, and try to match the twins. You can only activate two cards at once, so you need to remember where a sound is, while you listen to its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Audio memory game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on cards and listen to find the matching sounds"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Train your memory and remove all the cards"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear. Tux teacher do the same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the numeral form of a number, or the word to write it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:22
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "zero"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:23
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "one"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:24
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "two"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:25
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "three"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:26
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "four"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:27
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "five"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:28
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "six"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:29
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seven"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:30
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:31
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:32
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "ten"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:33
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eleven"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:34
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twelve"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:35
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "thirteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:36
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fourteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:37
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fifteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:38
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "sixteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:39
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seventeen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:40
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eighteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:41
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nineteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:42
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twenty"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgid "GCompris is a high quality educational software suite, including a large number of activities for children aged 2 to 10."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Some of the activities are game orientated, but nonetheless still educational."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Select an icon to enter an activity or to display a list of activities in a category.\n"
"At the bottom of the screen is the GCompris control bar. Notice that you can hide or show the bar by touching its anchor.\n"
"The following icons are displayed:\n"
"(note that each icon is displayed only if available in the current activity)\n"
" Home - Exit an activity, go back to menu (Ctrl+W and escape key)\n"
" Arrows - Display the current level. Click to select another level\n"
" Lips - Repeat the question\n"
" Question Mark - Help\n"
" Reload - Start the activity from the beginning again\n"
" Tool - The configuration menu\n"
" G - About GCompris\n"
" Quit - Quit GCompris (Ctrl+Q)\n"
"The stars show suitable age groups for each game:\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 simple stars - from 2 to 6 years old\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 complex stars - 7 years and up\n"
"Shortcuts:\n"
" Ctrl+B Show or Hide the control bar\n"
" Ctrl+F Toggle full screen\n"
" Ctrl+M Toggle mute for the background music\n"
" Ctrl+S Toggle the activity section bar\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:77
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "You have the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:78
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:141
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "On <a href='http://gcompris.net'>http://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:163
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enter your activation code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:166
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Sorry, your code is too old for this version of GCompris"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:169
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Your code is valid, thanks a lot for your support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:189
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Show locked activities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:199
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio voices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:208
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio effects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:217
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Fullscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:227
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Virtual Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:237
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:251
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Use full word image set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:251
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download full word image set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:262
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The activity section menu is visible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:275
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:292
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:298
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:333
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:310
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font Capitalization"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:327
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font letter spacing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:346
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Language selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:373
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Localized voices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:389
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Check for updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:390
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:408
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Difficulty filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:610
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid ""
"You selected a new locale. You need to restart GCompris to play in your new locale.<br/>"
"Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:611
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:648
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:617
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:653
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:646
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:647
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:706
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Mixed case (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:707
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All uppercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:708
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All lowercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:324
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Put your favorite activities here by selecting the sun at the top right of that activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:601
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Search specific activities"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mining for gold"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the mousewheel to approach the rockwall and look for gold nuggets."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to use the mousewheel or the zoom / pinch gesture to zoom in and out."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You should be familiar with moving the mouse and clicking."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Looking at the rockwall, you can see a sparkle somewhere. Move next to this sparkle and use the mousewheel or the zoom gesture to zoom in. If you zoomed in at maximum, a gold nugget will appear at the position of the sparkle. Click on the gold nugget to collect it.\n"
"\n"
"Having collected the nugget, use the mousewheel or the pinch gesture to zoom out again. If you zoomed out at maximum, another sparkle will appear, showing the next gold nugget to collect. Collect enough nuggets to complete the level.\n"
"\n"
"The truck in the lower, right corner of the screen will tell you the number of already collected nuggets and the total number of nuggets to collect in this level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Thanks to the Tuxpaint team for providing the following sounds under GPL:\n"
"- realrainbow.ogg - used when a new gold nugget appears\n"
"- metalpaint.wav - remixed and used when a gold nugget is collected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:414
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Find the sparkle and zoom in around it. If you have a mouse, point the cursor on the sparkle then use the scroll wheel. If you have a trackpad, point the cursor on the sparkle then drag one finger on the right area or two fingers on the center. On a touch area, drag two fingers away from the sparkle, one in each direction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:425
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Perfect you are zooming. Continue until you see the nugget."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:431
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, take care, you are zooming too far from the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:437
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the nugget, click on it to catch it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:443
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, you are too far from the nugget to see it. Unzoom then zoom again as close as you can from the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:449
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now unzoom and try to find another sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:455
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Continue to unzoom until you see the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:461
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the sparkle, go ahead, you can zoom on it."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Missing Letter"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Training reading skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Word reading"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An object is displayed in the main area, and an incomplete word is printed under the picture. Select the missing letter to complete the word."
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Money"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice money usage"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/money_cents/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You must buy the different items and give the exact price. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgid "Click or tap on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click or tap on it on the upper screen area."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/money.js:660
msgctxt "money|"
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgid "Tux bought different items from you and shows you his money. You must give him back his change. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgid "If you form a mill (line of 3 pieces), then select a piece of Tux, and remove it. Pieces of formed mill can not be removed unless no other pieces are left on board."
msgid "After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on the adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green color spot indicates where you can move."
msgid "Play with a friend. First take turns to place nine pieces, and then take turns to move pieces"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Number sequence"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Touch the numbers in the right sequence."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can count from 1 to 50."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by touching each number in the right sequence, or sliding your finger or dragging the mouse through the numbers in the correct sequence."
msgid "Catch the odd or even number clouds. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/paintings/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Assemble the puzzle"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/paintings/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to rebuild the original paintings"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/paintings/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Spatial representation"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/paintings/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mouse-manipulation: movement, drag and drop"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/paintings/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag the image parts from the box on the left to create a painting on the main board."
msgid "Utagawa Hiroshige, Horse-mackerel and Prawn - 1840"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Penalty kick"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on any side of the goal in order to score."
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on the ball to score a goal."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on a side of the goal to kick the ball. You can double click the left right or middle mouse button. If you do not click fast enough, Tux catches the ball. You must click on it to bring it back to its former position."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on the ball to kick it. You can double click the left right or middle mouse button. If you lose, Tux catches the ball. You must click on it to bring it back to its former position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:218
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on the side of the goal you want to put the ball in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:258
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Click or tap the ball to bring it back to its former position"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Photo Hunter"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the differences between the two pictures!"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Visual Discrimination"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Observe the two pictures carefully. There are some slight differences. When you find a difference you must click on it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:107
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Drag the slider to show the differences!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:108
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Click on the differences between the two images!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/planegame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers in Order"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/planegame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds in the correct order"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/planegame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch the clouds in increasing order. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr ""
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:27
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "Railroad activity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:28
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "Rebuild the displayed locomotive at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:30
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "Memory training"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:32
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid ""
+"A train - a locomotive and carriage(s) - is displayed at the top of the main area for a few seconds. Rebuild it at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down.<br>"
+"<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:33
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid ""
+"<b>Keyboard Controls:</b><br>"
+"<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:34
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "1. Use arrow keys to move in the answer or sample zone.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:35
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "2. Use Enter or Return key to submit the answers.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:36
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "3. Use Space key to swap two wagons or locomotives in answer zone.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:37
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "4. Use Space key to add a wagon or locomotive from samples to answer list.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:38
+msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
+msgid "5. Use Delete key to remove a wagon or locomotive from answer zone.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:107
+msgctxt "Railroad|"
+msgid "Observe and remember the train before the timer ends and then drag the items to set up a similar train."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:108
+msgctxt "Railroad|"
+msgid "If you forget the positions, you can click on the Hint button to view them again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Horizontal reading practice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read a list of words and work out if a given word is in it."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reading training in a limited time"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A word is shown on the board. A list of words, displayed horizontally, will appear and disappear. Does the given word belong to the list?"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:36
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A word is shown at the top right of the board. A list of words will appear and disappear on the left. Does the given word belong to the list?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/Readingh.qml:104
msgctxt "Readingh|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/Readingh.qml:234
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Readingh|"
msgid ""
"<font color=\"#373737\">Check if the word<br/>"
"<b><font color=\"#315AAA\">%1</font></b><br/>"
"<font color=\"#373737\">is displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/Readingh.qml:260
msgctxt "Readingh|"
msgid "Yes, I saw it!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/Readingh.qml:275
msgctxt "Readingh|"
msgid "No, it was not there!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Vertical-reading practice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read a vertical list of words and work out if a given word is in it."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A word is shown on the board. A list of words, displayed vertically, will appear and disappear. Does the given word belong to the list?"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/redraw/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Redraw the given image"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/redraw/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw perfectly the given image on the empty grid."
msgid "Click on different active elements : sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system. When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up. "
msgid "Click on different active elements : sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system."
msgid "When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up."
msgid "It is not possible to consume more electricity than what is produced. This is a key limitation in the distribution of electricity, with minor exceptions, electrical energy cannot be stored, and therefore it must be generated as it is needed. A sophisticated system of control is therefore required to ensure electric generation very closely matches the demand. If supply and demand are not in balance, generation plants and transmission equipment can shut down which, in the worst cases, can lead to a major regional blackout."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice subtraction with a fun game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by counting to the correct ice spot."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read numbers on a dice, and count intervals up to 10 for the first level"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the dice to show how many ice spots there are between Tux and the fish. Click the dice with the right mouse button to count backwards. When done, click on the OK button or hit the Enter key."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Roman numerals"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A Roman numeral is the name for a number when it is written in the way the Romans used to write numbers. Roman numerals are not used very often today in the west. They are used to write the names of kings and queens, or popes. For example: Queen Elizabeth II. They may be used to write the year a book or movie was made."
msgid "Proper form is to subtract only a value with the next lower power of 10. Thus, 900 is written CM, but 990 would not be XM - properly, it is CM for the 900 portion and XC for the 90 portion, or CMXC. Similarly, 999 would not be IM but rather CMXCIX - CM for the 900 portion, XC for the 90 portion, and IX for the 9 portion. Only values starting in 1's are ever used to subtract; 45 is properly XLV, not VL."
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a kilogram (kg) is 1000 grams (g)."
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a pound (lb) is 16 ounce (oz)."
msgid "The pound is a unit of mass, a property which corresponds to the common perception of how \"heavy\" an object is. This unit is used in the USA."
msgid "Try to split the pieces of candy to a given number of children"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the division of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Know how to count"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the middle, then drag pieces of candy to each child's rectangle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:28
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul wants to equally share 2 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:38
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Now he wants to give 4 pieces of candy to his friends."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:48
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Paul's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:59
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul has only 10 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 8 remaining pieces of candy?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:28
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "George wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:38
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "Maria wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy between her friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:48
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "John wants to equally share 10 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:28
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can you help her? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:38
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Now, Alice wants to give 6 pieces of candy to her friends"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:48
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Can you help Alice give 9 pieces of candy to her friends: one girl and two boys?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:58
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice has 12 pieces of candy left. She wants to give them all to her friends. Can you help her split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:28
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michael wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:38
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Helen has 3 friends: one boy and two girls. She wants to give them 7 pieces of candy. Help her split the pieces of candy between her friends!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:48
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michelle has 9 pieces of candy and wants to split them with two brothers and two sisters. Help her share the pieces of candy!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:58
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Thomas wants to share his 11 pieces of candy with his friends: three boys and one girl. Can you help him?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:28
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Charles wants to share his 8 pieces of candy with 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:38
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "For her birthday, Elizabeth has 12 pieces of candy to share with 4 of her friends: two girls and two boys. How should she split the pieces of candy to her friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:48
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Jason's father gave him 14 pieces of candy to share with his friends: two boys and three girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:29
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Bob wants to give 5 pieces of candy to his friends: two boys and one girl, his girlfriend already has one candy. Can you help him equally split the pieces of candy so that each friend will have the same amount of pieces of candy?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:39
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Harry wants to equally share 8 pieces of candy between his friends: one boy and two girls. Place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them so that each of them has an equal number of pieces of candy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:49
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Harry's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:29
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Jon split 9 pieces of candies between three boys and two girls. The rest will remain to Jon."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:39
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Jon wants to share the rest of his pieces of candies with his brother and his sister. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brother already has two pieces of candies?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:49
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Tux split some pieces of candies to his friends: 9 pieces of candies to one boy and two girls."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:95
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|First part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Place %n boy(s) "
msgid_plural "Place %n boy(s) "
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Second part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgid_plural "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Third part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid_plural "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:346
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "You can't put more than %1 pieces of candy in the same rectangle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:365
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "Display candy counter"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A simple drawing activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create your own drawing"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enhance creative skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers With Dice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on dice before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In a limited time, count the number of dots"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Counting skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dice."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers with dominoes"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on the dominoes before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dominoes."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot a Submarine"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drive the submarine to the end point."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to control a submarine"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click using the mouse, physics basics"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Control the various parts of the submarine (the engine, rudders and ballast tanks) to reach the end point.\n"
" Controls:\n"
"\n"
" Engine:\n"
" D / Right arrow: Increase velocity\n"
" A / Left arrow: Decrease velocity\n"
"\n"
" Ballast tanks:\n"
" Switch filling of Ballast tanks:\n"
" W / Up arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" R: Left ballast tank\n"
" T: Right ballast tanks\n"
" Switch flush ballast tanks:\n"
" S / Down arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" F: Left ballast tank\n"
" G: Right ballast tanks\n"
"\n"
" Diving planes:\n"
" + : Increase diving plane angle\n"
" - : Decrease diving plane angle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:177
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Left Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:285
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Central Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:392
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Right Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:32
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Move the submarine to the other side of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:33
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The leftmost item in the control panel is the engine of the submarine, indicating the current speed of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:34
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Increase or decrease the velocity of the submarine using the engine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:35
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Press the + button to increase the velocity, or the - button to decrease the velocity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:38
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The item next to the engine is the Ballast tanks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:39
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Ballast tanks are used to float or dive under water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:40
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "If the ballast tanks are empty, the submarine will float. If the ballast tanks are full of water, the submarine will dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:41
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the upper valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from filling in the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:42
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the lower valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from flushing out the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to float on the surface of the water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:45
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The rightmost item in the control panel controls the diving planes of the submarine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:46
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Diving Planes in a submarine is used to control the depth of the submarine accurately once it is underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:47
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Once the submarine is moving underwater, increasing or decreasing the angle of the planes will increase and decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:48
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The + button will increase the depth of the submarine, while the - button will decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:49
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Grab the crown to open the gate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:50
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Check out the help menu for the keyboard controls."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sudoku, place unique symbols in a grid"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Symbols must be unique in a row, in a column, and (if defined) each region."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim of the puzzle is to enter a symbol or numeral from 1 through 9 in each cell of a grid. In the official Sudoku the grid is 9x9 made up of 3x3 subgrids (called 'regions'). In GCompris we start at lower levels with a simpler version using symbols and with no regions. In all cases the grid is presented with various symbols or numerals given in some cells (the 'givens'). Each row, column and region must contain only one instance of each symbol or numeral (Source <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudoku>)."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Completing the puzzle requires patience and logical ability"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a number or a symbol on the left and click on its target position. GCompris will not let you enter invalid data."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Super Brain"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has hidden several items. Find them again in the correct order"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Click on the items until you find what you think is the correct answer. Then, click on the OK button. In the lower levels, Tux gives you an indication if you found a hiding place by marking the item with a black box. In the levels 4 and 8 an item may be hidden several times.<br/>"
"You can use the right mouse button to flip the items in the opposite order or the item chooser to directly pick an item. Press and hold a mouse button or on the touch screen to automatically choose the last item selected on a column. Double click or tap on a previously selected item in your guess history to mark it as 'correct'. Such marked items are automatically selected in your current and future guesses until you un-mark them, again by double clicking or tapping."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:145
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is well placed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:147
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is misplaced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:631
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:632
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Shapes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:643
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The tangram puzzle game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The objective is to form a given shape"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Tangram (Chinese: literally 'seven boards of cunning') is a Chinese puzzle. While the tangram is often said to be ancient, its existence has only been verified as far back as 1800. It consists of 7 pieces, called tans, which fit together to form a square; Using the square side as 1 unit, the 7 pieces contains:\n"
" 5 right isosceles triangles, including:\n"
" - 2 small size ones (legs of 1)\n"
" - 1 medium size (legs of square root of 2)\n"
" - 2 large size (legs of 2)\n"
" 1 square (side of 1) and\n"
" 1 parallelogram (sides of 1 and square root of 2)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select the tangram to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. At first levels, simpler objects are used to introduce the tangram concept."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice addition with a target game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hit the target and count your points"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Throw darts at a target and count your score."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse, can read numbers and count up to 15 for the first level"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Check the speed and direction of the target, and then click on it to launch a dart. When all your darts are thrown, you are asked to count your score. Enter the score with the keyboard."
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click on the square which you want to mark. First player to create a line of 3 marks wins"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A sliding-block puzzle game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Remove the red car from the parking lot through the gate on the right"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Each car can only move either horizontally or vertically. You must make some room in order to let the red car move through the gate on the right."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:117
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:118
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:129
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Watercycle"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has come back from fishing on his boat. Bring the water system back up so he can take a shower."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the water cycle"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, pumping station, and the sewage treatment plant, in order to reactivate the entire water system. When the system is back up and Tux is in the shower, push the shower button for him."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:65
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Sun is the main component of water cycle. Click on the sun to start the water cycle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:66
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "As the sun rises, the water of the sea starts heating and evaporates."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:67
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid " Water vapor condenses to form cloud and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:68
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Rain causes rivers to swell up and this water is transported to us via motor pumps through water-tower. Click on the motor pump to supply water to residents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:70
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "See the tower filled with water. Activate the sewage treatment station by clicking on it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:71
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Great, click on the shower, as Tux arrives home."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:72
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Fantastic, you have completed water cycle. You can continue playing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:96
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "The water cycle (also known as the hydrologic cycle) is the journey water takes as it circulates from the land to the sky and back again. The sun's heat provides energy to evaporate water from water bodies like oceans."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:99
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapor eventually, cools forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over land, precipitation is triggered and fall down as rain."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:102
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Some of the water is trapped between rock or clay layers, called groundwater. But most of the water flows as runoff, eventually returning to the seas via rivers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:104
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Your goal is to complete water cycle before Tux reaches home. Click on the different components which make up the water cycle. First click on sun, then cloud, water pumping station near the river, sewage treatment, and at last regulate the switch to provide water to Tux's shower."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Falling Words"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the falling words before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard training"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard manipulation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the complete word as it falls, before it reaches the ground"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlay.qml:77
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlay|"
msgid ""
"This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris.<br/>"
"On <a href='http://gcompris.net'>http://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code. Then go to the main configuration dialog to enter the code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:76
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:88
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:40
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "License page added in configuration. Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:41
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Polish, Swedish and Ukrainian."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:42
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Search feature."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:43
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "A Changelog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:44
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes. Lang activity now available in French."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:45
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Adding a loading overlay to let the user know that some actions are taking place (loading an activity for example) and can take some seconds. Translations added for: Catalan (Valencian), Chinese Traditional, Finnish (92% translated), Russian (98% translated), Slovak (92% translated), Turkish."
msgid "<b>GCompris</b> is a Free Software developed within the KDE community."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:82
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"<b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> to report a bug.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:111
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:128
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:145
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the development team:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:149
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the translation team:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:94
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "%1 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:96
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:61
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Author:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:65
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Prerequisite:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:70
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Goal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:75
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Manual:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:79
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Credit:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:83
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Section:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:166
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Downloading ..."
msgstr ""
#. Run this task in background
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:210
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:228
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Abort"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:254
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Download error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:282
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your download finished successfully. The data files are now available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:284
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Restart any currently active activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:286
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your local data files are up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/IntroMessage.qml:118
msgctxt "IntroMessage|"
msgid "Previous"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/IntroMessage.qml:134
msgctxt "IntroMessage|"
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/IntroMessage.qml:149
msgctxt "IntroMessage|"
msgid "Skip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/LanguageList.qml:43
msgctxt "LanguageList|"
msgid "Your system default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:153
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris with the default system cursor."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:156
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris without cursor (touch screen mode)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:159
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris in fullscreen mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:162
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris in window mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:165
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris with sound enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:168
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Run GCompris without sound."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:171
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Disable the kiosk mode (default)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.cpp:174
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Enable the kiosk mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:130
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:132 core/main.qml:171
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:137 core/main.qml:177
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:160
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Welcome to GCompris!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:161
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You are running GCompris for the first time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:162
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You should verify that your application settings especially your language is set correctly, and that all language specific sound files are installed. You can do this in the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:164
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Have Fun!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:166
#, qt-format
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Your current language is %1 (%2)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:170
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:199
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "GCompris has been updated! Here are the new changes:<br/>"
msgid "Turn over two cards to match the calculation with its answer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "checkers_2players"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:18
#, kde-format
msgid "play checkers with your friend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "ballcatch"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Press the left and right arrow key at the same time to send the ball straight on"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-tux"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:22 input:38
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on a card and find its double."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "balancebox"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Tilt the box to navigate the ball to the door."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "baby_wordprocessor"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:26
#, kde-format
msgid "A simplistic word processor to play around with the keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "hanoi_real"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:28
#, kde-format
msgid "Rebuild the model tower on the right support. Take care, no disc may be placed atop a smaller disc."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "babymatch"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag and drop the objects matching the pictures"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "chess_2players"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:32
#, kde-format
msgid "play chess against your friend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "color_mix_light"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Match the colour by moving the sliders on the torches"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "missing-letter"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Find the missing letter and complete the word by clicking on one of the letters proposed on the side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "followline"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:40
#, kde-format
msgid " Move the mouse or your finger along the pipe to stop the fire."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "gletters"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Type the letters on your keyboard before they reach the ground."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "calendar"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the asked date on the calendar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "braille_alphabets"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on Tux to start and then re-create the Braille cells."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "scalesboard"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "scalesboard_weight"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "scalesboard_weight_avoirdupois"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:48 input:102 input:248
+#: : input:48 input:102 input:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag the weights up to balance the scales."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "smallnumbers"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Count the number on your dice and type it on your keyboard before it reaches the ground."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "sudoku"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a number or a symbol and click its target area. Each symbol must appear only once in a row, in a column and in a subregion if any."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-enumerate"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Match a number card with a card displaying the same number of butterflies."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-sound-tux"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-sound"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:56 input:254
+#: : input:56 input:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on an audio card and find its double."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "tic_tac_toe_2players"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "tic_tac_toe"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:58 input:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the square which you wish to mark and try to mark 3 consecutive squares before Tux."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "chess"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:60
#, kde-format
msgid "play chess against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "mazeinvisible"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to guide Tux out. Use the maze icon or the space key to see the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "nine_men_morris_2players"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the dot where you wish to place your piece and try to take all your friend's pieces."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "algebra_by"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Multiply the two numbers together and type in your answer before the balloon lands in the water"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "algebra_minus"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Subtract the two numbers and type in your answer before the balloon lands in the water"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "algebra_div"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Find the result of the division and type in your answer before the balloon lands in the water"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "hexagon"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the hexagons to find the hidden object, the red zone indicates that you're close to it!"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "details"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Slide the images on their respective targets"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "family"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Let us understand what to call our relatives"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "traffic"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Slide the cars to make a space so that the red car can go out of the box."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-case-association"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-case-association-tux"
#. +> trunk5
#: : input:82 input:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Match the upper case card with its lower case pair."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "gnumch-equality"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide the number eater with the arrow keys to the required numbers and press the space bar to swallow them."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "explore_world_animals"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn about world animals and locate them on a map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "click_on_letter_up"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "click_on_letter"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:88 input:218
+#: : input:88 input:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the required letter. You can listen to it again by clicking on the mouth."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "graph-coloring"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "money_cents"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the money to pay."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "braille_fun"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Create the Braille cell for the letter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "algorithm"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the missing items on the table and follow the logical sequence displayed above it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "alphabet-sequence"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds following the order of the alphabet."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "maze"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the arrows keys or swipe the touch screen to help Tux find his way out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "penalty"
#. +> trunk5
#: : input:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Double click or double tap on the goal, in order to score."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "penalty"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Double click or double tap on the ball to score a goal."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "categorization"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Categorize the elements into the correct group"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "land_safe"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the arrow keys to pilot your spaceship safely onto the landing pad."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "magic-hat-minus"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the hat. How many stars are still hiding under the hat."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "share"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Share the candies equally among the specified number of children and notice that there may be a rest left"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "simplepaint"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "money_back_cents"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "money_back"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:122 input:204
+#: : input:122 input:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the money at the bottom of the screen to give Tux his change."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "readingv"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "readingh"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:124 input:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Read a list of words and say if a given word is in it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "babyshapes"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag and drop the objects matching the shapes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "magic-hat-plus"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Count the number of stars hidden under the hat and then click on the stars to indicate their number."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "nine_men_morris"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the dot where you wish to place your piece and try to take all Tux's pieces."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "redraw_symmetrical"
#. +> trunk5
#: : input:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the drawing tools to reproduce symmetrically the pattern on the right."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "redraw_symmetrical"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the drawing tools to reproduce the right-hand side symmetrical figure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "redraw"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the drawing tools to reproduce a symmetrical figure on the right hand side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "digital_electricity"
#. +> trunk5
#: : input:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn how digital electronics work and create your own circuit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "digital_electricity"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn how the digital electricity works and create your own circuit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "renewable_energy"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the different stages that go to make up the power supply."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "align4"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the column where you wish your token to fall and try to align of 4 tokens before Tux."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "letter-in-word"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on all the words containing the wanted letter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "hanoi"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: : input:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Rebuild the same tower in the empty area as the one you see on the right hand side."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "number_sequence"
#. +> trunk5
#: : input:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw the picture by touching the numbers in ascending order."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "number_sequence"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw the picture by touching each number in the right sequence."
msgstr ""
+#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "railroad"
+#. +> trunk5
+#: : input:152
+#, kde-format
+msgid "Observe the train and then click on the items to set up a similar train"
+msgstr ""
+
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "erase_2clic"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:152
+#: : input:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Double tap or double click on the bricks to discover the hidden picture"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "advanced_colors"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:154
+#: : input:156
#, kde-format
msgid "click on the required color"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "drawletters"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:156
+#: : input:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the selected points and draw the letter"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "lang"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:158
+#: : input:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the language you want to learn then review the words before doing the exercises."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "superbrain"
#. +> trunk5
-#: : input:160
+#: : input:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Find out the right combination of colors. A dot framed in a black square means that you found the correct colour in the correct position, while a dot framed in a white square means it's the correct colour, but in the wrong position."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "explore_monuments"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:162
+#: : input:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Explore Monuments around the world."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "clickgame"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:164
+#: : input:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Catch the fish before they leave the aquarium."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "algebra_plus"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:166
+#: : input:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Add the two numbers together and type in your answer before the balloon lands in the water"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "roman_numerals"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:168
+#: : input:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn and practice roman to arabic numerals conversion"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "template"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:170
+#: : input:172
#, kde-format
msgid "put here in comment the text for the intro voice"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "fifteen"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:172
+#: : input:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Click or drag an element next to a free space, the element will move and release its space. You must put all the pieces in the correct order. The numbers on the pieces can help you."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "gnumch-multiples"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:174
+#: : input:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide the number eater with the arrow keys to the multiples of the displayed number and press space to swallow them."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "lightsoff"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:176
+#: : input:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the lamps to turn them off."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "leftright"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:178
+#: : input:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Guess if the picture presents a left or right hand and click on the correct answer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "submarine"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:180
+#: : input:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Drive the submarine to the right end of the screen without colliding with any objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "gnumch-primes"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:182
+#: : input:184
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide the number eater with the arrow keys to the prime numbers and press space to swallow them."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "guessnumber"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:184
+#: : input:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Find out the number by typing a number from the range proposed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "photo_hunter"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:186
+#: : input:188
#, kde-format
msgid "look at the two pictures carefully and click where you see a difference"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "erase_clic"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:188
+#: : input:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Click or tap on the transparent bricks and discover the hidden picture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "family_find_relative"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:190
+#: : input:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on a pair that defines the given relation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "drawnumbers"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:192
+#: : input:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw the numbers by connecting the dots in the correct order."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "target"
#. +> trunk5
-#: : input:194
+#: : input:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the target to launch darts, then count your final score!"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "target"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the target to launch darts, then count your score!"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "numbers-odd-even"
#. +> trunk5
-#: : input:196
+#: : input:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds having even or odd numbers, in the shown order."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "numbers-odd-even"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds having even or odd numbers"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "watercycle"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:198
+#: : input:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the various active elements that make up the water supply. Then press the shower button for Tux."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "wordsgame"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:200
+#: : input:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Type the words on your keyboard before they reach the ground."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "erase"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:202
+#: : input:204
#, kde-format
msgid " Clear the window with your sponge and discover the hidden picture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "chess_partyend"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:208
+#: : input:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on a white chess piece and green boxes will appear to indicate all the movements that piece can make. Try and get the black king into checkmate."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "guesscount"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:210
+#: : input:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the numbers and operations suggested to find the results proposed above."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "find_the_day"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:214
+#: : input:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the required day."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "mining"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:220
+#: : input:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Looking at the rockwall, you can see a sparkle somewhere. Move the mouse cursor next to this sparkle and use the mousewheel or the zoom gesture to zoom in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "planegame"
#. +> trunk5
-#: : input:222
+#: : input:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the helicopter with the arrow keys and catch the numbers in the clouds, in ascending order."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "planegame"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the helicopter with the arrow keys and catch the number in the clouds in numerical order."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "clockgame"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:224
+#: : input:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag and drop the needles of the clock to display the required time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "tangram"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:226
+#: : input:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on each object to obtain the same figure. You can change their orientation by clicking on the arrows."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "intro_gravity"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:228
+#: : input:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Change the planets' gravitational force by moving the sliders up and down. Be careful not to crash Tux's spaceship."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "gnumch-inequality"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:230
+#: : input:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide the number eater with the arrow keys to the numbers that are different from the ones displayed and press the space bar to swallow them."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "geo-country"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:234
+#: : input:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag and drop the regions to complete the country maps."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "redraw"
#. +> trunk5
-#: : input:236
+#: : input:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the drawing tools to build an identical pattern on the right."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-wordnumber"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:238
+#: : input:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Match the numeric with the word."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-case-association-tux"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "memory-case-association"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:82 input:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Match the alphabet with its upper);"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "explore_world_music"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:240
+#: : input:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the suitcases to learn about music from around the world."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "crane"
#. +> trunk5
-#: : input:242
+#: : input:244
#, kde-format
msgid " Click on each item in turn, in the left frame, and move them to reproduce the pattern from the right frame."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "crane"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:242
#, kde-format
msgid " Click on each item in turn in the left frame and move them to mirror their position in the right frame."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "canal_lock"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:244
+#: : input:246
#, kde-format
msgid "You are responsible for the lock and you must help Tux pass through. Click on the valves to cause either a drop or an increase in the water level, and click on the gates to open or close a path."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "gnumch-factors"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:246
+#: : input:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide the number eater with the arrow keys to the factors of the displayed number and press space to swallow them."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "hangman"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:250
+#: : input:252
#, kde-format
msgid "A word is hidden, you must discover it letter by letter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "geography"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:252
+#: : input:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag and drop the objects to complete the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "imagename"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:256
+#: : input:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag and drop each item above its name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "money"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:258
+#: : input:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Click or tap on the money to pay."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "instruments"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:262
+#: : input:264
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the correct musical instrument."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "clickanddraw"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:264
+#: : input:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the selected points and draw"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "colors"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:266
+#: : input:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the right color"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "reversecount"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:268
+#: : input:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the domino and validate your choice with the OK button to indicate the number of ice blocks Tux will have to follow to eat a fish."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "melody"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:270
+#: : input:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Listen to the sound sequence played, and reproduce it by clicking on the xylophone's bars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "explore_farm_animals"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:276
+#: : input:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn about farmyard animals and the noises that they make."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "mazerelative"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:280
+#: : input:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Help Tux find his way out. Left and right are used to turn and up to go forward."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "align4-2players"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:282
+#: : input:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the column where you wish your token to fall and try to align 4 tokens to win."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "bargame"
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "bargame_2players"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:284 input:286
+#: : input:286 input:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Click the number of balls you wish to place in the holes and then click the OK button. The winner is the one who hasn't put a ball in the red hole."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "football"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:288
+#: : input:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Drag a line from the ball to set the speed and direction of your kick."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "chronos"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:290
+#: : input:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Slide the pictures into the order that tells the story"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "smallnumbers2"
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: : input:292
+#: : input:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Count the number of the points on the dominoes then type the result on your keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: intro voices, see GCompris-voices/README.md - activity: "superbrain"
#. +> stable5
#: : input:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Find out the right combination of colors. A black pin means you found the correct colour in the correct position, a white pin means it's the correct colour but in the wrong position."
"<p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to try setting it again, choose \"Yes\" here, otherwise choose \"No\", and the \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>"
msgid "Updates metadata of files in the current album with the contents of digiKam database (file metadata will be overwritten with data from the database)."
msgid "Updates the digiKam database from the metadata of the files in the current album (information in the database will be overwritten with data from the files' metadata)."
msgid "Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically detect and open a connected gphoto2 camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the SQLite database file found in the directory <dir>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the configuration file <config>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin is not available. please install it.\n"
"There is no database plugin installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin are not available. Please install it.\n"
"Database plugins installed on your computer are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The given path for the config file is not valid. Either its parent directory does not exist, it is a directory itself or it cannot be read/written to.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete those items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/trashview.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete ALL items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Port to Qt5 and KF5;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Replacing digiKam KIOSlaves by a multi-threaded interface to query the database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Replacing Qt5::Multimedia dependency by QtAV framework to handle video files;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Add embedded trash support for each collection instead desktop trash;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Thumbs and preview video support is now delegate to QT5Multimedia framework;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Mysql internal server is now configurable as Sqlite to store database files at a customized place;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Mysql internal/remote server is now configurable with first run assistant;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new garbage collector tool to cleanup database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new batch queue manager tool to convert RAW files to DNG;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export contents in html gallery;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export contents as a video slideshow;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export contents by email;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new batch queue manager tool to adjust time and date metadata;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new batch queue manager tool to detect and fix red-eyes automatically;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to import images from a digital scanner;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to edit metadata;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to edit geolocation;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new option in editor and light table to run presentation tool;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new editor tool to detect and fix red-eyes automatically;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new editor tool to perform color change based on Lut3D;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool in camera import interface to convert RAW files to DNG;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Add a new tool to export items on local network through UPNP/DLNA;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Consolidation of Mysql database backend;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved startup time with differed scan for new items stage."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Presentation and Slideshow tools now support video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "...and much more."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "New Features"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<ul>%2</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam 4.x):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<h3>%2</h3>"
"<ul>%3</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"<li>%2</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href=\"https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/extragear-graphics/digikam/index.html\">documentation</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "The <a href=\"http://www.digikam.org\">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam."
msgid "Failed to backup the existing database file (\"%1\"). Refusing to replace file without backup, using the existing file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Starting with an empty database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file - confirming that this database file was indeed created for the pictures located in the folder \"%2\" - or ignore the old file and start with a new database?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file, start with a new database, or copy the current database to this location and continue using it?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file or start with a new database?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:585
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Trying to upgrade old databases."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:600
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database.</p>"
"<p>Would you like to copy the current database to this location and continue using it, or start with a new database?</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:631
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. There is already a database file in this location.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to use this existing file as the new database, or remove it and copy the current database to this place?</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:641
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Existing File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:742
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>An error occurred during the internal server start.</b></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:799
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Failed to open the database. Error message from database:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"</p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:872
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Your locale has changed since this album was last opened.\n"
"Old locale: %1, new locale: %2\n"
"If you have recently changed your locale, you need not be concerned.\n"
"Please note that if you switched to a locale that does not support some of the filenames in your collection, these files may no longer be found in the collection. If you are sure that you want to continue, click 'Yes'. Otherwise, click 'No' and correct your locale setting before restarting digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:914
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The collection </p>"
"<p><b>%1</b><br/>"
"(%2)</p>"
"<p> is currently not found on your system.<br/>"
" Please choose the most appropriate option to handle this situation:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:932
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The collection is still available, but the identifier changed.<br/>"
"This can be caused by restoring a backup, changing the partition layout or the file system settings.<br/>"
"The collection is now located at this place:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:951
#, kde-format
msgid "The collection is located on a storage device which is not always attached. Mark the collection as a removable collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:958
#, kde-format
msgid "Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:972
#, kde-format
msgid "Collection not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2182
#, kde-format
msgid "The collection location supplied is invalid or currently not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2190
#, kde-format
msgid "No album for collection location: Internal error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2206
#, kde-format
msgid "No parent found for album."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2213
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2219
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name cannot contain '/'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:2225
#, kde-format
msgid "createPAlbum does not accept the root album as parent."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD. It will be identified by the label (\"%1\")that you have set in your CD burning application. If you create further CDs for use with digikam in the future, please remember to give them a unique label as well."
msgid "This entry will only be identified by the path where it is found on your system (\"%1\"). No more specific means of identification (UUID, label) is available."
msgid "It is not possible on your system to identify the storage medium of this path. It will be added using the file path as the only identifier. This will work well for your local hard disk."
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before. "
msgid "Failed to open a database transaction on your database file \"%1\". This is unusual. Please check that you can access the file and no other process has currently locked the file. If the problem persists you can get help from the digikam-devel@kde.org mailing list. As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "The schema updating process from version 4 to 6 failed, caused by an error that we did not expect. You can try to discard your old database and start with an empty one. (In this case, please move the database files \"%1\" and \"%2\" from the directory \"%3\"). More probably you will want to report this error to the digikam-devel@kde.org mailing list. As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "Failed to update the database schema from version %1 to version %2. Please read the error messages printed on the console and report this error as a bug at bugs.kde.org. "
msgid "The database update action cannot be found. Please ensure that the dbconfig.xml file of the current version of digiKam is installed at the correct place. "
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Error message: \"%3\". Please make sure that the file can be copied, or delete it."
msgid "The old database file (\"%1\") has been copied to the new location (\"%2\") but it cannot be opened. Please delete both files and try again, starting with an empty database. "
msgid "No album library path has been found in the configuration file. Giving up the schema updating process. Please try with an empty database, or repair your configuration."
msgid "There was an error associating your albumLibraryPath (\"%1\") with a storage volume of your system. This problem may indicate that there is a problem with your installation. If you are working on Linux, check that HAL is installed and running. In any case, you can seek advice from the digikam-devel@kde.org mailing list. The database updating process will now be aborted because we do not want to create a new database based on false assumptions from a broken installation."
msgid "Could not open the configuration file <b>%1</b>. This file is installed with the digikam application and is absolutely required to run digikam. Please check your installation."
msgid "An old version of the configuration file <b>%1</b> is found. Please ensure that the version released with the running version of digiKam is installed. "
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBSimilarityVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgctxt "People on your photos"
msgid "People"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The list of detected faces from the collections but not recognized"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The list of recognized faces from the collections but not confirmed"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBThumbnailsVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
"<p>Select here the type of database backend.</p>"
"<p><b>SQlite</b> backend is for local database storage with a small or medium collection sizes. It is the default and recommended backend for collections with less than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Internal</b> backend is for local database storage with huge collection sizes. This backend is recommend for local collections with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Server</b> backend is a more robust solution especially for remote and shared database storage. It is also more efficient to manage huge collection sizes with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p>Set here the location where the database files will be stored on your system. There are three databases: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.<br/>"
"Write access is required to be able to edit image properties.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. Take care to use a place hosted by fast hardware (as SSD) with enough free space especially for thumbnails database.</p>"
"<p>Note: a remote file system such as NFS, cannot be used here. For performance reasons, it's also recommended not to use removable media.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>"
"<p>digiKam expects that database is already created with a dedicated user account. This user name <i>digikam</i> will require full access to the database.<br>"
"If your database is not already set up, you can use the following SQL commands (after replacing the <b><i>password</i></b> with the correct one).<br>"
"<p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialized following the commands below:</p>"
"<p># su</p>"
"<p># systemctl restart mysqld</p>"
"<p># mysql -u root</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>quit</p>"
"<p>NOTE: If you've an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p>"
"<p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL\">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB\">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p>"
"<p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It's also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive\">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File\">PGF</a>.</p>"
"<p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a green filter. This is useful for all scenic shoots, especially portraits photographed against the sky.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow filter. This has the most natural tonal correction, and improves contrast. Ideal for landscapes.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>"
"<p>Gives a warm highlight and mid-tone while adding a bit of coolness to the shadows - very similar to the process of bleaching a print and re-developing in a sepia toner.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "Enable this option if you want to preserve the aspect ratio of image. If enabled, the border width will be a percentage of the image size, else the border width will be in pixels."
msgid "Total smoothing power: if the Detail Factor sets the relative smoothing and the Anisotropy Factor the direction, the Smoothing Factor sets the overall effect."
msgid "<b>Function</b>: This function combines the original RGB channels with the desaturated blurred image. This function is used in each of the tonemapping stages. It can be linear or power. Basically, this function increases the values where both the original and blurred image's value are low and do the opposite on high values."
msgid "<b>Highlights saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "<b>Shadow saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "This value is the radius of the inner circle of the filter. In the inner circle the image is preserved. It is expressed as a multiple of the outer radius of the filter."
msgid "This value is the radius of the outer circle of the filter. Outside the outer circle the effect of the filter is at its maximum. It is expressed as a multiple of the diagonal of the image."
msgid "This is the camera maker description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and find relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the camera model description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the lens description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant lens information from Lensfun database."
msgid "Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured."
msgid "Distortion refers to an image deformation, which is most pronounced towards the corners. These Seidel aberrations are known as pincushion and barrel distortions."
msgid "<b>Note: lens correction options depend of filters available in LensFun library. See <a href='http://lensfun.sourceforge.net'>LensFun project web site</a> for more information.</b>"
"<p>If the image's maximal counts are small, you can use the <b>linear</b> scale.</p>"
"<p><b>Logarithmic</b> scale can be used when the maximal counts are big; if it is used, all values (small and large) will be visible on the graph.</p>"
msgid "<b>Alpha</b>: display the alpha image-channel values. This channel corresponds to the transparency value and is supported by some image formats, such as PNG or TIF."
msgid "<b>Threshold</b>: Adjusts the threshold for denoising of the image in a range from 0.0 (none) to 10.0. The threshold is the value below which everything is considered noise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Softness</b>: This adjusts the softness of the thresholding (soft as opposed to hard thresholding). The higher the softness the more noise remains in the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Estimate Noise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Compute automatically all noise reduction settings by a parse of noise contained in image."
msgid "This is the radius of the circular convolution. It is the most important parameter for using this tool. For most images the default value of 1.0 should give good results. Select a higher value when your image is very blurred."
msgid "Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "This is the sharpness for the Gaussian convolution. Use this parameter when your blurring is of a Gaussian type. In most cases you should set this parameter to 0, because it causes nasty artifacts. When you use non-zero values, you will probably also have to increase the correlation and/or noise filter parameters."
msgid "This parameter determines the size of the transformation matrix. Increasing the matrix width may give better results, especially when you have chosen large values for circular or Gaussian sharpness."
msgid "<font color='red'><i>Warning: <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>JPEG</a> is a lossy image compression format.</i></font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Chroma subsampling:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "4:4:4 (best quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:2 (good quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:0 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "4:1:1 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p>"
"<p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBFaceVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before."
"Background color indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.\n"
"\n"
"NO COLOR: no filter is active, all items are visible.\n"
"RED: filtering is on, but no items match.\n"
"GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.\n"
"\n"
"Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.\n"
"Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.\n"
"Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset all active filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Open filter settings panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Text</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Mime Type</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Geolocation</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Rating</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Pick Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Tags</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filters:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filter:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "No active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "One active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "1 active filter"
msgid_plural "%1 active filters"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid "No geo filtering"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "Images with coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Images without coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by geolocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Select how geolocation should affect the images which are shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:37
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "No RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "JPEG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "TIFF Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:44
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:45
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Raster Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by file type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the file types (MIME types) that you want shown. Note: \"Raster Files\" are formats from raster graphics editors, such as Photoshop, The Gimp, Krita, etc."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the rating value used to filter albums' contents. Use the context pop-up menu to set rating filter conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating greater than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating less than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating Filter Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Greater Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Less Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude Items Without Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Text quick filter (search)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter search patterns to quickly filter this view on item names, captions (comments), and tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Search Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines which fields to search for the text in."
msgid "Enter the text used to create tags here. '/' can be used to create a hierarchy of tags. ',' can be used to create more than one hierarchy at the same time."
msgid "Enter the Informative Provider Reference here. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Reference Number here. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Matter Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Detail Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatelist.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the metadata template list managed by digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatelist.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Author Names:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the names of the photograph's creators. Use semi-colons as separator here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organization can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone. "
"<p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors' Positions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the job titles of the authors here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the job titles of the authors. Examples might include titles such as: Staff Photographer, Freelance Photographer, or Independent Commercial Photographer. Since this is a qualifier for the Author field, the Author field must also be filled out.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
"<p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are \"providing\" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
"In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. \n"
"In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase \"all rights reserved\".</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Usage Terms:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the list of instructions on how a resource can be legally used here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Right Usage Terms field should be used to list instructions on how a resource can be legally used."
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one right usage terms string using different languages.</p>"
msgid "Enter the original owner of the photograph here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Source field should be used to identify the original owner or copyright holder of the photograph. The value of this field should never be changed after the information is entered following the image's creation. While not yet enforced by the custom panels, you should consider this to be a \"write-once\" field. The source could be an individual, an agency, or a member of an agency. To aid in later searches, it is suggested to separate any slashes \"/\" with a blank space. Use the form \"photographer / agency\" rather than \"photographer/agency.\" Source may also be different from Creator and from the names listed in the Copyright Notice.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:214
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Instructions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the editorial notice here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Instructions field should be used to list editorial instructions concerning the use of photograph.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 256 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgid "Minimal version number required for this binary is %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid " or <a href=\"%1\">download</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><font color=\"red\"><b>Warning:</b> Some necessary binaries have not been found on your system. If you have these binaries installed, please click the 'Find' button to locate them on your system, otherwise please download and install them to proceed.</font></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary."
"<para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para>"
"<para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>"
"<para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para>"
"<para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>"
"<para>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</para>"
"<para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
"<para>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</para>"
"<para>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</para>"
"<para>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</para>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</item>"
msgid "<para>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</para>"
"<para>Use a specific black point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the Black Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
"<para>Use a specific white point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the White Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
"<para>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<para>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</para>"
"<para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item>"
msgid "Here you can switch between fixed font size and font size to be calculated dynamically and adjusted to changing environment (e.g. widget dimensions, paper size)."
"<p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p>"
"<p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p>"
"<p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p>"
"<p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p>"
"<p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p>"
"<p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>"
"<p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to set it now, select \"Yes\", otherwise select \"No\". In this case, \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exif'>EXIF</a> - a standard used by most digital cameras today to store technical information (like aperture and shutter speed) about an image.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a> - an older standard used in digital photography to store photographer information in images.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a> - a new standard used in digital photography, designed to replace IPTC.</p>"
msgid "This list shows the results for your renaming pattern. Red items indicate a name collision, either because the new name is equal to the current name, or because the name has already been assigned to another item."
msgid "<p>Enter your renaming pattern here. Use the access buttons to quickly add renaming options and modifiers. For further explanation, use the information button.</p>"
msgid "<p>Add a modifier to a renaming option. To activate this button, place the cursor behind a renaming option or an already assigned modifier.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will guide you to create and print a calendar with a selection of images taken from your collection.</p>"
"<p>This tool will also permit to set specific dates on your calendar using external data event files as <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCalendar'>vCalendar</a>, and <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icalendar'>iCalendar</a> formats.</p>"
msgid "Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible."
msgid "Set the number of levels for pyramid blending. Balances towards local features (small number) or global features (high number). Additionally, a low number trades off quality of results for faster execution time and lower memory usage."
msgid "Force hard blend masks without averaging on finest scale. This is only useful for focus stacks with thin and high contrast features. It improves sharpness at the expense of increased noise."
msgid "Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks."
msgid "Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together."
"<p>This tool fuses bracketed images with different exposure to make pseudo <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging'>HDR image</a>.</p>"
"<p>It can also be used to <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Focus_stacking'>merge focus bracketed stack</a> to get a single image with increased depth of field.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure how to import images before merging them to a single one.</p>"
"<p>Bracketed images must be taken with the same camera, in the same conditions, and if possible using a tripod.</p>"
"<p>For more information, please take a look at <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bracketing'>this page</a></p>"
"<p>Now, we will pre-process bracketed images before fusing them.</p>"
"<p>To perform auto-alignment, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used. Alignment must be performed if you have not used a tripod to take bracketed images. Alignment operations can take a while.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
msgid "<p><i>Note:</i> removable media (such as USB drives or DVDs) and remote file systems (such as NFS, or Samba mounted with cifs/smbfs) are supported.</p>"
"<p>Set here if you want to store the information assigned to items in digiKam in the files' metadata, to improve interoperability with other photo management programs:</p>"
"<h1><b>Migrate configuration and metadata from digiKam 4</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>You can choose here if you want to use the configuration and albums from digiKam 4 in digiKam 5. Please note the following warnings:</p>"
"<p>Migration is done <b>at your own risk</b>. Digikam developers don't recommend it and don't support it. On the other hand, creating a new configuration might result in loss of tags and other metadata that wasn't embedded inside the pictures and was only available in digiKam 4's database.</p>"
"<p>In either case you're recommended to backup the configuration files and databases before proceeding.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> loading a reduced version of an image is faster but can differ from the original, especially with Raw. In this case, a JPEG version of Raw pre-processed by camera is loaded, instead of the real image data. This JPEG image is embedded in the file metadata and is used by the camera to display a Raw image faster to a TV screen.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> the Raw import tool is designed for advanced users who want to have the best control over the image. This requires more time in your workflow.</p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p>"
"<p>Remember, you can customize more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='http://www.digikam.org/docs'>digikam.org website</a>.</p>"
"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p>"
"<p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p>"
"<p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p>"
"<p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p>"
"<p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p>"
msgid "<b>JPEG output</b>: Using JPEG output, the panorama file will be smaller at the cost of information loss during compression. This is the easiest way to share the result, or print it online or in a shop."
msgid "<b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file."
msgid "<b>File name template</b>: Set here the base name of the files that will be saved. For example, if your template is <i>panorama</i> and if you chose a JPEG output, then your panorama will be saved with the name <i>panorama.jpg</i>. If you choose to save also the project file, it will have the name <i>panorama.pto</i>."
msgid "<b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href=\"http://hugin.sourceforge.net/\">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results."
"<p><font color=\"orange\"><b>Warning:</b> One or more converted raw files already exists (they will be skipped during the copying process).</font></p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your images are stitched into a panorama.</p>"
"<p>Your panorama will be created to the directory:<br />"
"<b>%1</b><br />"
"once you press the <i>Finish</i> button, with the name set below.</p>"
"<p>If you choose to save the project file, and if your images were raw images then the converted images used during the stitching process will be copied at the same time (those are TIFF files that can be big).</p>"
msgid "<b>Detect moving skies</b>: During the control points selection and matching, this option discards any points that are associated to a possible cloud. This is useful to prevent moving clouds from altering the control points matching process."
"<p>Now, we will pre-process images before stitching them.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing also include a calculation of some control points to match overlaps between images. For that purpose, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p>"
"<p>You can generate quickly a <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time-lapse_photography'>Time-lapse</a> movie from images</p>"
"<p>captured with a tripod mounted camera controlled with an <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intervalometer#Photography'>intervalometer</a>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>You can also create a video presentation with transition</p>"
"<p>effects and audio tracks to show on a TV screen.</p>"
msgid "<i>An effect is an visual panning or zooming applied while an image is displayed. The effect duration will follow the number of frames used to render the image on video stream.</i>"
msgid "<i>A transition is an visual effect applied between two images. For some effects, the duration can depend of random values and can change while the slideshow.</i>"
msgid "Please follow the instructions in the browser window. When done, copy the Internet address from your browser into the textbox below and press \"OK\"."
msgid "Please follow the instructions in the browser. After logging in and authorizing the application, copy the code from the browser, paste it in the textbox below, and click OK."
msgid "The textbox is empty, please enter the code from the browser in the textbox. To complete the authentication click \"Change Account\", or \"Start Upload\" to authenticate again."
msgid "Face detection is a time-consuming task. You can choose if you wish to employ all processor cores on your system, or work in the background only on one core. Warning: this features still experimental and it's disabled by default."
msgid "Use this option to restrict the duplicate search with some criteria, as to limit search to the album of reference image, or to exclude the album of reference image of the search."
msgid "Image fingerprints have not yet been generated for your collection. The Similarity Search Tools will not be operational without pre-generated fingerprints. Please generate the fingerprints first."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference to interpolate GPX file points to image time data. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference from a GPS track point to the image time to be matched. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
"You have enabled writing to sidecar files for metadata storage in the host application, but not for reading. This means that any metadata stored in the sidecar files will be overwritten here.\n"
"Please enable reading of sidecar files in the host application or continue at your own risk."
msgid "<p>Select the profile for your output device (usually, your printer). This profile will be used to do a soft proof, so you will be able to preview how an image will be rendered via an output device.</p>"
msgid "Cannot open the specified working space profile (\"%1\"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
"<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>"
"<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a \"magic fix\" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>"
"<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image by stretching the lowest and highest values to their fullest range, adjusting everything in between.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image to calculate optimal exposition and black level using image histogram properties.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile."
msgid "If you press this button, the white point is calculated from the image data automatically. This function requires to have some residual orange mask around the exposed area of the negative."
msgid "Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel."
msgid "A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle."
"<p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p>"
"<p><b>Zoom Blur</b>: blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p>"
"<p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p>"
"<p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p>"
"<p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>"
"<p>Note: if you have previously selected an area in the editor, this will be unaffected by the filter. You can use this method to disable the Raindrops effect on a human face, for example.</p>"
msgid "Click on this button to draw zones marking which areas of the image are less important. These zones will be deleted when reducing the picture, or duplicated when enlarging the picture."
msgid "Use this value to give a negative bias to the seams which are not straight. May be useful to prevent distortions in some situations, or to avoid artifacts from pixel skipping (it is better to use low values in such case). This setting applies to the whole selected layer if no rigidity mask is used. Note: the bias is proportional to the difference in the transversal coordinate between each two successive points, elevated to the power of 1.5, and summed up for the whole seam."
msgid "This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting."
msgid "During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side. In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance."
msgid "This is the free rotation operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the free rotation correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "This is the perspective transformation operation preview. You can use the mouse for dragging the corner to adjust the perspective transformation area."
"<p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p>"
"<p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p>"
"<p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p>"
"<p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p>"
"<p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p>"
"<p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but can be unadapted to print on standard photographic paper.</p>"
"<p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>"
msgid "This is the shear operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the shear correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "For more information about the <b>Mounted Camera</b> driver, please read the <b>Supported Digital Still Cameras</b> section in the digiKam manual."
msgid "Set how digiKam will rename files as they are downloaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "File Renaming Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-creation of Albums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "On the Fly Operations (JPEG only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Convert Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Cancel process"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Information about camera"
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Capture photo from camera"
msgid "Capture"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Invert Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select New Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select Locked Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Upload..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Toggle Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Mark as downloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action View the selected image"
msgid "Preview Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Sort Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The value by which the items are sorted in the thumbnail view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Download State"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:inmenu"
msgid "Item Sorting &Order"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Defines whether items are sorted in ascending or descending manner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Descending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Group Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The categories in which the items in the thumbnail view are displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "Flat List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Fit to &Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show Thumbbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:623
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:853
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Previous Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Connection failed, try again?"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:842
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Exit Preview Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Next Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:859
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to first image"
msgid "First Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:864
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to last image"
msgid "Last Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:946
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Canceling current operation, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1003
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1013
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Disconnecting from camera, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Scanning for new files, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1094
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Failed to connect to the camera. Please make sure it is connected properly and turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select Image to Upload"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the Camera Medium to upload pictures.\n"
"\n"
"Space require: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Folder <resource>%1</resource> already contains the item <resource>%2</resource>.<br>"
"Please enter a new filename (without extension):</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1332
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1398
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your custom target album date format is not valid. Please check your settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1438
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1447
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1472
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>Please select the destination album from the digiKam library to import the camera pictures into.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1563
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished, you can now detach your camera while the images will be auto-rotated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1570
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1960
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The items listed below are locked by camera (read-only). These items will not be deleted. If you really want to delete these items, please unlock them and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:1971
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "About to delete this image. <b>Deleted file is unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgid_plural "About to delete these %1 images. <b>Deleted files are unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2022
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Insufficient Disk Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2023
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the disk of the album you selected to download and process the selected pictures from the camera.\n"
"\n"
"Estimated space required: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2\n"
"\n"
"Try Anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2333
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2359
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "No item selected (%1 item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2351
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status Filename of first selected item of number of items"
msgid "<b>%1</b> (%2 of %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2369
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "%2/%1 item selected"
msgid_plural "%2/%1 items selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/importui/main/importui.cpp:2446
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "A file with the same name (<b>%1</b>) already exists in folder <resource>%2</resource>."
msgid "Enable this option to set date and time metadata tags to the right values if your camera does not set these tags correctly when pictures are taken. The values will be saved in the DateTimeDigitized and DateTimeCreated EXIF, XMP, and IPTC tags."
msgid "Enable this option to automatically convert all JPEG files to a lossless image format. <b>Note:</b> Image conversion can take a while on a slow computer."
"<p>These expressions may be used to customize date format:</p>"
"<p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p>"
"<p><b>dddd</b>: The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p>"
"<p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p>"
"<p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p>"
"<p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p>"
"<p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p>"
"<p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in singlequotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:"
"<p>"
"<p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p>"
"<p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p>"
"<p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to download your pictures into automatically created file extension-based sub-albums of the destination album. This way, you can separate JPEG and RAW files as they are downloaded from your camera."
"The media server permit to share items through the local network using <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance'>DLNA</a> standard and <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Plug_and_Play'>UPNP</a> protocol. Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellulars, TV, etc.<br>"
"Note: depending of the network features and the configuration, the delay to discover the server on client devices can take a while."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EXIF'>EXIF</a></b> text tags marked by (*) only support printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters.</b>"
msgid "Set here the date and time when the original image data was generated. For a digital still camera the date and time the picture was taken are recorded."
msgid "Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents."
msgid "<b>Warning: EXIF <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.</b>"
msgid "Select here the mode used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken. In auto-bracketing mode, the camera shoots a series of frames of the same scene at different exposure settings."
msgid "Set here the flash energy used to take the picture in BCPS units. Beam Candle Power Seconds is the measure of effective intensity of a light source when it is focused into a beam by a reflector or lens. This value is the effective intensity for a period of one second."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a></b> text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters and limit string sizes. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the IPTC/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"IPTC\" if a standard Reference Code is used. This field is limited to 32 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by IPTC/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 ASCII digit code."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Matter Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Detail Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgid "Enter script for execution. Use $INPUT and $OUTPUT for input / output filenames (with special characters escaped). These would be substituted before shell execution."
msgid "When you choose to have the watermark repeated randomly, many times in the placement combo box, you can specify here whether the repetition, you can check this to make the watermark rotations random also [0, 90, 180, 270]"
msgid "Use this to get more control over the sparsity of watermark repetition. The higher the value the sparser the watermarks get. Use floating point values, typically between 1.0 and 3.0. It can also be less than 1.0"
msgid "If you have a photo in your set with a clock or another external time source on it, you can load it here and set the indicator to the (date and) time displayed. The difference of your internal camera clock will be determined from this setting."
msgid "Set this option to show the file modification date below the image thumbnail if it's different than camera creation date. This option is useful to identify quickly which items have been modified."
"Set this option to render icon-view with large thumbnail size, for example in case of 4K monitor is used.\n"
"By default this option is turned off and the maximum thumbnail size is limited to 256x256 pixels. When this option is enabled, thumbnail size can be extended to 512x512 pixels.\n"
"This option will store more data in thumbnail database and will use more system memory. digiKam needs to be restarted to take effect, and Rebuild Thumbnails option from Maintenance tool needs to be processed over whole collections."
msgid "This option changes the size in which thumbnails are generated. You need to restart digiKam for this option to take effect. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
"<p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p>"
"<p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>"
"<p>Here you can add the extensions of image files (including RAW files) to be displayed in the Album view. Just put \"xyz abc\" to display files with the xyz and abc extensions in your Album view.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are shown by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-gif\" would remove all GIF files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of video files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded video player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-avi\" would remove all AVI files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of audio files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded audio player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-ogg\" would remove all OGG files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter additional audio file extensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen to remove the following image formats from the list of supported formats: <b>%1</b>.</p>"
"<p>These are very common formats. If you have images in your collection with these formats, they will be removed from the database and you will lose all information about them, including rating and tags.</p>"
"<p>Are you sure you want to apply your changes and lose the support for these formats?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as video files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/camera/cameralist.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to auto-detect camera; please make sure it is connected properly and is turned on. Would you like to try again?"
"<p>Set this option to load images at their full size for preview, rather than at a reduced size. As this option will make it take longer to load images, only use it if you have a fast computer.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> for Raw images, a half size version of the Raw data is used instead of the embedded JPEG preview.</p>"
msgid "If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition."
"<para><interface>Non-Destructive Editing and Versioning</interface> allows different versions of an image to be created, whilst always preserving the original image.</para>"
" "
"<para> All steps of the editing history are recorded and can be accessed later.</para>"
"<para>Select the file format in which edited images are saved automatically. Format-specific options, like compression settings, can be configured on the <interface>Format Options</interface> tab.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG</emphasis>: JPEG is the most commonly used file format, but it employs lossy compression, which means that with each saving operation some image information will be irreversibly lost. JPEG offers a good compression rate, resulting in smaller files. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PNG</emphasis>: A widely used format employing lossless compression. The files, though, will be larger because PNG does not achieve very good compression rates.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>TIFF</emphasis>: A commonly used format, usually uncompressed or with modest lossless compression. Resulting files will be large, but without quality loss due to compression. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PGF</emphasis>: This is a technically superior file format offering good compression rates with either lossy or lossless compression. But it is not yet widely used and supported, so your friends may not directly be able to open these files, and you may not be able to directly publish them on the web. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG 2000</emphasis>: JPEG 2000 is similar to PGF. Loading or saving is slower, the compression rate is better, and the format more widely supported, though still not comparable to the tradition formats JPEG, PNG or TIFF. </item>"
"<para>First and foremost, the <emphasis>original image will never be overwritten.</emphasis> Instead, when an image is edited, a new file is created: The <interface>current version</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>You can also create multiple <interface>versions</interface> deriving from the same <interface>original image</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>In addition to these files representing a current version, digiKam can take and keep additional, <interface>intermediate snapshots</interface> during the editing process. This can be useful if you want to preserve the intermediate steps for later access, for example if some editing steps cannot be automatically reproduced.</para>"
"<para>If an image has been edited, only the <interface>current versions</interface> will be shown in the main thumbnail view. From the <interface>right sidebar</interface>, you always have access to all hidden files.</para>"
" "
"<para>With the options here, you can choose to show certain files permanently.</para>"
"<para>In addition to the pixel content, image files usually contain a variety of metadata. A lot of the parameters you can use in digiKam to manage files, such as rating or comment, can be written to the files' metadata.</para>"
" "
"<para>Storing in metadata allows one to preserve this information when moving or sending the files to different systems.</para>"
msgid "Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit"
msgid "Turn on this option to write metadata into RAW TIFF/EP files. This feature requires the Exiv2 shared library, version >= 0.18.0. It is still experimental, and is disabled by default."
msgid "Turn off this option to not update file timestamps when files are changed as when you update metadata or image data. Note: disabling this option can introduce some dysfunctions with applications which use file timestamps properties to detect file modifications automatically."
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to rescan files that has been modified outside digiKam. If a file has changed it's file size or if the last modified timestamp has changed, a rescan of that file will be performed when digiKam starts."
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you always want to set only a flag. This is less obtrusive, but requires support if the file is accessed with another software. Ensure to allow setting the flag in the metadata if you want to share your files outside digiKam.</para>"
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you want the file to be rotated by changing the content. This is a lossless operation for JPEG files. For other formats it is a lossy operation, which you need to enable explicitly. It is not support for RAW and other read-only formats, which will be rotated by flag only.</para>"
msgid "For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag."
msgid "Turn on this option if you want to apply changes to rating, comments and tags made in Baloo to digiKam's metadata storage. Please note that image metadata will not be edited automatically."
"<p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>"
"<p>Add file types to be recognised as sidecars.</p>"
"<p>digiKam (optionally) writes metadata to *.xmp sidecar files. Other programs might use different types, which can be specified below. digiKam will neither display these nor read from or write to them. But whenever a matching album item (e.g. \"image.dng\" for \"image.dng.pp3\") is renamed, moved, copied or deleted, the same operation will be done on these sidecar files.</p>"
"<p>Multiple extensions must be separated by a semicolon or a space.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can add extra extensions of sidecars files to be processed alongside regular items. These files won't be visible, but regarded as an extension of the main file. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. The internally used sidecars type *.xmp is always included.</p>"
msgid "Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Database Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize database settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Collections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Collections Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set root albums locations</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Application Views Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the look of the views</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize information in item tool-tips</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Metadata templates<br/>"
"<i>Manage your collection of metadata templates</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Image Editor Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the image editor settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Settings for Color Management<br/>"
"<i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Light Table Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Image Quality Sorter Settings<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Settings<br/>"
"<i>Manage your camera devices</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The Exif auto-rotate thumbnails option has been changed.\n"
"Do you want to rebuild all albums' items' thumbnails now?\n"
"\n"
"Note: thumbnail processing can take a while. You can start this job later from the \"Tools-Maintenance\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Database Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set the names of directories that you want to ignore from your photo collections. The names are case sensitive and should be separated by a semicolon.</p>"
"<p>This is for example useful when you store your photos on a Synology NAS (Network Attached Storage). In every directory the system creates a subdirectory @eaDir to store thumbnails. To avoid digiKam inserting the original photo and its corresponding thumbnail twice, @eaDir is ignored by default.</p>"
"<p>To re-include directories that are ignored by default prefix it with a minus, e.g. -@eaDir.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional directories to ignore (<a href='image'>Currently ignored directories</a>):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter directories that you want to ignore from adding to your collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Ignored Directories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The process of updating the file hashes takes a few minutes.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please ensure that any important collections on removable media are connected. <i>After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</i></p>"
" "
"<p>Do you want to begin the update?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Update File Hashes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"<qt>File hashes are used to identify identical files and to display thumbnails. A new, improved algorithm to create the hash is now used. The old algorithm, though, still works quite well, so it is recommended to carry out this upgrade, but not required.<br>"
" After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information about <interface>Update File Hashes</interface>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Directories starting with a dot are ignored by default.<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li>"
"<li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit Little CMS project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Working Color Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected workspace profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "When the profile of an image does not match the working color space"
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the image to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "When an image has no color profile information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "and convert it to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from default input color space to working space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for the input profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic color correction"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from the default input profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Managed View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected monitor profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera and Scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Default input color profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected input profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing and Proofing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid "Output device profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected proofing profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Profiles Repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam looks for ICC profiles in a number of <a href='default'>default locations</a>. You can specify an additional folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Use black point compensation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Black Point Compensation</b> is a way to make adjustments between the maximum black levels of digital files and the black capabilities of various digital devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgid "Rendering Intents:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor Profile From System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:731
#, kde-format
msgid "No ICC profiles files found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "No Display Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "No Output Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:878
#, kde-format
msgctxt "none of the paths"
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:887
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Windows, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>%1/Windows/Spool/Drivers/Color/</li>"
"<li>%2/Windows/Color/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%3</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:901
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Mac OS X, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>~/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/opt/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/opt/digikam/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:918
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Linux, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/usr/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/usr/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
msgid "Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Selecting a thumbbar item loads the image to the right panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically load an image into the right panel when the corresponding item is selected on the thumbbar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear the light table on close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to remove all images from the light table when you close it, or unset it to preserve the images currently on the light table."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "String comparison type:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Natural"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Sets the way in which strings are compared inside digiKam. This eg. influences the sorting of the tree views.<br/>"
"<b>Natural</b> tries to compare strings in a way that regards some normal conventions and will eg. result in sorting numbers naturally even if they have a different number of digits.<br/>"
"<b>Normal</b> uses a more technical approach. Use this style if you eg. want to entitle albums with ISO dates (201006 or 20090523) and the albums should be sorted according to these dates.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when moving items to the &trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when permanently deleting items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not confirm when applying changes in the &right sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scan for new items at startup (makes startup slower)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set this option to force digiKam to scan all collections for new items to\n"
"register new elements in database. The scan is performed in the background through\n"
"the progress manager available in the statusbar\n"
" when digiKam main interface\n"
"is loaded. If your computer is fast enough, this will have no effect on usability\n"
"of digiKam while scanning. If your collections are huge or if you use a remote database,\n"
"this can introduce low latency, and it's recommended to disable this option and to plan\n"
"a manual scan through the maintenance tool at the right moment."
"Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.\n"
"Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.\n"
"the database object wastes space.\n"
"This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.\n"
"For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw frames around grouped items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only face tags for assigning names in people sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower bound for minimum similarity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the lower bound of the minimum similarity threshold for fuzzy and duplicates searches. The default value is 40. Selecting a lower value than 40 can make the search <b>really</b> slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to configure how sidebar tab titles are visible. Use \"Only For Active Tab\" option if you use a small screen resolution as with a laptop computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Behaviour"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform the following operations on all group members:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When images are grouped the following operations<br/>"
"are performed only on the displayed item (No)<br/>"
"or on all the hidden items in the group as well (Yes).<br/>"
"If Ask is selected, there will be a prompt every<br/>"
"time this operation is executed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Grouping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay between images:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "The delay, in seconds, between images."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with current image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is enabled, the Slideshow will be started with the current image selected in the images list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow runs in a loop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Run the slideshow in a loop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Show progress indicator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a progress indicator with pending items to show and time progression."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image file name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image file name at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image creation date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image creation time/date at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera aperture and focal length at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera exposure and sensitivity at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera make and model at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image title at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption if it hasn't title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen if no titles existed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image tag names at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image color label, pick label, and rating at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Screen placement:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "In case of multi-screen computer, select here the monitor to slide contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The current screen, for the presentation mode"
msgid "Current Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The default screen for the presentation mode"
msgid "Default Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox %1 is the screen number (0, 1, ...)"
msgid "Screen %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Template Title:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the metadata template title here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Enter the metadata template title here. This title will be used to identify a template in your collection.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note: These information are used to set <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a></b> and <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC'>IPTC</a></b> tag contents. There is no limitation with XMP, but note that IPTC text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> character set, and tag sizes are limited. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:244
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot register new metadata template without title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "A metadata template named '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tips Font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in tool-tips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Show icon-view and thumb-bar items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display image information when the mouse hovers over an icon-view or thumb-bar item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Item Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "File date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "File size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Image type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Image dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Image aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image aspect ratio."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:243
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera make and model"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:254
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera aperture and focal length"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:258
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera exposure and sensitivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera mode and program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:266
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera flash settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:270
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera white balance settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:290
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:291
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image captions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio/Video Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Aspect Ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:319
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Aspect Ratio of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Bit Rate of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Channel Type of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Duration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Duration of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Frame Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Show album items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:360
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display album information when the mouse hovers over a folder-view item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "Album date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Album collection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Album category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album category."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "Album caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album caption."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Album preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album preview."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Show import items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Item name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgid "Item date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Item size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Item type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Item dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item dimensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: these settings require \"Use File Metadata\" option from Camera Setup Behavior page."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Icon Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Slideshow Completed.\n"
"Click To Exit\n"
"or press ESC..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideerror.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error has occurred to show item\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow Usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Access</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Previous Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Up</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgUp</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Left</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel up</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Left mouse button</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Next Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Down</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgDown</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Right</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel down</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Right mouse button</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Pause/Start:</td>"
"<td><i>Space</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Quit:</td>"
"<td><i>Esc</i> key"
"<td></tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Properties</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Tags:</td>"
"<td>Use Tags keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Rating:</td>"
"<td>Use Rating keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Color Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Color label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Pick Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Pick label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Others</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Show this help:</td>"
"<td><i>F1</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideshow.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Reason for inhibiting the screensaver activation, when the presentation mode is active"
msgid "Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Nearest Neighbor"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Box"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Replicate pixels in the image. Preserves all the original detail, but can produce jagged effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:115
#: libs/ui/canvas/kis_canvas_controller.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:142
#, kde-format
msgid "BSpline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Lanczos3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Offers similar results than Bicubic, but maybe a little bit sharper. Can produce light and dark halos along strong edges."
msgid "This merge strategy attempts to find the best solution for merging, for instance by merging the list of authors together, or keeping identical photographic information."
msgid "This image is larger than <b>%1 x %2</b>. Images this size cannot be saved to this format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelCheck.h:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelHomogenousCheck.h:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelPerLayerCheck.h:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/CompositionsCheck.h:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ExifCheck.h:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>Exif</b> metadata. The metadata will not be saved."
"<p><i>Thanks! You were all <b>awesome</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Backers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Thanks To</h1>"
"<p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For supporting Krita development with advice, icons, brush sets and more.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Also Thanks To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 2 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
msgid "The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog."
msgid "Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images."
msgid "Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)"
msgid "Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)"
"<p><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space\"><span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;\">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p>"
"<p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This changes only the colorspace of the rendered image. To convert the colorspace of the layers, use Convert Image Colorspace.</p>"
"<p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p>"
"<p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p>"
"<p>When rendering animation frames (into files or during animation cache regeneration), Krita will make the specified number of copies of your image and will work on them in parallel. Each copy will demand more RAM for its storage (about 20% of the size of you image), so raise this limit only if you have enough RAM installed.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Recommended value:</span> set Clones Limit to the number of <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">physical</span> (non-hyperthreaded) cores your CPU has</p>"
"<p>Krita will try to limit the number of screen updates per second to the given number. A lower number will decrease visual responsiveness but increase stylus precision on some systems like macOS."
"<p>When performance logging is enabled Krita saves timing information into the '<working_dir>/log' folder. If you experience performance problems and want to help us, enable this option and add the contents of the directory to a bug report.</p>"
"<p>Choose the optional emblem icon that indicates extra information, such as the preset being a special effects brush, or just using tilt, or angled in some way.</p>"
msgid "The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas."
"<p>The driver for your drawing tablet and Windows do not agree on the size of the screen your tablet is connected to. Please select the right option.</p>"
msgid "A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color."
"You enabled OpenColorIO based color management, but your image is not an RGB image.\n"
"OpenColorIO-based color management only works with RGB images.\n"
"Please check the settings in the LUT docker.\n"
"OpenColorIO will now be deactivated."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "The Intel graphics driver in use is known to have issues with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Intel graphics drivers tend to have issues with OpenGL so ANGLE will be used by default. You may manually switch to OpenGL but it is not guaranteed to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use does not meet the OpenGL requirements."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use may not work well with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "ANGLE is using a software Direct3D renderer, which is not hardware-accelerated and may be very slow. This can happen if the graphics drivers are not properly installed, or when using a Remote Desktop session."
#. i18nc("Who made the profile?","Manufacturer: ") + currentColorSpace()->profile()->manufacturer() + "</p>"); //This would work if people actually wrote the manufacturer into the manufacturer fiedl...
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space\">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>"
"RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model\">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>"
"CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>"
"CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space\">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and greyscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space\">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>"
"L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>"
"Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr\">YCbCr (Luma, Blue Chroma, Red Chroma)</a></b>, is a model designed for video encoding. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. Chroma in this case is then a word indicating a special type of saturation, in these cases the saturation of Red and Blue, of which the desaturated equivalents are Green and Yellow respectively. It is available to open up certain images correctly, but Krita does not currently ship a profile for this due to lack of open source ICC profiles for YCrCb."
msgid "<b>8 bit integer</b>: The default amount of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of 256*amount of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images."
msgid "<b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float"
msgid "<b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float"
msgid "<b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 64bit float, but this isn't actually available in Krita at the moment."
msgid "<b>64 bit float point</b>: 64 bit float is as precise as it gets in current technology, and this depth is used most of the time for images that are generated or used as an input for software. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take eight times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "These are Elle Stone's notes on her profiles that we ship."
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extra notes on profiles by Elle Stone:</b></p>"
"<p><i>Krita comes with a number of high quality profiles created by <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com\">Elle Stone</a>. This is a summary. Please check <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/lcms-make-icc-profiles.html\">the full documentation</a> as well.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>"
msgid "<p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>"
"<p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p>"
"<p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html\">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p>"
"<p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>"
"<p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p>"
"<p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>"
msgid "<p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles."
"<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles."
"<p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally and for most editing purposes, I recommend BetaRGB, Rec2020, or the ACEScg profiles ProPhotoRGB.</p>"
msgid "<p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>"
"<p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p>"
"<p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p>"
"<p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p>"
"<p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p>"
"<p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>"
msgid "<p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes. For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-labl.icc' have perceptually uniform TRCs. A few editing operations really should be done on perceptually uniform RGB. Make sure you use the V4 versions for editing high bit depth images.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-srgbtrc.icc', '-g22.icc', and '-bt709.icc' have approximately but not exactly perceptually uniform TRCs. ProPhotoRGB's gamma=1.8 TRC is not quite as close to being perceptually uniform.</p>"
msgid "<p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>"
msgid "<p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>"
"Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.\n"
"\n"
"Press \"Continue\" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or \"Cancel\" to return to the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:502
#, kde-format
msgid "bytes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:505
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for kilobyte"
msgid "KB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:509
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for megabyte"
msgid "MB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for gigabyte"
msgid "GB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:516
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: size in unites of arg6. Arg6: KB, MB or GB"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 %6 of RAM."
"<html><b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.</html>"
"<html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> or use the \"Report Bug...\" dialog from the \"Help\" menu to report bugs.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\".</html>"
"<html>You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need.</html>"
"<html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br />"
"<br />"
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>"
msgid "The application for which you wish to submit a bug report - if incorrect, please use the Report Bug menu item of the correct application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Application: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "The version of this application - please make sure that no newer version is available before sending a bug report"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Version:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "no version set (programmer error)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "OS:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Compiler:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</qt>"
msgid "Here you can see a list of key bindings, i.e. associations between actions (e.g. 'Copy') shown in the left column and keys or combination of keys (e.g. Ctrl+V) shown in the right column."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated colour. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated colour to white, grey or black."
"<p>This sets the gamma value that the linearised HSY Luminosity is crunched with. 1 makes the selector fully linear, 2.2 is a practical default value.</p>"
msgid "The location of FFmpeg is unknown. Please install FFmpeg first: Krita cannot render animations without FFmpeg. (<a href=\"https://www.ffmpeg.org\">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)"
msgid "Krita tries to automatically check or uncheck this based on the information it can get from the profile you are converting from and the profile you are converting to."
msgid "The icon associated with this action. It is shown alongside text in the menu bar and in toolbars as required. A string to use KDE's image loading system, or a custom QPixmap or QIcon, or None."
msgid "<p>Failed to check version of dependency <application>%1</application>: Module do not have PEP396 <code>__version__</code> attribute. It is not disabled, but behaviour is unpredictable...</p>"
"<p>Select the location of the G'Mic-Qt plugin. You can download the plugin from the <a href=\"http://gmic.eu/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;\">G'Mic website</span></a>. Make sure you download the special version for Krita, not the standalone or the GIMP version.</p>"
msgid "The formula decides how the kernel is created, so different formulas choose different values in the kernel, and thus give subtly different results."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the inserted text. This is a line of inserted text. This is a line after the inserted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the deleted text. This is a line of deleted text. This is a line after the deleted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the format-change text. This is a line of text whose format has been changed. This is a line of text after the format-change text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">It is possible to assign a named style to text and alter the style properties to change all text with that style.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Applying a style change will reformat all text that previously got the named style assigned to it. Use the Styles docker to apply styles to text.</p>"
"The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita will have to modify those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"<note>Modified alpha will have a range from %1 to %2</note>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:340
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "EXR image will be modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1222
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:unsupported-node-message"
msgid "%1 (type: \"%2\")"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1227
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The following layers have a type that is not supported by EXR format:</p>"
"<r>"
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p><warning>these layers have <b>not</b> been saved to the final EXR file</warning></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:90
#, kde-format
msgid "This layer cannot be saved to EXR."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:94
#, kde-format
msgid "The layer does not have an image associated with it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:98
#, kde-format
msgid "The filename is empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:102
#, kde-format
msgid "EXR images cannot be saved remotely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Colorspace not supported: EXR images must be 16 or 32 bits floating point RGB."
msgid "This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly."
msgid "Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">PNG</span> files have <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">two</span> options to save <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">sRGB</span> information: as a tag or as an explicit profile. For use with in websites, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">disable</span> this option. For interchange with other applications, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">enable</span> this option.</p>"
"<p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p>"
"<p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>"
"<p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p>"
"<p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>"
"<p>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</p>"
"<p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>"
"<p>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</p>"
"<p>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</p>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</li>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</p>"
"<p>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>"
"<p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li>"
msgid "This determines every interval after which the precision should change. For example: if the delta value is set to be 15.00, after every 15 pts change in the size of brush, the precision will change."
msgid "If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent."
"<p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p>"
"<p>In \"Global Coordinates\" mode Width and Height fields show the size of the shape's bounding box in image-aligned coordinates, even when the shape is rotated or has any other transform. </p>"
"<p>If \"Global Coordinates\" mode is disabled, Width and Height fields show the shape's \"local\" size, before application of any transformations.</p>"
msgid "Sorry, Krita was built without the support of GNU Scientific Library, so you cannot scale the selection with handles. Please compile Krita with GNU Scientific Library support, or use options widget for editing scale values manually."
msgid "Switch between Build Up and Wash mode of painting. Build Up mode adds deformations one on top of the other without any limits. Wash mode gradually deforms the piece to the selected deformation level."
msgid "<qt>The module, i.e. executable or shared library, from which an allocation function was called.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The number of times an allocation function was directly called from this location.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The number of direct temporary allocations. These allocations are directly followed by a free without any other allocations in-between.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The maximum heap memory in bytes consumed from allocations originating directly at this location. This takes deallocations into account.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The bytes allocated directly at this location that have not been deallocated.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The sum of all bytes directly allocated from this location, ignoring deallocations.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The inclusive number of times an allocation function was called from this location or any functions called from here.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The number of inclusive temporary allocations. These allocations are directly followed by a free without any other allocations in-between.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/callercalleemodel.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The inclusive maximum heap memory in bytes consumed from allocations originating at this location or from functions called from here. This takes deallocations into account.</qt>"
msgid "<qt>The location from which an allocation function was called. Function symbol and file information may be unknown when debug information was missing when heaptrack was run.</qt>"
msgctxt "%1: the formatted byte size, e.g. \"1.2KB\", %2: the raw byte size, e.g. \"1300\""
msgid "%1 (%2 bytes)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>%1 allocations in total after %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>%1 temporary allocations in total after %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>%1 consumed in total after %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>%1 allocated in total after %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>%2 allocated in total after %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>%2 allocations after %3 from:"
"<p style='margin-left:10px;'>%1</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>%2 temporary allocations after %3 from:"
"<p style='margin-left:10px'>%1</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>%2 consumed after %3 from:"
"<p style='margin-left:10px'>%1</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartmodel.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>%2 allocated after %3 from:"
"<p style='margin-left:10px'>%1</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartwidget.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Shows the heap memory consumption over time.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartwidget.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Displays total memory allocated over time. This value ignores deallocations and just measures heap allocation throughput.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartwidget.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Shows number of memory allocations over time.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/chartwidget.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Shows number of temporary memory allocations over time. A temporary allocation is one that is followed immediately by its corresponding deallocation, without other allocations happening in-between.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: number of allocations, %2: relative number, %3: function label"
msgid "%1 (%2%) allocations in %3 and below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: number of temporary allocations, %2: relative number, %3 function label"
msgid "%1 (%2%) temporary allocations in %3 and below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: peak consumption in bytes, %2: relative number, %3: function label"
msgid "%1 (%2%) contribution to peak consumption in %3 and below."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: peak consumption in bytes, %2: relative number, %3: function label"
msgid "%1 (%2%) peak consumption in %3 and below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: leaked bytes, %2: relative number, %3: function label"
msgid "%1 (%2%) leaked in %3 and below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: allocated bytes, %2: relative number, %3: function label"
msgid "Show a flame graph over the number of allocations triggered by functions in your code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a flame graph over the number of temporary allocations triggered by functions in your code. Allocations are marked as temporary when they are immediately followed by their deallocation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid "Memory Peak"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:448
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a flame graph over the contributions to the peak heap memory consumption of your application."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a flame graph over the peak heap memory consumption of your application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:451 gui/treemodel.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Leaked"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a flame graph over the leaked heap memory of your application. Memory is considered to be leaked when it never got deallocated. "
msgid "Show a flame graph over the total memory allocated by functions in your code. This aggregates all memory allocations and ignores deallocations."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the data source that should be visualized in the flame graph."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "Bottom-Down View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:473
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable the bottom-down flame graph view. When this is unchecked, the top-down view is enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse Recursion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse stack frames for functions calling themselves. When this is unchecked, recursive frames will be visualized separately."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:495
#, kde-format
msgid "Cost Threshold: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The cost threshold defines a fractional cut-off value. Items with a relative cost below this value will not be shown in the flame graph. This is done as an optimization to quickly generate graphs for large data sets with low memory overhead. If you need more details, decrease the threshold value, or set it to zero.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Search..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Search the flame graph for a symbol.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:668
#, kde-format
msgid "generating flame graph..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (%2% of total of %3) allocations matched by search."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/flamegraph.cpp:751
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (%2% of total of %3) matched by search."
+"<p>This field specifies the primary heaptrack data file. These files are called <tt>heaptrack.$APP.$PID.gz</tt> or <tt>heaptrack.$APP.$PID.zst</tt>. You can produce such a file by profiling your application, e.g. via:</p>"
"<p>This field specifies the primary heaptrack data file. These files are called <tt>heaptrack.$APP.$PID.gz</tt>. You can produce such a file by profiling your application, e.g. via:</p>"
msgid "<qt>You can optionally specify a second heaptrack data file to compare to. If set, this file will be used as a base and its cost gets subtracted from the primary data costs.</qt>"
msgid "<b>Useractions</b> can be grouped in categories for better distinction. Choose a existing <i>Category</i> or create a new one by entering a name."
"<p>The <i>Command</i> defines the command that will be executed when the <b>Useraction</b> is used. It can be a simple shell command or a complex sequence of multiple commands with <b>Placeholders</b>.</p>"
"The <i>Command</i> defines the command that will be executed when the <b>Useraction</b> is used. It can be a simple shell command or a complex sequence of multiple commands with <b>Placeholders</b>."
msgid "<qt>There was an error while running <b>%1</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:139
+#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Error reading stdout or stderr"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:196
+#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:214
+#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Krusader cannot find a checksum tool that handles %1 on your system. Please check the <b>Dependencies</b> page in Krusader's settings.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:252
+#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Creating Checksums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:266
+#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Checksums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:269
+#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "About to calculate checksum for the following files or directories:"
msgid "The date %1 is not valid according to your locale. Please re-enter a valid date (use the date button for easy access)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:500
+#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified sizes are inconsistent."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:501
+#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgid "Please re-enter the values, so that the left side size will be smaller than (or equal to) the right side size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:520
-#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:548
+#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:512
+#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgid "Dates are inconsistent."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:521
+#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "The date on the left is later than the date on the right. Please re-enter the dates, so that the left side date will be earlier than the right side date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:549
+#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid "The date on top is later than the date on the bottom. Please re-enter the dates, so that the top date will be earlier than the bottom date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/filterdialog.cpp:45
+#: krusader/Filter/filterdialog.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader::Choose Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:52
+#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:57
+#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "&Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:125
+#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load profile."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:58
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Any Character"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:59
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Start of Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:60
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "End of Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:61
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Set of Characters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:62
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Repeats, Zero or More Times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:63
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Repeats, One or More Times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:64
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Optional"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:65
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Escape"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:66
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "TAB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:67
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Newline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:68
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Carriage Return"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:69
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "White Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:70
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Digit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:117
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "&Case sensitive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:122
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Search &for:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:136
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:230
+#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:128
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The filename filtering criteria is defined here.</p>"
"<p>You can make use of wildcards. Multiple patterns are separated by space (means logical OR) and patterns are excluded from the search using the pipe symbol.</p>"
"<p>If the pattern is ended with a slash (<code>*pattern*/</code>), that means that pattern relates to recursive search of folders."
"<ul>"
"<li><code>pattern</code> - means to search those files/folders that name is <code>pattern</code>, recursive search goes through all subfolders independently of the value of <code>pattern</code></li>"
"<li><code>pattern/</code> - means to search all files/folders, but recursive search goes through/excludes the folders that name is <code>pattern</code></li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>It is allowed to use quotation marks for names that contain space. Filter <code>\"Program Files\"</code> searches out those files/folders that name is <code>Program Files</code>.</p>"
"<p>Examples:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><code>*.o</code></li>"
"<li><code>*.h *.c??</code></li>"
"<li><code>*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp</code></li>"
"<li><code>* | .svn/ .git/</code></li>"
"</ul>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: the search term '<code>text</code>' is equivalent to '<code>*text*</code>'.</p>"
msgid "View the file in hex-mode (better for binary files)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:117
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Lister mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:117
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "View the file with lister (for huge text files)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:125
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Okteta as Hex viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:126
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "If available, use Okteta as Hex viewer instead of the internal viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:132
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Use lister if the text file is bigger than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:137
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "MB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:149
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:153
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:159
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Hint: use 'internal editor' if you want to use Krusader's fast built-in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:167
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:182
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:232
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn on exit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:232
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Display a warning when trying to close the main window."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:233
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Show and close to tray"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:233
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Show an icon in the system tray and keep running in the background when the window is closed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:242
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Temp Folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:251
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: you must have full permissions for the temporary folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:261
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:266
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:266
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Files will be moved to trash when deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:267
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:267
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Files will be permanently deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:278
-#: krusader/Panel/panelcontextmenu.cpp:189
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:268
+#: krusader/Panel/panelcontextmenu.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:281
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "External Terminal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:286
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "%d will be replaced by the workdir."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:291
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Terminal sends Chdir on panel change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:291
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "When checked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:313
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Searching for tools..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:315
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Make sure to install new tools in your <code>$PATH</code> (e.g. /usr/bin)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:323
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Add new atomic extension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:323
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Extension:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:328
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions must start with '.' and must contain at least one more '.' character."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:99
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Navigator bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:104
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Mode by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:104
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Show editable path in Navigator bar by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:105
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Show full path by default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:105
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show full path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:115
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:119
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Autoselect folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:119
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "When matching the select criteria, not only files will be selected, but also folders."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:120
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Rename selects extension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:120
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, uncheck this option."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:121
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect files before copy/move"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:121
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect files, which are to be copied/moved, before the operation starts."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:122
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter dialog remembers settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:122
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "The filter dialog is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:132
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:136
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Use full path tab names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:136
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the full path in the folder tabs. By default only the last part of the path is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:137
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Show new/close tab buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:137
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the new/close tab buttons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:145
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Tab Bar position:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:148
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Top"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:149
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:160
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Tab Bar on single tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:161
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the tab bar with only one tab."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:169
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Search bar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:173
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Start by typing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:173
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Open search bar and start searching by typing in panel."
msgid "The duration after a tooltip is shown for a file item, in milliseconds. Set a negative value to disable tooltips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:391
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Use human-readable file size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:391
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "File sizes are displayed in B, KB, MB and GB, not just in bytes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:392
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Show hidden files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:392
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Display files beginning with a dot."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:393
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Numeric Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:393
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Show octal numbers (0755) instead of the standard permissions (rwxr-xr-x) in the permission column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the user defined folder icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the user defined folder icons (can cause decrease in performance)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:395
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show current item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:395
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgid "Show current item border decoration in inactive panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:409
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort method:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:411
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgid "Alphabetical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:412
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Alphabetical and numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:413
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "Character code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:414
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "Character code and numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:415
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Krusader sort"
msgid "Krusader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:428
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Case sensitive sorting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:429
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgid "All files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with non-capital letters (UNIX default)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:430
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Show folders first"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:431
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Always sort dirs by name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:432
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Folders are sorted by name, regardless of the sort column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:433
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgid "Locale aware sorting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:434
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "The sorting is performed in a locale- and also platform-dependent manner. Can be slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:448
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:437
#, kde-format
msgid "View modes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:455
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Default view mode:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:501
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:510
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "Toolbar buttons have icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:511
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Media Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:511
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "The media button will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:512
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Back Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:513
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:502
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Forward Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:503
#, kde-format
msgid "Show History Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:503
#, kde-format
msgid "The history button will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Bookmarks Button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "The bookmarks button will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Panel Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:505
#, kde-format
msgid "The panel toolbar will be visible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:522
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Visible Panel Toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:526
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "Equal button (=)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:526
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the other panel folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:527
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgid "Up button (..)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:527
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the parent folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:528
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "Home button (~)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:528
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the home folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Root button (/)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the root folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:530
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle-button for sync-browsing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:530
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgid "Each folder change in the panel is also performed in the other panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:552
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:565
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:565
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "Both keys allow selecting files. To select more than one file, hold the Ctrl key and click the left mouse button. Right-click menu is invoked using a short click on the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:566
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid "Konqueror Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:566
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid "Pressing the left mouse button selects files - you can click and select multiple files. Right-click menu is invoked using a short click on the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:567
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "Total-Commander Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:567
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "The left mouse button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The right mouse button selects multiple files and the right-click menu is invoked by pressing and holding the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgid "Ergonomic Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgid "The left mouse button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The right mouse button invokes the context-menu. You can select with Ctrl key and the left button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:569
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:569
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Design your own selection mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:581
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:588
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-click selects (classic)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:588
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "A single click on a file will select and focus, a double click opens the file or steps into the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:589
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:578
#, kde-format
msgid "Obey global selection policy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:589
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:578
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Use global setting:</p>"
"<p><i>Plasma System Settings -> Input Devices -> Mouse</i></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:600
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:589
#, kde-format
msgid "Based on KDE's selection mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:601
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use a mode based on KDE's style."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:603
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:604
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:593
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, left clicking an item will select it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:606
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:595
#, kde-format
msgid "Left mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:607
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:596
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:609
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgid "Shift/Ctrl-Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:610
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:599
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.\n"
"Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is checked."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:612
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgid "Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:613
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:602
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, right clicking an item will select it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:615
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:604
#, kde-format
msgid "Right mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:616
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:605
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:618
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Shift/Ctrl-Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:619
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:608
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.\n"
"Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is checked."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:621
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:610
#, kde-format
msgid "Spacebar moves down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:622
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:611
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.\n"
"Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:624
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Spacebar calculates disk space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:625
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing the spacebar while the current item is a folder, will (except from selecting the folder)\n"
"calculate space occupied of the folder (recursively)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:627
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert moves down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:628
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.\n"
"Otherwise, current item is not changed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:630
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Right clicking pops context menu immediately"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:631
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.\n"
"Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:667
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:656
#, kde-format
msgid "Media Menu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:676
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Mount Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:677
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:666
#, kde-format
msgid "Show File System Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:686
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:675
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:688
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:677
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "Always"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:689
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:678
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "When Device has no Label"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:690
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:679
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:56
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:60
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Defined Links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:77
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Add protocol to the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:82
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove protocol from the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:94
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Add MIME to the selected protocol on the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:99
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove MIME from the link list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:107
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/konfigurator.cpp:155
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:97
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/konfigurator.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocols"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:118
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "MIMEs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:56
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Defines the panel profile used at startup. A panel profile contains:"
"<ul>"
"<li>all the tabs paths</li>"
"<li>the current tab</li>"
"<li>the active panel</li>"
"</ul>"
"<b><Last session></b> is a special panel profile which is saved automatically when Krusader is closed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:57
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:62
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "<Last session>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:80
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Show splashscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:80
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Display a splashscreen when starting Krusader."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:81
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Single instance mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:81
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Only one Krusader instance is allowed to run."
msgid "Save last position, size and panel settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:97
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>At startup, the main window will resize itself to the size it was when last shutdown. It will also appear in the same location of the screen, having panels sorted and aligned as they were before.</p>"
" "
"<p>If this option is disabled, you can use the menu <i>Window -> Save Position</i> option to manually set the main window's size and position at startup.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:101
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Update default panel settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:102
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "When settings of a panel are changed, save them as the default for new panels of the same type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:103
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Start to tray"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:104
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader starts to tray, without showing the main window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:111
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Save component settings on exit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:112
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Check the state of the user interface components and restore them to their condition when last shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:113
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Show function keys"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:113
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Function keys will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:114
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Show command line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:114
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Command line will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:115
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Show embedded terminal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:116
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded terminal will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:51
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:56
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Here you can configure settings about useractions.\n"
"To set up, configure and manage your useractions please use ActionMan."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:60
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Start ActionMan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:67
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:71
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal for UserActions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:77
+#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"%t will be replaced by the title of the action,\n"
msgid "Statusbar will show basic information about file below mouse pointer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/krusader.cpp:341
+#: krusader/krusader.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b>"
"<p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customize Krusader to your needs.</p>"
msgctxt "%1=number of selected items,%2=total number of items, %3=filesize of selected items,%4=filesize in Bytes, %5=filesize of all items in folder,%6=filesize in Bytes"
msgid "%1 out of %2, %3 (%4) out of %5 (%6)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:443
+#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1=number of selected items,%2=total number of items, %3=filesize of selected items,%4=filesize of all items in folder"
msgid "The left base folder used during the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:246
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "The right base folder used during the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:260
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Recurse subfolders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:263
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare not only the base folders but their subfolders as well."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:264
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow symlinks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:268
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow symbolic links during the compare process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:269
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare by content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:272
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare duplicated files with same size by content."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:273
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:276
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Ignore date information during the compare process.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful if the files are located on network filesystems or in archives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:277
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Asymmetric"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:280
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Asymmetric mode</b></p>"
"<p>The left side is the destination, the right is the source folder. Files existing only in the left folder will be deleted, the other differing ones will be copied from right to left.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful when updating a folder from a file server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:281
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:284
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronizing Windows filesystems.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:291
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "S&how options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:302
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to <i>Copy from left to right</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:308
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files considered to be identical."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:314
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Show excluded files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:320
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to <i>Copy from right to left</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:326
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to delete."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:332
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files that exist on both sides."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:334
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:338
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files that exist on one side only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:340
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Singles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:349
+#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "The compare results of the synchronizer (Ctrl+M)."
msgid "Root privileges are required to create a symlink. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/job.cpp:332
+#: core/job.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Transfer data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/job.cpp:333
+#: core/job.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Root privileges are required to complete transferring data. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/job.cpp:350
-#, kde-format
-msgid "Continue"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. +> trunk5
-#: core/job.cpp:350
-#, kde-format
-msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not read %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not write to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start process %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Internal Error\n"
"Please send a full bug report at http://bugs.kde.org\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Malformed URL %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 is not supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 is only a filter protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is a folder, but a file was expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is a file, but a folder was expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "The file or folder %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "A file named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "A folder named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "No hostname specified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown host %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Access denied to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Access denied.\n"
"Could not write to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not enter folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 does not implement a folder service."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Found a cyclic link in %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Found a cyclic link while copying %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not create socket for accessing %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not connect to host %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to host %1 is broken."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol %1 is not a filter protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not mount device.\n"
"The reported error was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not unmount device.\n"
"The reported error was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not read file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not write to file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not bind %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not listen %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not accept %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not access %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not terminate listing %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not make folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not remove folder %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not resume file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not rename file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not change permissions for %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not change ownership for %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not delete file %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "The process for the %1 protocol died unexpectedly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Error. Out of memory.\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown proxy host\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Authorization failed, %1 authentication not supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"User canceled action\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Internal error in server\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Timeout on server\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown error\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown interrupt\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not delete original file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not delete partial file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not rename original file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not rename partial file %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not create symlink %1.\n"
"Please check permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not write file %1.\n"
"Disk full."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The source and destination are the same file.\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 is required by the server, but is not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Access to restricted port in POST denied."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "The required content size information was not provided for a POST operation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "A file or folder cannot be dropped onto itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "A folder cannot be moved into itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Communication with the local password server failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to create io-slave. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Unknown error code %1\n"
"%2\n"
"Please send a full bug report at http://bugs.kde.org."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info url"
msgid "(unknown)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info %1 error name, %2 description"
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"<p>%2</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Technical reason</b>: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Details of the request</b>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>URL: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>Protocol: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>Date and time: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "<li>Additional information: %1</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Possible causes</b>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Possible solutions</b>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:335
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info protocol"
msgid "(unknown)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:344
#, kde-format
msgid "Contact your appropriate computer support system, whether the system administrator, or technical support group for further assistance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:347
#, kde-format
msgid "Contact the administrator of the server for further assistance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Check your access permissions on this resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Your access permissions may be inadequate to perform the requested operation on this resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid "The file may be in use (and thus locked) by another user or application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Check to make sure that no other application or user is using the file or has locked the file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Although unlikely, a hardware error may have occurred."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "You may have encountered a bug in the program."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "This is most likely to be caused by a bug in the program. Please consider submitting a full bug report as detailed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Update your software to the latest version. Your distribution should provide tools to update your software."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "When all else fails, please consider helping the KDE team or the third party maintainer of this software by submitting a high quality bug report. If the software is provided by a third party, please contact them directly. Otherwise, first look to see if the same bug has been submitted by someone else by searching at the <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org/\">KDE bug reporting website</a>. If not, take note of the details given above, and include them in your bug report, along with as many other details as you think might help."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem with your network connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem with your network configuration. If you have been accessing the Internet with no problems recently, this is unlikely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem at some point along the network path between the server and this computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Try again, either now or at a later time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "A protocol error or incompatibility may have occurred."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Ensure that the resource exists, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified resource may not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgid "You may have incorrectly typed the location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-check that you have entered the correct location and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:387
#, kde-format
msgid "Check your network connection status."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Open Resource For Reading"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that the contents of the requested file or folder <strong>%1</strong> could not be retrieved, as read access could not be obtained."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to read the file or open the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Open Resource For Writing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that the file, <strong>%1</strong>, could not be written to as requested, because access with permission to write could not be obtained."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Launch Process required by the %1 Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Launch Process"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol could not be found or started. This is usually due to technical reasons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgid "The program which provides compatibility with this protocol may not have been updated with your last update of KDE. This can cause the program to be incompatible with the current version and thus not start."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:424
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an internal error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "Improperly Formatted URL"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The <strong>U</strong>niform <strong>R</strong>esource <strong>L</strong>ocator (URL) that you entered was not properly formatted. The format of a URL is generally as follows:"
msgid "The protocol <strong>%1</strong> is not supported by the KDE programs currently installed on this computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested protocol may not be supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "The versions of the %1 protocol supported by this computer and the server may be incompatible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgid "You may perform a search on the Internet for a KDE program (called a kioslave or ioslave) which supports this protocol. Places to search include <a href=\"http://kde-apps.org/\">http://kde-apps.org/</a> and <a href=\"http://freshmeat.net/\">http://freshmeat.net/</a>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "URL Does Not Refer to a Resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol is a Filter Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "The <strong>U</strong>niform <strong>R</strong>esource <strong>L</strong>ocator (URL) that you entered did not refer to a specific resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE is able to communicate through a protocol within a protocol; the protocol specified is only for use in such situations, however this is not one of these situations. This is a rare event, and is likely to indicate a programming error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Unsupported Action: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested action is not supported by the KDE program which is implementing the <strong>%1</strong> protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "This error is very much dependent on the KDE program. The additional information should give you more information than is available to the KDE input/output architecture."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:478
#, kde-format
msgid "Attempt to find another way to accomplish the same outcome."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "File Expected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "The request expected a file, however the folder <strong>%1</strong> was found instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgid "This may be an error on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder Expected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "The request expected a folder, however the file <strong>%1</strong> was found instead."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "File or Folder Does Not Exist"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified file or folder <strong>%1</strong> does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:508
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested file could not be created because a file with the same name already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid "Try moving the current file out of the way first, and then try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete the current file and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an alternate filename for the new file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested folder could not be created because a folder with the same name already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:520
#, kde-format
msgid "Try moving the current folder out of the way first, and then try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete the current folder and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an alternate name for the new folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Host"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "An unknown host error indicates that the server with the requested name, <strong>%1</strong>, could not be located on the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgid "The name that you typed, %1, may not exist: it may be incorrectly typed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgid "Access Denied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "Access was denied to the specified resource, <strong>%1</strong>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:541 core/job_error.cpp:767
#, kde-format
msgid "You may have supplied incorrect authentication details or none at all."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:543 core/job_error.cpp:769
#, kde-format
msgid "Your account may not have permission to access the specified resource."
msgid "Retry the request and ensure your authentication details are entered correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:553
#, kde-format
msgid "Write Access Denied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that an attempt to write to the file <strong>%1</strong> was rejected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:561
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Enter Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:562
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that an attempt to enter (in other words, to open) the requested folder <strong>%1</strong> was rejected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder Listing Unavailable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol %1 is not a Filesystem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that a request was made which requires determining the contents of the folder, and the KDE program supporting this protocol is unable to do so."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:580
#, kde-format
msgid "Cyclic Link Detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgid "UNIX environments are commonly able to link a file or folder to a separate name and/or location. KDE detected a link or series of links that results in an infinite loop - i.e. the file was (perhaps in a roundabout way) linked to itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:585 core/job_error.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete one part of the loop in order that it does not cause an infinite loop, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:594
#, kde-format
msgid "Request Aborted By User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:595 core/job_error.cpp:910
#, kde-format
msgid "The request was not completed because it was aborted."
msgid "UNIX environments are commonly able to link a file or folder to a separate name and/or location. During the requested copy operation, KDE detected a link or series of links that results in an infinite loop - i.e. the file was (perhaps in a roundabout way) linked to itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Network Connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Socket"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a fairly technical error in which a required device for network communications (a socket) could not be created."
msgid "The network connection may be incorrectly configured, or the network interface may not be enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:622
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to Server Refused"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:623
#, kde-format
msgid "The server <strong>%1</strong> refused to allow this computer to make a connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid "The server, while currently connected to the Internet, may not be configured to allow requests."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:627
#, kde-format
msgid "The server, while currently connected to the Internet, may not be running the requested service (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:629
#, kde-format
msgid "A network firewall (a device which restricts Internet requests), either protecting your network or the network of the server, may have intervened, preventing this request."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:636
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to Server Closed Unexpectedly"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:637
#, kde-format
msgid "Although a connection was established to <strong>%1</strong>, the connection was closed at an unexpected point in the communication."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:640
#, kde-format
msgid "A protocol error may have occurred, causing the server to close the connection as a response to the error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:646
#, kde-format
msgid "URL Resource Invalid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:647
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocol %1 is not a Filter Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "The <strong>U</strong>niform <strong>R</strong>esource <strong>L</strong>ocator (URL) that you entered did not refer to a valid mechanism of accessing the specific resource, <strong>%1%2</strong>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:653
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE is able to communicate through a protocol within a protocol. This request specified a protocol be used as such, however this protocol is not capable of such an action. This is a rare event, and is likely to indicate a programming error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:661
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Initialize Input/Output Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Mount Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:663
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested device could not be initialized (\"mounted\"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:666
#, kde-format
msgid "The device may not be ready, for example there may be no media in a removable media device (i.e. no CD-ROM in a CD drive), or in the case of a peripheral/portable device, the device may not be correctly connected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:670
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to initialize (\"mount\") the device. On UNIX systems, often system administrator privileges are required to initialize a device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:674
#, kde-format
msgid "Check that the device is ready; removable drives must contain media, and portable devices must be connected and powered on.; and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:680
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Uninitialize Input/Output Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Unmount Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:682
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested device could not be uninitialized (\"unmounted\"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:685
#, kde-format
msgid "The device may be busy, that is, still in use by another application or user. Even such things as having an open browser window on a location on this device may cause the device to remain in use."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:689
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to uninitialize (\"unmount\") the device. On UNIX systems, system administrator privileges are often required to uninitialize a device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Check that no applications are accessing the device, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Read From Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that although the resource, <strong>%1</strong>, was able to be opened, an error occurred while reading the contents of the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:702
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to read from the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:715
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Write to Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:716
#, kde-format
msgid "This means that although the resource, <strong>%1</strong>, was able to be opened, an error occurred while writing to the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:719
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to write to the resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:732 core/job_error.cpp:743
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Listen for Network Connections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:733
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Bind"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:734 core/job_error.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a fairly technical error in which a required device for network communications (a socket) could not be established to listen for incoming network connections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:744
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Listen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:754
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Accept Network Connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:755
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a fairly technical error in which an error occurred while attempting to accept an incoming network connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:759
#, kde-format
msgid "You may not have permissions to accept the connection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:764
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Login: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:765
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to login to perform the requested operation was unsuccessful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:776
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Determine Resource Status"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:777
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Stat Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:778
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to determine information about the status of the resource <strong>%1</strong>, such as the resource name, type, size, etc., was unsuccessful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:781
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified resource may not have existed or may not be accessible."
msgstr ""
#. i18n( "Could not terminate listing %1" ).arg( errorText );
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:789
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Cancel Listing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:790
#, kde-format
msgid "FIXME: Document this"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:794
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:795
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to create the requested folder failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "The location where the folder was to be created may not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:805
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Remove Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:806
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to remove the specified folder, <strong>%1</strong>, failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:808
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified folder may not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:809
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified folder may not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:814
#, kde-format
msgid "Ensure that the folder exists and is empty, and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:819
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Resume File Transfer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:820
#, kde-format
msgid "The specified request asked that the transfer of file <strong>%1</strong> be resumed at a certain point of the transfer. This was not possible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:823
#, kde-format
msgid "The protocol, or the server, may not support file resuming."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:825
#, kde-format
msgid "Retry the request without attempting to resume transfer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:830
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Rename Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:831
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to rename the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:841
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Alter Permissions of Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:842
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to alter the permissions on the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:849
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Change Ownership of Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:850
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to change the ownership of the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:857
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Delete Resource"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:858
#, kde-format
msgid "An attempt to delete the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:865
#, kde-format
msgid "Unexpected Program Termination"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:866
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has unexpectedly terminated."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:874
#, kde-format
msgid "Out of Memory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:875
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol could not obtain the memory required to continue."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:883
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Proxy Host"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:884
#, kde-format
msgid "While retrieving information about the specified proxy host, <strong>%1</strong>, an Unknown Host error was encountered. An unknown host error indicates that the requested name could not be located on the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:888
#, kde-format
msgid "There may have been a problem with your network configuration, specifically your proxy's hostname. If you have been accessing the Internet with no problems recently, this is unlikely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:892
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-check your proxy settings and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:897
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication Failed: Method %1 Not Supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:899
#, kde-format
msgid "Although you may have supplied the correct authentication details, the authentication failed because the method that the server is using is not supported by the KDE program implementing the protocol %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:903
#, kde-format
msgid "Please file a bug at <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org/\">http://bugs.kde.org/</a> to inform the KDE team of the unsupported authentication method."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:909
#, kde-format
msgid "Request Aborted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:916
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal Error in Server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:917
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on the server which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an internal error: %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:920
#, kde-format
msgid "This is most likely to be caused by a bug in the server program. Please consider submitting a full bug report as detailed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:923
#, kde-format
msgid "Contact the administrator of the server to advise them of the problem."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:925
#, kde-format
msgid "If you know who the authors of the server software are, submit the bug report directly to them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:930
#, kde-format
msgid "Timeout Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:931
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Although contact was made with the server, a response was not received within the amount of time allocated for the request as follows:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Timeout for establishing a connection: %1 seconds</li>"
"<li>Timeout for receiving a response: %2 seconds</li>"
"<li>Timeout for accessing proxy servers: %3 seconds</li>"
"</ul>"
"Please note that you can alter these timeout settings in the KDE System Settings, by selecting Network Settings -> Connection Preferences."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:942
#, kde-format
msgid "The server was too busy responding to other requests to respond."
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an unknown error: %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:957
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown Interruption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:958
#, kde-format
msgid "The program on your computer which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol has reported an interruption of an unknown type: %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:966
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Delete Original File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:967
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the deleting of the original file, most likely at the end of a file move operation. The original file <strong>%1</strong> could not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:976
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Delete Temporary File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:977
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the creation of a temporary file in which to save the new file while being downloaded. This temporary file <strong>%1</strong> could not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:986
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Rename Original File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:987
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the renaming of the original file <strong>%1</strong>, however it could not be renamed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:995
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Rename Temporary File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:996
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested operation required the creation of a temporary file <strong>%1</strong>, however it could not be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1004
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1005
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Create Symbolic Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested symbolic link %1 could not be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1013
#, kde-format
msgid "No Content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1018
#, kde-format
msgid "Disk Full"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1019
#, kde-format
msgid "The requested file <strong>%1</strong> could not be written to as there is inadequate disk space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1021
#, kde-format
msgid "Free up enough disk space by 1) deleting unwanted and temporary files; 2) archiving files to removable media storage such as CD-Recordable discs; or 3) obtain more storage capacity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1028
#, kde-format
msgid "Source and Destination Files Identical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1029
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the source and destination files are the same file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1031
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose a different filename for the destination file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1035
#, kde-format
msgid "File or Folder dropped onto itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1036
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the source and destination file or folder are the same."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1038
#, kde-format
msgid "Drop the item into a different file or folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1048
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder moved into itself"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1049
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the source can not be moved into itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1051
#, kde-format
msgid "Move the item into a different folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not communicate with password server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "The operation could not be completed because the service for requesting passwords (kpasswdserver) couldn't be contacted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1058
#, kde-format
msgid "Try restarting your session, or look in the logs for errors from kiod."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1061
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot Initiate the %1 Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1062
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Create io-slave"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1063
#, kde-format
msgid "The io-slave which provides access to the <strong>%1</strong> protocol could not be started. This is usually due to technical reasons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/job_error.cpp:1066
#, kde-format
msgid "klauncher could not find or start the plugin which provides the protocol.This means you may have an outdated version of the plugin."
msgid "Would you like to accept this certificate forever without being prompted?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/tcpslavebase.cpp:943
#, kde-format
msgid "You have indicated that you wish to accept this certificate, but it is not issued to the server who is presenting it. Do you wish to continue loading?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/tcpslavebase.cpp:955
#, kde-format
msgid "SSL certificate is being rejected as requested. You can disable this in the KDE System Settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kdiroperator.cpp:765
#, kde-format
msgid "A file or folder named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kdiroperator.cpp:768
#, kde-format
msgid "You do not have permission to create that folder."
"<qt>This is the text that will appear in the Places panel.<br />"
"<br />"
"The label should consist of one or two words that will help you remember what this entry refers to. If you do not enter a label, it will be derived from the location's URL.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "L&abel:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter descriptive label here"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This is the location associated with the entry. Any valid URL may be used. For example:<br />"
"<br />"
"%1<br />"
"http://www.kde.org<br />"
"ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable<br />"
"<br />"
"By clicking on the button next to the text edit box you can browse to an appropriate URL.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "&Location:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This is the icon that will appear in the Places panel.<br />"
"<br />"
"Click on the button to select a different icon.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Choose an &icon:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "&Only show when using this application (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplaceeditdialog.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Select this setting if you want this entry to show only when using the current application (%1).<br />"
"<br />"
"If this setting is not selected, the entry will be available in all applications.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Places"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Remote"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Recently Saved"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Search For"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Devices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesitem.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Removable Devices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Root"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Today"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Yesterday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "This Month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Last Month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Documents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Audio Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgctxt "KFile System Bookmarks"
msgid "Videos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1154
#, kde-format
msgid "&Release '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1156
#, kde-format
msgid "&Safely Remove '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1159
#, kde-format
msgid "&Unmount '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1180
#, kde-format
msgid "&Eject '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1214
#, kde-format
msgid "The device '%1' is not a disk and cannot be ejected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfileplacesmodel.cpp:1250
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred while accessing '%1', the system responded: %2"
msgid "<qt>While typing in the text area, you may be presented with possible matches. This feature can be controlled by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting a preferred mode from the <b>Text Completion</b> menu.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Drive: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Click this button to enter the parent folder.<br />"
"<br />"
"For instance, if the current location is file:/home/%1 clicking this button will take you to file:/home.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to move backwards one step in the browsing history."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to move forward one step in the browsing history."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to reload the contents of the current location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:462
#, kde-format
msgid "Click this button to create a new folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Places Navigation Panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This is the preferences menu for the file dialog. Various options can be accessed from this menu including: "
"<qt>This is the filter to apply to the file list. File names that do not match the filter will not be shown."
"<p>You may select from one of the preset filters in the drop down menu, or you may enter a custom filter directly into the text area.</p>"
"<p>Wildcards such as * and ? are allowed.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "&Filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:834
#, kde-format
msgid "You can only select one file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:835
#, kde-format
msgid "More than one file provided"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1002
#, kde-format
msgid "You can only select local files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1003
#, kde-format
msgid "Remote files not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1010
#, kde-format
msgid "The selected URL uses an unsupported scheme. Please use the following scheme: %2"
msgid_plural "The selected URL uses an unsupported scheme. Please use one of the following schemes: %2"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1016
#, kde-format
msgid "Unsupported URL scheme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1031
#, kde-format
msgid "More than one folder has been selected and this dialog does not accept folders, so it is not possible to decide which one to enter. Please select only one folder to list it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1031
#, kde-format
msgid "More than one folder provided"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1039
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one folder and one file has been selected. Selected files will be ignored and the selected folder will be listed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1039
#, kde-format
msgid "Files and folders selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1057
#, kde-format
msgid "The file \"%1\" could not be found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1057
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot open file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1336
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the name to save the file as."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1339
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the list of files to open. More than one file can be specified by listing several files, separated by spaces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1344
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the name of the file to open."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1358
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Places"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:1551
#, kde-format
msgid "The file \"%1\" already exists. Do you wish to overwrite it?"
"This option enables some convenient features for saving files with extensions:<br />"
"<ol>"
"<li>Any extension specified in the <b>%1</b> text area will be updated if you change the file type to save in.<br />"
"<br />"
"</li>"
"<li>If no extension is specified in the <b>%2</b> text area when you click <b>Save</b>, %3 will be added to the end of the filename (if the filename does not already exist). This extension is based on the file type that you have chosen to save in.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you do not want KDE to supply an extension for the filename, you can either turn this option off or you can suppress it by adding a period (.) to the end of the filename (the period will be automatically removed).</li>"
"</ol>"
"If unsure, keep this option enabled as it makes your files more manageable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:2607
#, kde-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/kfilewidget.cpp:2611
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>This button allows you to bookmark specific locations. Click on this button to open the bookmark menu where you may add, edit or select a bookmark.<br />"
"<br />"
"These bookmarks are specific to the file dialog, but otherwise operate like bookmarks elsewhere in KDE.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>The template file <b>%1</b> does not exist.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Create directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Enter a different name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Create hidden directory?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: filewidgets/knewfilemenu.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "The name \"%1\" starts with a dot, so the directory will be hidden by default."
msgid "The destination resource does not have sufficient space to record the state of the resource after the execution of this method."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:1786
#, kde-format
msgid "The resource cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:1799
#, kde-format
msgctxt "request type"
msgid "upload %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:1849
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: response code, %2: request type"
msgid "An unexpected error (%1) occurred while attempting to %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:2675
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 contacted. Waiting for reply..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/http.cpp:3019
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Security check on url being accessed"
msgid ""
"<p>You are about to log in to the site \"%1\" with the username \"%2\", but the website does not require authentication. This may be an attempt to trick you.</p>"
msgid "Accept cookie(s) until the end of the current session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "&Reject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply Choice To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "&Only this cookie"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "&Only these cookies"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Select this option to only accept or reject this cookie. You will be prompted again if you receive another cookie."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "All cookies from this do&main"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "Select this option to accept or reject all cookies from this site. Choosing this option will add a new policy for the site this cookie originated from. This policy will be permanent until you manually change it from the System Settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "All &cookies"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/http/kcookiejar/kcookiewin.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Select this option to accept/reject all cookies from anywhere. Choosing this option will change the global cookie policy for all cookies until you manually change it from the System Settings."
msgid "You do not have permission to access the %1 protocol."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid " days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<para>KDE's wastebin is configured to use the <b>Finder</b>'s Trash.<br>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>Emptying KDE's wastebin will remove only KDE's trash items, while<br>"
"emptying the Trash through the Finder will delete everything.</para>"
"<para>KDE's trash items will show up in a folder called KDE.trash, in the Trash can.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files older than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:260
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Check this box to allow <emphasis strong='true'>automatic deletion</emphasis> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <emphasis strong='true'>not</emphasis> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid " day"
msgid_plural " days"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:269
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Set the number of days that files can remain in the trash. Any files older than this will be automatically deleted.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Limit to maximum size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:279
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Check this box to limit the trash to the maximum amount of disk space that you specify below. Otherwise, it will be unlimited.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:297
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>This is the maximum percent of disk space that will be used for the trash.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:302
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>This is the calculated amount of disk space that will be allowed for the trash, the maximum.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "When limit reached:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn Me"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Oldest Files From Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Biggest Files From Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kcmtrash.cpp:315
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>When the size limit is reached, it will prefer to delete the type of files that you specify, first. If this is set to warn you, it will do so instead of automatically deleting files.</para>"
msgid "The directory %1 does not exist anymore, so it is not possible to restore this item to its original location. You can either recreate that directory and use the restore operation again, or drag the item anywhere else to restore it."
msgid "Internal error in copyOrMove, should never happen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/kio_trash_win.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "not supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/ktrash.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Helper program to handle the KDE trash can\n"
"Note: to move files to the trash, do not use ktrash, but \"kioclient move 'url' trash:/\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/ktrash.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty the contents of the trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/ktrash.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore a trashed file to its original location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/trashimpl.cpp:1396
#, kde-format
msgid "The file is too large to be trashed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ioslaves/trash/trashimpl.cpp:1402
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The trash has reached its maximum size!\n"
"Cleanup the trash manually."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/cache.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Cache</h1>"
"<p>This module lets you configure your cache settings.</p>"
"<p>This specific cache is an area on the disk where recently read web pages are stored. If you want to retrieve a web page again that you have recently read, it will not be downloaded from the Internet, but rather retrieved from the cache, which is a lot faster.</p>"
msgid "Check this box if you want the web pages you visit to be stored on your hard disk for quicker access. The stored pages will only be updated as needed instead of on every visit to that site. This is especially useful if you have a slow connection to the Internet."
msgid "Do not fetch web pages that are not already stored in the cache. Offline mode prevents you from viewing pages that you have not previously visited."
"<p>Cookies contain information that KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) store on your computer, initiated by a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p>"
"<p> However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p>"
"<p> Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, the HTTP kioslave offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. So you might want to set the default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie, allowing you to decide. For your favorite shopping web sites that you trust, you might want to set the policy to accept, then you can access the web sites without being prompted every time a cookie is received.</p>"
"Unable to communicate with the cookie handler service.\n"
"Any changes you made will not take effect until the service is restarted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kcookiespolicies.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Cookies</h1>"
"<p>Cookies contain information that KDE application using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) stores on your computer from a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p>"
"<p>However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p>"
"<p>Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, KDE offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. You might, for example want to set KDE's default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie or simply reject or accept everything. For example, you might choose to accept all cookies from your favorite shopping web site. For this all you have to do is either browse to that particular site and when you are presented with the cookie dialog box, click on <i> This domain </i> under the 'apply to' tab and choose accept or simply specify the name of the site in the <i> Domain Specific Policy </i> tab and set it to accept. This enables you to receive cookies from trusted web sites without being asked every time KDE receives a cookie.</p>"
"Reject the so called third-party cookies. These are cookies that originate from a site other than the one you are currently browsing. For example, if you visit <b>www.foobar.com</b> while this option is on, only cookies that originate from www.foobar.com will be processed per your settings. Cookies from any other site will be rejected. This reduces the chances of site operators compiling a profile about your daily browsing habits.\n"
"Automatically accept temporary cookies meant to expire at the end of the current session. Such cookies will not be stored in your computer's hard drive or storage device. Instead, they are deleted when you close all applications (e.g. your browser) that use them.</p>"
"<p><u>NOTE</u> Checking this option overrides your default as well as site specific cookie policies for session cookies.</p>"
"To add a new policy, simply click on the <b>Add...</b> button and supply the necessary information. To change an existing policy, use the <b>Change...</b> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <b>Delete</b> button will remove the currently selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain, whereas <b>Delete All</b> will remove all the site specific policies.\n"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisablePassiveMode), group (DesktopIcons)
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kio_ftprc.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable Passive FTP"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisablePassiveMode), group (DesktopIcons)
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kio_ftprc.kcfg:11
#, kde-format
msgid "When FTP connections are passive the client connects to the server, instead of the other way round, so firewalls do not block the connection; old FTP servers may not support Passive FTP though."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MarkPartial), group (Global Options)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MarkPartial), group (DesktopIcons)
msgid "While a file is being uploaded its extension is \".part\". When fully uploaded it is renamed to its real name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/kproxydlg.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Proxy</h1>"
"<p>A proxy server is an intermediate program that sits between your machine and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and/or filtering.</p>"
"<p>Caching proxy servers give you faster access to sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching the content of those pages; filtering proxy servers, on the other hand, provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam, or anything else you want to block.</p>"
"<p><u>Note:</u> Some proxy servers provide both services.</p>"
"A proxy server is an intermediate machine that sits between your computer and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and filtering. Caching proxy servers give you faster access to web sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching those pages; filtering proxy servers usually provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam, or anything else you want to block.\n"
"<p>\n"
"If you are uncertain whether or not you need to use a proxy server to connect to the Internet, consult your Internet service provider's setup guide or your system administrator.\n"
"Automatically detect and configure the proxy settings."
"<p>\n"
"Automatic detection is performed using the <b>Web Proxy Auto-Discovery Protocol (WPAD)</b>."
"<p>\n"
"<b>NOTE:</b> This option might not work properly or not work at all in some UNIX/Linux distributions. If you encounter a problem when using this option, please check the FAQ section at http://konqueror.kde.org.\n"
"<p>Use proxy settings defined on the system.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Some platforms offer system wide proxy configuration information and selecting this option allows you to use those settings.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>On Mac platforms</p>"
"\n"
"<p>On Windows platforms</p>"
"\n"
"<p>On Unix and Linux platforms, such system proxy settings are usually defined through environment variables. The following environment variables are detected and used when present: <b>HTTP_PROXY</b>, <b>HTTPS_PROXY</b>, <b>FTP_PROXY</b>, <b>NO_PROXY</b>.</p>"
"<qt>Enter the environment variable, e.g. <b>NO_PROXY</b>, used to store the addresses of sites for which the above proxy settings should not be used."
"<p>Alternatively, you can click on the <b>\"Auto Detect\"</b> button to attempt an automatic discovery of this variable.</p>"
"<p>Enter a comma separated list of hostnames or ip addresses that should be excluded from using the above proxy settings.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If you want to exclude all hosts for a given domain, then simply enter the domain name preceded by a dot. For example, to exclude all hostnames for <i>kde.org</i>, enter <i>.kde.org</i>. Wildcard characters such as '*' or '?' are not supported and will have no effect.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Additionally, you can also enter IP addresses, e.g. 127.0.0.1 and IP addresses with a subnet, e.g. 192.168.0.1/24.</p>"
"<p>Marks partially uploaded files through SMB, SFTP and other protocols.</p>"
"<p>When this option is enabled, partially uploaded files will have a \".part\" extension. This extension will be removed once the transfer is complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "FTP Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable passive &mode (PASV)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Enables FTP's \"passive\" mode. This is required to allow FTP to work from behind firewalls."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Marks partially uploaded FTP files.</p>"
"<p>When this option is enabled, partially uploaded files will have a \".part\" extension. This extension will be removed once the transfer is complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/netpref.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Network Preferences</h1>"
"Here you can define the behavior of KDE programs when using Internet and network connections. If you experience timeouts or use a modem to connect to the Internet, you might want to adjust these settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "These settings apply to network browsing only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Default user name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Default password:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/smbrodlg.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Windows Shares</h1>"
"<p>Applications using the SMB kioslave (like Konqueror) are able to access shared Microsoft Windows file systems, if properly configured.</p>"
"<p>You can specify here the credentials used to access the shared resources. Passwords will be stored locally, and scrambled so as to render them unreadable to the human eye. For security reasons, you may not want to do that, as entries with passwords are clearly indicated as such.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Add Identification"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Modify Identification"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<center>Found an existing identification for<br/>"
"<b>%1</b><br/>"
"Do you want to replace it?</center>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Duplicate Identification"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcms/kio/useragentdlg.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Browser Identification</h1>"
"<p>The browser-identification module allows you to have full control over how KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) will identify itself to web sites you browse.</p>"
"<p>This ability to fake identification is necessary because some web sites do not display properly when they detect that they are not talking to current versions of either Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer, even if the browser actually supports all the necessary features to render those pages properly. For such sites, you can use this feature to try to browse them. Please understand that this might not always work, since such sites might be using non-standard web protocols and or specifications.</p>"
"<p><u>NOTE:</u> To obtain specific help on a particular section of the dialog box, simply click on the quick help button on the window title bar, then click on the section for which you are seeking help.</p>"
"Here you can modify the default browser-identification text or set a site <code>(eg. www.kde.org)</code> or a domain <code>(eg. kde.org)</code> specific identification text."
"<p>\n"
"To add a new site-specific identification text, click the <code>New</code> button and supply the necessary information. To change an existing site-specific entry, click on the <code>Change</code> button. The <code>Delete</code> button will remove the selected site-specific identification text, causing the default setting to be used for that site or domain.\n"
"<u>NOTE:</u> Many sites rely on this information to display pages properly, hence, it is highly recommended that you do not totally disable this feature but rather customize it."
"<p>\n"
"By default, only minimal identification information is sent to remote sites. The identification text that will be sent is shown below.\n"
"Enter the site or domain name where a fake browser identification should be used."
"<p>\n"
"<u>NOTE:</u> Wildcard syntax such as \\\"*,?\\\" is NOT allowed: instead, use the top level address of a site to make generic matches; for example, if you want all KDE sites to receive a fake browser identification, you would enter <code>kde.org</code> - the fake identity would then be sent to any KDE site that ends with <code>kde.org</code>.</p>"
" In this module you can configure some enhanced browsing features of KDE. "
"<h2>Web Shortcuts</h2>"
"Web Shortcuts are a quick way of using Web search engines. For example, type \"duckduckgo:frobozz\" or \"dd:frobozz\" and your web browser will do a search on DuckDuckGo for \"frobozz\". Even easier: just press Alt+F2 (if you have not changed this keyboard shortcut) and enter the shortcut in the Run Command dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/kioexecd.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"has been modified. Do you want to upload the changes?"
msgid "(c) 1998-2000,2003 The KFM/Konqueror Developers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "David Faure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Stephan Kulow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Bernhard Rosenkraenzer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Waldo Bastian"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Oswald Buddenhagen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Treat URLs as local files and delete them afterwards"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Suggested file name for the downloaded file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid "Command to execute"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kioexec/main.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "URL(s) or local file(s) used for 'command'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/discovery.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find a usable proxy configuration script"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/downloader.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not download the proxy configuration script:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/downloader.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not download the proxy configuration script"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/proxyscout.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The proxy configuration script is invalid:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/proxyscout.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The proxy configuration script returned an error:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/script.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find 'FindProxyForURL' or 'FindProxyForURLEx'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpac/script.cpp:770
#, kde-format
msgid "Got an invalid reply when calling %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:573
#, kde-format
msgid "Retry Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button filter-continue"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kpasswdserver/kpasswdserver.cpp:873
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Name label from web shortcuts column"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Preferred"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:106
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"Check this box to select the highlighted web shortcut as preferred.<nl/>"
"Preferred web shortcuts are used in places where only a few select shortcuts can be shown at one time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox No default web shortcut"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: urifilters/ikws/ikwsopts.cpp:263
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<para>In this module you can configure the web shortcuts feature. Web shortcuts allow you to quickly search or lookup words on the Internet. For example, to search for information about the KDE project using the Google engine, you simply type <emphasis>gg:KDE</emphasis> or <emphasis>google:KDE</emphasis>.</para>"
"<para>If you select a default search engine, then you can search for normal words or phrases by simply typing them into the input widget of applications that have built-in support for such a feature, e.g Konqueror.</para>"
"<p>Web shortcuts allow you to quickly access or search for information located online or on your hard drive. </p>"
"<p>KDE comes with many predefined Web shortcuts. One such Web shortcut is the Google (TM) search shortcut. To use it, you simply type the keyword 'gg' followed by the keyword delimiter and the search term, e.g. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">gg:KDE</span>.</p>"
"Select the search engine to use for input boxes that provide automatic lookup services when you type in normal words and phrases instead of a URL. To disable this feature select <b>None</b> from the list.\n"
"<p>This allows applications to automatically convert the typed word or phrase to web shortcut queries when they cannot be filtered into a proper URL. </p>"
"<p>To disable this functionality select <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">None</span> from the list. </p>"
"Enter the URI that is used to perform a search on the search engine here.<br/>"
"The whole text to be searched for can be specified as \\{@} or \\{0}.<br/>"
"\n"
"Recommended is \\{@}, since it removes all query variables (name=value) from the resulting string, whereas \\{0} will be substituted with the unmodified query string.<br/>"
"You can use \\{1} ... \\{n} to specify certain words from the query and \\{name} to specify a value given by 'name=value' in the user query.<br/>"
"In addition it is possible to specify multiple references (names, numbers and strings) at once (\\{name1,name2,...,\"string\"}).<br/>"
"The first matching value (from the left) will be used as the substitution value for the resulting URI.<br/>"
"A quoted string can be used as the default value if nothing matches from the left of the reference list.\n"
"The shortcuts entered here can be used as a pseudo-URI scheme in KDE. For example, the shortcut <b>av</b> can be used as in <b>av</b>:<b>my search</b>\n"
msgid "Check this option if the application you want to run is a text mode application or if you want the information that is provided by the terminal emulator window."
msgid "Check this option if the text mode application offers relevant information on exit. Keeping the terminal emulator open allows you to retrieve this information."
msgid "Check this option if you want to run this application with a different user id. Every process has a different user id associated with it. This id code determines file access and other permissions. The password of the user is required to use this option."
msgid "Check this option if you want to make clear that your application has started. This visual feedback may appear as a busy cursor or in the taskbar."
msgid "Type the name you want to give to this application here. This application will appear under this name in the applications menu and in the panel."
"<p>This list should show the types of file that your application can handle. This list is organized by <u>mimetypes</u>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>MIME, Multipurpose Internet (e)Mail Extension, is a standard protocol for identifying the type of data based on filename extensions and correspondent <u>mimetypes</u>. Example: the \"bmp\" part that comes after the dot in flower.bmp indicates that it is a specific kind of image, <u>image/x-bmp</u>. To know which application should open each type of file, the system should be informed about the abilities of each application to handle these extensions and mimetypes.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>If you want to associate this application with one or more mimetypes that are not in this list, click on the button <b>Add</b> below. If there are one or more filetypes that this application cannot handle, you may want to remove them from the list clicking on the button <b>Remove</b> below.</p>"
msgid "If you want to remove a type of file (mimetype) that your application cannot handle, select the mimetype in the list above and click on this button."
msgid "This file is a link and does not have permissions."
msgid_plural "All files are links and do not have permissions."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1776
#, kde-format
msgid "Only the owner can change permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1780
#, kde-format
msgid "O&wner:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1786
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the actions that the owner is allowed to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1788
#, kde-format
msgid "Gro&up:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1794
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the actions that the members of the group are allowed to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1796
#, kde-format
msgid "O&thers:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1802
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the actions that all users, who are neither owner nor in the group, are allowed to do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1807
#, kde-format
msgid "Only own&er can rename and delete folder content"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1808
#, kde-format
msgid "Is &executable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1812
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this option to allow only the folder's owner to delete or rename the contained files and folders. Other users can only add new files, which requires the 'Modify Content' permission."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1816
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this option to mark the file as executable. This only makes sense for programs and scripts. It is required when you want to execute them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1823
#, kde-format
msgid "A&dvanced Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1831
#, kde-format
msgid "Ownership"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1838
#, kde-format
msgid "User:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1882
#, kde-format
msgid "Group:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1919
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply changes to all subfolders and their contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1958
#, kde-format
msgid "Advanced Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1975
#, kde-format
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1982
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Show\n"
"Entries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1983
#, kde-format
msgid "This flag allows viewing the content of the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1985
#, kde-format
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1986
#, kde-format
msgid "The Read flag allows viewing the content of the file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1992
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Write\n"
"Entries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1993
#, kde-format
msgid "This flag allows adding, renaming and deleting of files. Note that deleting and renaming can be limited using the Sticky flag."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1996
#, kde-format
msgid "Write"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:1997
#, kde-format
msgid "The Write flag allows modifying the content of the file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2003
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Enter folder"
msgid "Enter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2004
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this flag to allow entering the folder."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2006
#, kde-format
msgid "Exec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2007
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable this flag to allow executing the file as a program."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2015
#, kde-format
msgid "Special"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2019
#, kde-format
msgid "Special flag. Valid for the whole folder, the exact meaning of the flag can be seen in the right hand column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2022
#, kde-format
msgid "Special flag. The exact meaning of the flag can be seen in the right hand column."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2026
#, kde-format
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2030
#, kde-format
msgid "Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2040
#, kde-format
msgid "If this flag is set, the owner of this folder will be the owner of all new files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2043
#, kde-format
msgid "If this file is an executable and the flag is set, it will be executed with the permissions of the owner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2048
#, kde-format
msgid "If this flag is set, the group of this folder will be set for all new files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2051
#, kde-format
msgid "If this file is an executable and the flag is set, it will be executed with the permissions of the group."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2056
#, kde-format
msgid "If the Sticky flag is set on a folder, only the owner and root can delete or rename files. Otherwise everybody with write permissions can do this."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2060
#, kde-format
msgid "The Sticky flag on a file is ignored on Linux, but may be used on some systems"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2125
#, kde-format
msgid "Set UID"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2129
#, kde-format
msgid "Set GID"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2133
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File permission"
msgid "Sticky"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2253
#, kde-format
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2272
#, kde-format
msgid "Varying (No Change)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2385
#, kde-format
msgid "This file uses advanced permissions"
msgid_plural "These files use advanced permissions."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: widgets/kpropertiesdialog.cpp:2406
#, kde-format
msgid "This folder uses advanced permissions."
msgid_plural "These folders use advanced permissions."
msgid "<p><b>Julia</b> is a high-level, high-performance dynamic programming language for technical computing, with syntax that is familiar to users of other technical computing environments. It provides a sophisticated compiler, distributed parallel execution, numerical accuracy, and an extensive mathematical function library.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The url to the documentation of Julia, please check if there is a translated version and use the correct url"
msgid "http://docs.julialang.org/en/latest/"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (replPath), group (JuliaBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/julia/juliabackend.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to the Julia native REPL"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (RBackend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (MaximaBackend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (ScilabBackend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (JuliaBackend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (OctaveBackend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (Python2Backend)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (integratePlots), group (Python3Backend)
"<p> Lua is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at math and science.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports luajit 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (LuaBackend)
msgid "Maxima is a system for the manipulation of symbolic and numerical expressions, including differentiation, integration, Taylor series, Laplace transforms, ordinary differential equations, systems of linear equations, polynomials, and sets, lists, vectors, matrices, and tensors. Maxima yields high precision numeric results by using exact fractions, arbitrary precision integers, and variable precision floating point numbers. Maxima can plot functions and data in two and three dimensions. "
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (MaximaBackend)
"GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>"
"It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (OctaveBackend)
"<p>Python is a remarkably powerful dynamic programming language that is used in a wide variety of application domains. There are several Python packages to scientific programming.</p>"
"<p>This backend supports Python 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python3/python3backend.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgctxt "the url to the documentation Python 3"
msgid "http://docs.python.org/3/"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/python3/python3backend.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Python is a remarkably powerful dynamic programming language that is used in a wide variety of application domains. There are several Python packages to scientific programming.</p>"
msgid "Qalculate! is not your regular software replication of the cheapest available calculator. Qalculate! aims to make full use of the superior interface, power and flexibility of modern computers. The center of attention in Qalculate! is the expression entry. Instead of entering each number in a mathematical expression separately, you can directly write the whole expression and later modify it. The interpretation of expressions is flexible and fault tolerant, and if you nevertheless do something wrong, Qalculate! will tell you so. Not fully solvable expressions are however not errors. Qalculate! will simplify as far as it can and answer with an expression. In addition to numbers and arithmetic operators, an expression may contain any combination of variables, units, and functions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (postConversion), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "If and how units will be automatically converted. If true, convert to the best suited SI units (the least amount of units)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (angleUnit), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Default angle unit for trigonometric functions."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (base), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:23
#, kde-format
msgid "Base of parsed and evaluated numbers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (structuring), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:32
#, kde-format
msgid "If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fractionFormat), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:42
#, kde-format
msgid "If rational numbers will be displayed with decimals, as a fraction, or something in between."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indicateInfiniteSeries), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Show that the digit series of a number continues forever with three dots, instead of rounding (ex. 2/3 displays as 0.666666... instead of 0.666667)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useAllPrefixes), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Use all decimal SI prefixes. If false, prefixes which is not a multiple of thousand (centi, deci, deca, hecto) will not be used automatically."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (negativeExponents), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, negative exponents will be used instead of division (ex. 5/x^2 becomes 5*x^-2)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (minExp), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Numerical display."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (inlinePlot), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:68
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, plots will be displayed inside the worksheet. If not they appear in a separate window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (coloredPlot), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether colors should be used in plots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotGrid), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether a grid should be plotted."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotBorder), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether full borders should be drawn around the plot."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotLineWidth), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of lines, in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotSteps), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of interpolation steps to be used in plotting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotSmoothing), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Smoothing mode in plots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotStyle), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Style of plots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (plotLegend), group (QalculateBackend)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculatebackend.kcfg:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Legend position in plots."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Qalculate reports it cannot print. Is gnuplot installed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "missing %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a number."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a integer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 must be a boolean."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "invalid option for %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: backends/qalculate/qalculateexpression.cpp:600
#, kde-format
msgid "found multiple expressions in one plot command (%1 and %2)."
"R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>"
"It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity."
"<p>This dialog can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).\n"
"<p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications."
"Please insert the command used to encode the audio data. The command has to read raw little endian (see <em>Swap Byte Order</em>) 16-bit stereo audio frames from stdin.\n"
"<p>The following strings will be replaced by K3b:<br>"
"\n"
"<b>%f</b> - The filename of the resulting file. This is where the command has to write its output to.<br>"
"\n"
"<em>The following refer to metadata stored for example in the ID3 tag of an mp3 file (Be aware that these values might be empty).</em><br>"
"<p>Bitrate is of course the main influence on quality. The higher the bitrate, the higher the quality. But for a given bitrate, we have a choice of algorithms to determine the best scalefactors and huffman encoding (noise shaping).\n"
"<p>The quality increases from 0 to 9 while the encoding speed drops.\n"
"<p>9 uses the slowest & best possible version of all algorithms.\n"
"<p><b>7 is the recommended setting</b> while 4 still produced reasonable quality at good speed.\n"
"<p>0 disables almost all algorithms including psy-model resulting in poor quality.\n"
"<p><b>This setting has no influence on the size of the resulting file.</b>"
"<p>If this option is checked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>"
"\n"
"This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players."
msgid "<p>If this option is checked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality."
"<p>Select the channel mode of the resulting MP3 file:\n"
"<p><b>Stereo</b><br>"
"\n"
"In this mode, the encoder makes no use of potential correlations between the two input channels; it can, however, negotiate the bit demand between both channel, i.e. give one channel more bits if the other contains silence or needs fewer bits because of a lower complexity.\n"
"<p><b>Joint-Stereo</b><br>"
"\n"
"In this mode, the encoder will make use of correlations between both channels. The signal will be matrixed into a sum (\"mid\"), computed by L+R, and difference (\"side\") signal, computed by L-R, and more bits are allocated to the mid channel. This will effectively increase the bandwidth if the signal does not have too much stereo separation, thus giving a significant gain in encoding quality.\n"
"<p><b>Mono</b><br>"
"\n"
"The input will be encoded as a mono signal. If it was a stereo signal, it will be downsampled to mono. The downmix is calculated as the sum of the left and right channel, attenuated by 6 dB."
"<p>Vorbis' audio quality is not best measured in kilobits per second, but on a scale from -1 to 10 called \"quality\". "
"<p>For now, quality -1 is roughly equivalent to 45kbps average, 5 is roughly 160kbps, and 10 gives about 400kbps. Most people seeking very-near-CD-quality audio encode at a quality of 5 or, for lossless stereo coupling, 6. The default setting is quality 3, which at approximately 110kbps gives a smaller filesize and significantly better fidelity than .mp3 compression at 128kbps. "
"<p><em>This explanation was copied from the www.vorbis.com FAQ.</em>"
"<p>Vorbis' audio quality is not best measured in kilobits per second, but on a scale from -1 to 10 called <em>quality</em>."
"<p>For now, quality -1 is roughly equivalent to 45kbps average, 5 is roughly 160kbps, and 10 gives about 400kbps. Most people seeking very-near-CD-quality audio encode at a quality of 5 or, for lossless stereo coupling, 6. The quality 3 gives, at approximately 110kbps a smaller filesize and significantly better fidelity than .mp3 compression at 128kbps."
"<p><em>This explanation is based on the one from the www.vorbis.com FAQ.</em>"
"<p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>"
"\n"
"<p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for mu-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed u-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and u-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br>"
" <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br>"
" <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavor of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br>"
" <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p>"
" "
"<p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>"
msgid "<qt>This specifies how the files should be renamed. Currently only the special strings <em>%a</em> (Artist), <em>%n</em> (Track number), and <em>%t</em> (Title) are supported."
"<p>Data tracks may be written in two different modes:</p>"
"<p><b>Auto</b><br>"
"Let K3b select the best suited data mode.</p>"
"<p><b>Mode 1</b><br>"
"This is the <em>original</em> writing mode as introduced in the <em>Yellow Book</em> standard. It is the preferred mode when writing pure data CDs.</p>"
"<p><b>Mode 2</b><br>"
"To be exact <em>XA Mode 2 Form 1</em>, but since the other modes are rarely used it is common to refer to it as <em>Mode 2</em>.</p>"
"<p><b>Be aware:</b> Do not mix different modes on one CD. Some older drives may have problems reading mode 1 multisession CDs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdebuggingoutputdialog.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugging Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdebuggingoutputdialog.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Save to file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdebuggingoutputdialog.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy to clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdebuggingoutputdialog.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open file %1"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (device)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdeviceui.rc:4 k3bui.rc:19
#, kde-format
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdiroperator.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdiroperator.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdiroperator.cpp:58 k3bfiletreeview.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "&Add to Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdirview.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b uses vcdxrip from the vcdimager package to rip Video CDs. Please make sure it is installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdirview.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Mount Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdirview.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>K3b was unable to mount medium <b>%1</b> in device <em>%2 - %3</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdirview.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Unmount Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bdirview.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>K3b was unable to unmount medium <b>%1</b> in device <em>%2 - %3</em>"
msgid "K3b did not find any optical device in your system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Make sure HAL daemon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "No CD/DVD/BD writer found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b did not find an optical writing device in your system. Thus, you will not be able to burn CDs or DVDs. However, you can still use other K3b features such as audio track extraction, audio transcoding or ISO 9660 image creation."
msgid "Check permissions via Settings -> Configure K3b... -> Programs -> Permissions. If K3b's default value is set make sure you are member of \"%1\" group."
msgid "It is highly recommended to configure cdrecord to run with root privileges, as then cdrecord runs with high priority that increases the overall stability of the burning process. As well as this, it allows the size of the burning buffer to be changed, and a lot of user problems can be solved this way."
msgid "K3b will not be able to copy DVDs on-the-fly or write a DVD+RW in multiple sessions using a growisofs version older than 5.12."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "It is highly recommended to use growisofs 7.0 or higher. K3b will not be able to write a DVD+RW in multiple sessions using a growisofs version older than 7.0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b uses dvd+rw-format to format DVD-RWs and DVD+RWs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b needs at least mkisofs version 1.14. Older versions may introduce problems when creating data projects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "Device %1 - %2 is automounted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b is not able to unmount automounted devices. Thus, especially DVD+RW rewriting might fail. There is no need to report this as a bug or feature wish; it is not possible to solve this problem from within K3b."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "Replace the automounting entries in /etc/fstab with old-fashioned ones or use a user-space mounting solution like pmount or ivman."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgid "No ATAPI writing support in kernel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Your kernel does not support writing without SCSI emulation but there is at least one writer in your system not configured to use SCSI emulation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "The best and recommended solution is to enable ide-scsi (SCSI emulation) for all devices. This way you will not have any problems. Be aware that you may still enable DMA on ide-scsi emulated drives."
msgid "The configured version of %1 does not support writing to ATAPI devices without SCSI emulation and there is at least one writer in your system not configured to use SCSI emulation."
msgid "The best, and recommended, solution is to use ide-scsi (SCSI emulation) for all writer devices: this way you will not have any problems; or, you can install (or select as the default) a more recent version of %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Install cdrdao >= 1.1.8 which supports writing to ATAPI devices directly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b will not be able to write DVD-R Dual Layer media using a growisofs version older than 6.0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid "Install a more recent version of growisofs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgid "No write access to device %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b needs write access to all the devices to perform certain tasks. Without it you might encounter problems with %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "Make sure you have write access to %1. In case you are not using devfs or udev click \"Modify Permissions...\" and setup permissions by hand."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid "DMA disabled on device %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:507
#, kde-format
msgid "With most modern CD/DVD/BD devices enabling DMA highly increases read/write performance. If you experience very low writing speeds this is probably the cause."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable DMA temporarily as root with 'hdparm -d 1 %1'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgid "User parameters specified for external program %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "Sometimes it may be necessary to specify user parameters in addition to the parameters generated by K3b. This is simply a warning to make sure that these parameters are really wanted and will not be part of some bug report."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "To remove the user parameters for the external program %1 open the K3b settings page 'Programs' and choose the tab 'User Parameters'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "MP3 Audio Decoder plugin not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:551
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b could not load or find the MP3 decoder plugin. This means that you will not be able to create Audio CDs from MP3 files. Many Linux distributions do not include MP3 support for legal reasons."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "To enable MP3 support, please install the MAD MP3 decoding library as well as the K3b MAD MP3 decoder plugin (the latter may already be installed but not functional due to the missing libmad). Some distributions allow installation of MP3 support via an online update tool."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "System locale charset is ANSI_X3.4-1968"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Your system's locale charset (i.e. the charset used to encode filenames) is set to ANSI_X3.4-1968. It is highly unlikely that this has been done intentionally. Most likely the locale is not set at all. An invalid setting will result in problems when creating data projects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgid "To properly set the locale charset make sure the LC_* environment variables are set. Normally the distribution setup tools take care of this."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Running K3b as root user"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "It is not recommended to run K3b under the root user account. This introduces unnecessary security risks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid "Run K3b from a proper user account and setup the device and external tool permissions appropriately."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "The latter can be done via \"Configure K3b...\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:622
#, kde-format
msgid "System configured properly"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bsystemproblemdialog.cpp:623
#, kde-format
msgid "No problems found in system configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Free space in temporary folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "The folder in which to save the image files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This is the folder in which K3b will save the <em>image files</em>."
"<p>Please make sure that it resides on a partition that has enough free space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Temporary Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Wri&te image files to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Temporary Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Temporary File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Wri&te image file to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Temporary File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3btempdirselectionwidget.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "Size of project:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (project)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bui.rc:4
#, kde-format
msgid "&Project"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (tools)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bui.rc:9
#, kde-format
msgid "&Tools"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (help)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bui.rc:27
#, kde-format
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: ToolBar (mainToolBar)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bui.rc:32
#, kde-format
msgid "Main Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwelcomewidget.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "More actions..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwelcomewidget.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Welcome to K3b – The CD, DVD, and Blu-ray Kreator"
msgid "The external application to actually burn the medium"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwriterselectionwidget.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Select the medium that you want to use for burning."
"<p>In most cases there will only be one medium available which does not leave much choice."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwriterselectionwidget.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Select the speed with which you want to burn."
"<p><b>Auto</b><br>"
"This will choose the maximum writing speed possible with the used medium. This is the recommended selection for most media.</p>"
"<p><b>Ignore</b> (DVD only)<br>"
"This will leave the speed selection to the writer device. Use this if K3b is unable to set the writing speed."
"<p>1x refers to 175 KB/s for CD, 1385 KB/s for DVD, and 4496 KB/s for Blu-ray.</p>"
"<p><b>Caution:</b> Make sure your system is able to send the data fast enough to prevent buffer underruns."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwriterselectionwidget.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>K3b uses the command line tools cdrecord, growisofs, and cdrdao to actually write a CD or DVD."
"<p>Normally K3b chooses the best suited application for every task automatically but in some cases it may be possible that one of the applications does not work as intended with a certain writer. In this case one may select the application manually."
msgid "Please enter the speed that K3b should use for burning (Example: 16x)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwriterselectionwidget.cpp:609
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>K3b is not able to perfectly determine the maximum writing speed of an optical writer. Writing speed is always reported subject to the inserted medium."
"<p>Please enter the writing speed here and K3b will remember it for future sessions (Example: 16x)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwriterselectionwidget.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgid "Set writing speed manually"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:27
#, kde-format
msgid "Let K3b select the best-suited mode. This is the recommended selection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:29
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<em>Disk At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>"
"DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<em>Track At Once</em> should be supported by every CD writer. The laser will be turned off after every track.<br>"
"Most CD writers need this mode for writing multisession CDs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"RAW writing mode. The error correction data is created by the software instead of the writer device.<br>"
"Try this if your CD writer fails to write in DAO and TAO."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Incremental sequential is the default writing mode for DVD-R(W). It allows multisession DVD-R(W)s. It only applies to DVD-R(W)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Restricted Overwrite allows to use a DVD-RW just like a DVD-RAM or a DVD+RW. The media may just be overwritten. It is not possible to write multisession DVD-RWs in this mode but K3b uses growisofs to grow an ISO 9660 filesystem within the first session, thus allowing new files to be added to an already burned disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the writing mode to use"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Writing mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Be aware that the writing mode is ignored when writing DVD+R(W) and BD-R(E) since there is only one way to write them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "The selection of writing modes depends on the inserted burning medium."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "DAO"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "TAO"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "RAW"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Restricted Overwrite"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: k3bwritingmodewidget.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Incremental"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:29
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:30
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>K3b is a full-featured CD/DVD/Blu-ray burning and ripping application.<br/>"
"It supports a variety of project types as well as copying of optical media, burning of different types of images, and ripping Audio CDs, Video CDs, and Video DVDs.<br/>"
"Its convenient user interface is targeted at all audiences, trying to be as simple as possible for novice users while also providing all features an advanced user might need."
msgid "Set the device to be used for new projects. (This option has no effect: its main purpose is to enable handling of empty media from the KDE Media Manager.)"
"Plain images are written as is to the medium using a single data track. Typical plain images are iso images as created by K3b's data project."
"<p><b>Cue/bin images</b><br/>"
"Cue/bin images consist of a cue file describing the table of contents of the medium and an image file which contains the actual data. The data will be written to the medium according to the cue file."
"<p><b>Audio Cue image</b><br/>"
"Audio cue images are a special kind of cue/bin image containing an image of an audio CD. The actual audio data can be encoded using any audio format supported by K3b. Audio cue files can also be imported into K3b audio projects which allows to change the order and add or remove tracks."
"<p><b>Cdrecord clone images</b><br/>"
"K3b creates a cdrecord clone image of a single-session CD when copying a CD in clone mode. These images can be reused here."
"<p><b>Cdrdao TOC files</b><br/>"
"K3b supports writing cdrdao's own image format, the toc files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bimagewritingdialog.cpp:715
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The actual file size does not match the size declared in the file header. If it has been downloaded make sure the download is complete.</p>"
"<p>Only continue if you know what you are doing.</p>"
msgid "Disable the source drive's error correction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy CD-Text from the source CD if available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will disable the source drive's ECC/EDC error correction. This way sectors that are unreadable by intention can be read."
"<p>This may be useful for cloning CDs with copy protection based on corrupted sectors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If this option is checked K3b will search for CD-Text on the source CD. Disable it if your CD drive has problems with reading CD-Text or you want to stick to CDDB info."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If this option is checked and K3b is not able to read a data sector from the source medium it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This is the normal copy mode for DVD, Blu-ray, and most CD media types. It allows copying Audio CDs, multi and single session Data Media, and Enhanced Audio CDs (an Audio CD containing an additional data session)."
"<p>For Video CDs please use the CD Cloning mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>In CD Cloning mode K3b performs a raw copy of the CD. That means it does not care about the content but simply copies the CD bit by bit. It may be used to copy Video CDs or CDs which contain erroneous sectors."
"<p><b>Caution:</b> Only single session CDs can be cloned."
msgid "There does not seem to be enough free space in the temporary folder. Write anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the same device for burning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediacopydialog.cpp:551
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Use the same device for burning <i>(Or insert another medium)</i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Format and Erase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "CD-RW"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "DVD±RW"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "BD-RE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Force"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Quick format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Force formatting of empty DVDs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode."
"<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures."
"<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Try to perform quick formatting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: misc/k3bmediaformattingdialog.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format."
"<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled."
msgid "<p>If this option is checked K3b will display the progress in KDE notification area. If K3b is run outside KDE environment a separate progress window may be shown instead.</p>"
msgid "<p>If this option is checked K3b will not close action dialogs such as the CD Copy dialog after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD."
msgid "<p>Here all <em>K3b Plugins</em> may be configured. Be aware that this does not include the <em>KPart Plugins</em> which embed themselves in the K3b menu structure.</p>"
msgid "Allow burning more than the official media capacities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Show advanced GUI elements like allowing to choose between cdrecord and cdrdao"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically erase CD-RWs and DVD-RWs without asking"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not eject the burn medium after a completed burn process"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Force K3b to continue some operations otherwise deemed as unsafe"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked additional GUI elements which allow one to influence the behavior of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)"
"<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount."
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity."
"<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning."
"<p>If this option is checked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time."
"<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3badvancedoptiontab.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe."
"<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer."
"<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bcddboptiontab.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to load KCDDB configuration module."
msgid "Unable to execute the action: %1 (Error code: %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bdevicewidget.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinmodel.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (not found)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinmodel.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinmodel.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinoptiontab.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify the paths to the external programs that K3b needs to work properly, or press \"Refresh\" to let K3b search for the programs."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinparamsmodel.cpp:166
#: option/k3bexternalbinpermissionmodel.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinparamsmodel.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinpermissionmodel.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "no change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinpermissionmodel.cpp:294
#: option/k3bexternalbinwidget.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinpermissionmodel.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "New permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: option/k3bexternalbinwidget.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If K3b finds more than one installed version of a program it will choose one as the <em>default</em>, which will be used to do the work. If you want to change the default, check desired version on the list."
"<p>If this option is checked, K3b will generate the System Use Sharing Protocol records (SUSP) specified by the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (IEEE-P1282).\n"
"<p>Rock Ridge extends the ISO 9660 filesystem by features equal to the UNIX filesystems (permissions, symbolic links, very long filenames, ...). It uses ISO-8859 or UTF-16 based characters and allows 255 octets.\n"
"<p>Rock Ridge extensions are located at the end of each ISO 9660 directory record. This makes the Rock Ridge tree closely coupled to the ISO 9660 tree.\n"
"<p><b>It is highly recommended to use Rock Ridge extensions on every data CD or DVD.</b>"
"<p>If this option is checked, K3b will add additional Joliet extensions to the ISO 9660 file system.\n"
"<p>Joliet is not an accepted independent international standard like ISO 9660 or Rock Ridge. It is mainly used on Windows systems.\n"
"<p>Joliet does not allow all characters, so the Joliet filenames are not identical to the filenames on disk (as compared to Rock Ridge). Joliet has a filename length limitation of 64 chars (independent from the character coding and type e.g. European vs. Japanese). This is inconvenient, as modern file systems all allow 255 characters per path name component.\n"
"<p>Joliet uses UTF-16 coding.\n"
"<p><b>Caution:</b> With the exception of Linux and FreeBSD, there is no POSIX-like OS that supports Joliet. So <b>never create Joliet-only CDs or DVDs</b> for that reason."
"<p>If this option is checked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).\n"
"<p>This is mainly useful for backups."
"<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist."
"<li>Level 1: Files may only consist of one section and filenames are restricted to 8.3 characters.</li>"
"\n"
"<li>Level 2: Files may only consist of one section.</li>"
"\n"
"<li>Level 3: No restrictions.</li>"
"\n"
"</ul>"
"\n"
"<p>With all ISO 9660 levels, all filenames are restricted to upper case letters, numbers and the underscore (_). The maximum filename length is 31 characters, the directory nesting level is restricted to 8 and the maximum path length is limited to 255 characters. (These restrictions may be violated with the additional ISO 9660 features K3b offers.)"
"<p>If this option is checked K3b uses some otherwise unused space on the Audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name or the CD title.\n"
"<p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.\n"
"<p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players) and software like K3b, of course.\n"
"<p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced Audio CD will work in any Hifi CD or DVD player even if the player does not support CD-Text explicitly, enabling it is never a bad idea (just remember to fill in the CD-Text information)."
msgid "<p>Preemphasis is mainly used in audio processing. Higher frequencies in audio signals usually have lower amplitudes. This can lead to bad signal quality on noisy transmission because the high frequencies might become too weak. To avoid this effect, high frequencies are amplified before transmission (preemphasis); the receiver will then weaken them accordingly for playback."
"<p>On an audio CD each track (except for the last) can have a post-gap.\n"
"This does not mean that K3b adds an additional gap of silence to the track. This setting simply influences the display on a Hifi audio CD player. The part of an audio track that is marked as post-gap is counted backwards.\n"
"<p>This setting is irrelevant for most users as modern CD burners can put arbitrary audio data in the post-gap when burning in DAO mode.\n"
"<p><i>In other CD-burning applications the post-gap might be called the pre-gap. The pre-gap of track 2 is the same as the post-gap of track 1.\n"
"<p><b>Changing the post-gap does not change the length of the track.</b>\n"
"<p><b>When writing in TAO writing mode (not recommended for Audio CDs) the post-gap will most likely be muted and on some burners forced to 2 seconds.</b>"
"<p>K3b can create ISO 9660 filesystems that contain symlinks if the Rock Ridge extensions are enabled (they are by default). You can change the way symlinks are handled in a K3b project.\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>No Change</b><br>"
"\n"
"Symlinks are used as they have been added to the project. \n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Discard broken symlinks</b><br>"
"\n"
"K3b will discard all symbolic links that do not point to a file inside the project. That includes all links to absolute paths like '/home/myhome/testfile'.\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Discard all symlinks</b><br>"
"\n"
"K3b will discard all symbolic links that have been added to the project; meaning that the resulting file system will have no links at all.\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Follow symlinks</b><br>"
"\n"
"Each symbolic link in the project will be replaced with the contents of the file it is pointing to. Thus, the resulting filesystem will not contain any symbolic links.<br>"
"\n"
"Be aware that in case Rock Ridge extensions are disabled (which is not recommended) symbolic links are always followed because ISO 9660 does not support symbolic links.\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Caution:</b> Symbolic links require Rock Ridge extensions."
msgid "<p>If this option is checked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>"
"<p>During audio playback normally the screen would be black. However, if a background movie has been selected, eMovix will display it during playback.\n"
"<p>Additional background movies can be installed. However, this is not as simple as a few mouse clicks. The background movies are stored in the emovix shared data folder (mostly <i>/usr/share/emovix</i> or <i>/usr/local/share/emovix</i>) under <em>backgrounds</em>. So to add a background one has to copy the file to that folder."
"<p>eMovix provides a variety of different boot configurations which can be selected at boot time via a boot label (comparable to Lilo or Grub). The many different boot configurations mainly influence the Video output.\n"
"<p>The <b>default</b>, <b>movix</b>, or <b>MoviX</b> labels start a general Vesa video driver.\n"
"<p>The <b>TV</b> labels can be used to direct video to the TV output of the graphic board. eMovix provides TVout drivers for different brands of graphic boards.\n"
"<p>The <b>FB</b> labels refer to configurations that start a Frame Buffer driver in different screen resolutions.\n"
"<p>The <b>AA</b> labels make eMovix output the video through the ASCII-Art library which displays the picture in text mode through the usage of simple ASCII characters.\n"
"<p>The <b>hd</b> label makes eMovix boot from the local harddisk instead of the medium. This can be used to prevent accidental starting of an eMovix medium.\n"
"<p>The <b>floppy</b> label makes eMovix boot from the local floppy drive instead of the medium."
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will <em>hide</em> the first track."
"<p>The audio CD standard uses pregaps before every track on the CD. By default these last for 2 seconds and are silent. In DAO mode it is possible to have longer pregaps that contain some audio. In this case the first pregap will contain the complete first track."
"<p>You will need to seek back from the beginning of the CD to listen to the first track. Try it, it is quite amusing."
"<p><b>This feature is only available in DAO mode when writing with cdrdao."
"<p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b>"
"<p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalize audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first."
msgid "<p>K3b is not able to normalize audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files."
msgid "Drag the edges of the highlighted area to define the portion of the audio source you want to include in the Audio CD track. You can also use the input windows to fine-tune your selection."
msgid "Insufficient permissions to read the following files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3baudiotrackaddingdialog.cpp:84
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:805
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find the following files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3baudiotrackaddingdialog.cpp:88
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:809
#, kde-format
msgid "No non-local files supported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3baudiotrackaddingdialog.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to handle the following files due to an unsupported format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3baudiotrackaddingdialog.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "You may manually convert these audio files to wave using another application supporting the audio format and then add the wave files to the K3b project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3baudiotrackaddingdialog.cpp:99
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Problems while adding files to the project."
"<p>The file you selected is not a floppy image (floppy images are of size 1200 KB, 1440 KB, or 2880 KB). You may still use boot images of other sizes by emulating a harddisk or disabling emulation completely. "
"<p>If you are not familiar with terms like 'harddisk emulation' you most likely want to use a floppy image here. Floppy images can be created by directly extracting them from a real floppy disk:"
"<pre>dd if=/dev/floppy of=/tmp/floppy.img</pre>"
"or by using one of the many boot floppy generators that can be found on <a href=\"http://www.google.com/search?q=linux+boot+floppy&ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8\">the Internet</a>."
msgid "Most writers do not support writing multisession CDs in DAO mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataburndialog.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "It is not possible to write multisession media in DAO mode. Multisession has been disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataburndialog.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Multisession Problem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Linux/Unix only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Linux/Unix + Windows"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Very large files (UDF)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "DOS Compatibility"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:44
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgctxt "This is the default volume identifier of a data project created by K3b. The string should not be longer than 16 characters to avoid warnings regarding Joiliet extensions which induce this restriction."
msgid "K3b data project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>File System Presets</b>"
"<p>K3b provides the following file system Presets which allow for a quick selection of the most frequently used settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "The file system is optimized for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "In addition to the settings for Linux/Unix the file system contains a Joliet tree which allows for long file names on Windows which does not support the Rock Ridge extensions. Be aware that the file name length is restricted to 103 characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "The file system has additional UDF entries attached to it. This raises the maximal file size to 4 GB. Be aware that the UDF support in K3b is limited."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "The file system is optimized for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Rock Ridge"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Joliet"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "UDF"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom (ISO 9660 only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Be aware that it is not recommended to disable the Rock Ridge Extensions. There is no disadvantage in enabling Rock Ridge (except for a very small space overhead) but a lot of advantages."
"<p>Without Rock Ridge Extensions symbolic links are not supported and will always be followed as if the \"Follow Symbolic Links\" option was enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Rock Ridge Extensions Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Be aware that without the Joliet extensions Windows systems will not be able to display long filenames. You will only see the ISO 9660 filenames."
"<p>If you do not intend to use the CD/DVD on a Windows system it is safe to disable Joliet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataimagesettingswidget.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Joliet Extensions Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatamultisessioncombobox.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the Multisession Mode for the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatamultisessioncombobox.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Multisession Mode</b>"
"<p><b>Auto</b><br>"
"Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not)."
"<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>"
"Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk."
"<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>"
"Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended."
"<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>"
"Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended."
"<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>"
"Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disk."
"<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>"
"<p>K3b found session containing Joliet information for long filenames but no Rock Ridge extensions."
"<p>The filenames in the imported session will be converted to a restricted character set in the new session. This character set is based on the ISO 9660 settings in the K3b project. K3b is not able to display these converted filenames yet."
msgid "Hide this file in the RockRidge filesystem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide this file in the Joliet filesystem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Modify the physical sorting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO 9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p>"
"<p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p>"
"<p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO 9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disk)."
"<p>This option is useful in order to optimize the data layout on a medium."
"<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO 9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:208
#: projects/k3bmovixprojectmodel.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Link to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "in one file"
msgid_plural "in %1 files"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "and one folder"
msgid_plural "and %1 folders"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "Special file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "One Item"
msgid_plural "%1 Items"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "One File"
msgid_plural "%1 Files"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgid "No Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "One Folder"
msgid_plural "%1 Folders"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdatapropertiesdialog.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "No Folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving files to project \"%1\"..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Adding files to project '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Adding files to project '%1'..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The file you are about to add to the project is an ISO 9660 image. As such it can be burned to a medium directly since it already contains a file system.<br>"
"Are you sure you want to add this file to the project?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Adding image file to project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Add the file to the project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Burn the image directly"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:388
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:389
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>File <em>%1</em> already exists in project folder <em>%2</em>."
"<p>If you intend to make K3b follow symbolic links you should consider letting K3b do this now since K3b will not be able to do so afterwards because symbolic links to folders inside a K3b project cannot be resolved."
"<p><b>If you do not intend to enable the option <em>follow symbolic links</em> you may safely ignore this warning and choose to add the link to the project.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow link now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Always follow links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:465
#, kde-format
msgid "Add link to project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgid "Always add links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:751
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter New Filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "A file with that name already exists. Please enter a new name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:769
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you also want to add hidden files?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:770
#, kde-format
msgid "Hidden Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:770
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:786
#, kde-format
msgid "Do Not Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:784
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files, and broken symlinks)?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:786
#, kde-format
msgid "System Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:813
#, kde-format
msgid "To burn files bigger than %1 please use %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:818
#, kde-format
msgid "Some filenames had to be modified due to limitations in mkisofs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bdataurladdingdialog.cpp:822
#, kde-format
msgid "The following filenames have an invalid encoding. You may fix this with the convmv tool"
"<p><b>Why does K3b offer 4.4 GB and 8.0 GB instead of 4.7 and 8.5 like it says on the media?</b>"
"<p>A single layer DVD media has a capacity of approximately 4.4 GB which equals 4.4*1024<sup>3</sup> bytes. Media producers just calculate with 1000 instead of 1024 for advertising reasons.<br>"
"This results in 4.4*1024<sup>3</sup>/1000<sup>3</sup> = 4.7 GB."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:586
#, kde-format
msgid "GB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "min"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:605
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:606
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Please specify the size of the medium. Use suffixes <b>GB</b>,<b>MB</b>, and <b>min</b> for <em>gigabytes</em>, <em>megabytes</em>, and <em>minutes</em> respectively."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:664
#, kde-format
msgid "Medium is not empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgid "No usable medium found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bfillstatusdisplay.cpp:856
#, kde-format
msgid "Right click for media sizes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Mixed Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Mixed Mode Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Data in second session (CD-Extra)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<em>Blue book CD</em><br>"
"K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>"
"This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognize the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>"
"If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>"
"Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Data in first track"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b will write the data track before all audio tracks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Data in last track"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b will write the data track after all audio tracks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedburndialog.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Caution:</b> The last two modes should only be used for CDs that are unlikely to be played on a hifi audio CD player.<br>"
"It could lead to problems with some older hifi audio CD players that try to play the data track."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedview.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio Section"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedview.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Data Section"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmixedview.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Please add files and audio titles to your project first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmovixburndialog.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "eMovix Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmovixburndialog.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "One file (%2)"
msgid_plural "%1 files (%2)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmovixburndialog.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "eMovix"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmovixburndialog.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Multisession"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bmovixburndialog.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find a valid eMovix installation."
msgid "Playback control, PBC, is available for Video CD 2.0 and Super Video CD 1.0 disc formats."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Add always an empty `/SEGMENT' folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "This controls whether APS constraints are strict or relaxed. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "This controls whether to update the scan data information contained in the MPEG-2 video streams."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "This element allows to set viewing restrictions which may be interpreted by the playing device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Used to set the number of empty sectors added before the lead-out area begins."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Used to set the track pre-gap for all tracks in sectors globally."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the front margin for sequence items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the rear margin for sequence items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This is the most basic <b>Video CD</b> specification dating back to 1993, which has the following characteristics:"
"<ul>"
"<li>One mode2 mixed form ISO 9660 track containing file pointers to the information areas.</li>"
"<li>Up to 98 multiplex-ed MPEG-1 audio/video streams or CD-DA audio tracks.</li>"
"<li>Up to 500 MPEG sequence entry points used as chapter divisions.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Video CD specification requires the multiplex-ed MPEG-1 stream to have a CBR of less than 174300 bytes (1394400 bits) per second in order to accommodate single speed CD-ROM drives.<br>"
"The specification allows for the following two resolutions:"
"<ul>"
"<li>352 x 240 @ 29.97 Hz (NTSC SIF).</li>"
"<li>352 x 240 @ 23.976 Hz (FILM SIF).</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The CBR MPEG-1, layer II audio stream is fixed at 224 kbps with 1 stereo or 2 mono channels."
"<p><b>It is recommended to keep the video bit-rate under 1151929.1 bps.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>About two years after the Video CD 1.1 specification came out, an improved <b>Video CD 2.0</b> standard was published in 1995."
"<p>This one added the following items to the features already available in the Video CD 1.1 specification:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Support for MPEG segment play items (<b>\"SPI\"</b>), consisting of still pictures, motion pictures and/or audio (only) streams was added.</li>"
"<li>Note Segment Items::.</li>"
"<li>Support for interactive playback control (<b>\"PBC\"</b>) was added.</li>"
"<li>Support for playing related access by providing a scan point index file was added. (<b>\"/EXT/SCANDATA.DAT\"</b>)</li>"
"<li>Support for closed captions.</li>"
"<li>Support for mixing NTSC and PAL content.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>By adding PAL support to the Video CD 1.1 specification, the following resolutions became available:"
"<ul>"
"<li>352 x 240 @ 29.97 Hz (NTSC SIF).</li>"
"<li>352 x 240 @ 23.976 Hz (FILM SIF).</li>"
"<li>352 x 288 @ 25 Hz (PAL SIF).</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>For segment play items the following audio encodings became available:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Joint stereo, stereo or dual channel audio streams at 128, 192, 224 or 384 kbit/sec bit-rate.</li>"
"<li>Mono audio streams at 64, 96 or 192 kbit/sec bit-rate.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>Also the possibility to have audio only streams and still pictures was provided."
"<p><b>The bit-rate of multiplex-ed streams should be kept under 174300 bytes/sec (except for single still picture items) in order to accommodate single speed drives.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>With the upcoming of the DVD-V media, a new VCD standard had to be published in order to be able to keep up with technology, so the Super Video CD specification was called into life 1999."
"<p>In the midst of 2000 a full subset of this <b>Super Video CD</b> specification was published as <b>IEC-62107</b>."
"<p>As the most notable change over Video CD 2.0 is a switch from MPEG-1 CBR to MPEG-2 VBR encoding for the video stream was performed."
"<p>The following new features--building upon the Video CD 2.0 specification--are:"
"<ul>"
"<li>Use of MPEG-2 encoding instead of MPEG-1 for the video stream.</li>"
"<li>Allowed VBR encoding of MPEG-1 audio stream.</li>"
"<li>Higher resolutions (see below) for video stream resolution.</li>"
"<li>Up to 4 overlay graphics and text (<b>\"OGT\"</b>) sub-channels for user switchable subtitle displaying in addition to the already existing closed caption facility.</li>"
"<li>Command lists for controlling the SVCD virtual machine.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>For the <b>Super Video CD</b>, only the following two resolutions are supported for motion video and (low resolution) still pictures:"
"<ul>"
"<li>480 x 480 @ 29.97 Hz (NTSC 2/3 D-2).</li>"
"<li>480 x 576 @ 25 Hz (PAL 2/3 D-2).</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This is actually just a minor variation defined in IEC-62107 on the Super Video CD 1.0 format for compatibility with current products in the market."
"<p>It differs from the Super Video CD 1.0 format in the following items:"
"<ul>"
"<li>The system profile tag field in <b>/SVCD/INFO.SVD</b> is set to <b>1</b> instead of <b>0</b>.</li>"
"<li>The system identification field value in <b>/SVCD/INFO.SVD</b> is set to <b>HQ-VCD</b> instead of <b>SUPERVCD</b>.</li>"
"<li><b>/EXT/SCANDATA.DAT</b> is mandatory instead of being optional.</li>"
"<li><b>/SVCD/SEARCH.DAT</b> is optional instead of being mandatory.</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If Autodetect is:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>ON then K3b will set the correct Video CD type.</li>"
"<li>OFF then the correct Video CD type needs to be set by the user.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>If you are not sure about the correct Video CD type, it is best to turn Autodetect ON.</p>"
"<p>If you want to force the Video CD type, you must turn Autodetect OFF. This is useful for some standalone DVD players without SVCD support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Rename <b>\"/MPEG2\"</b> folder on SVCDs to (non-compliant) \"/MPEGAV\".</li>"
"<li>Enables the use of the (deprecated) signature <b>\"ENTRYSVD\"</b> instead of <b>\"ENTRYVCD\"</b> for the file <b>\"/SVCD/ENTRY.SVD\"</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Enables the use of the (deprecated) Chinese <b>\"/SVCD/TRACKS.SVD\"</b> format which differs from the format defined in the <b>IEC-62107</b> specification.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p><b>The differences are most exposed on SVCDs containing more than one video track.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>though most devices will have problems with such an out-of-specification media."
"<p><b>You may want use this option for images longer than 80 minutes</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>To allow the play of Video-CDs on a CD-i player, the Video-CD standard requires that a CD-i application program must be present."
"<p>This program is designed to:"
"<ul>"
"<li>provide full play back control as defined in the PSD of the standard</li>"
"<li>be extremely simple to use and easy-to-learn for the end-user</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The program runs on CD-i players equipped with the CDRTOS 1.1(.1) operating system and a Digital Video extension cartridge."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Configuration parameters only available for Video CD 2.0"
"<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is."
"<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application."
"<p>You can adapt the color and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more."
"<p>Playback control, PBC, is available for Video CD 2.0 and Super Video CD 1.0 disc formats."
"<p>PBC allows control of the playback of play items and the possibility of interaction with the user through the remote control or some other input device available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify that the folder <b>SEGMENT</b> should always be present."
"<p>Some DVD players need the folder to give a faultless rendition."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>An Access Point Sector, APS, is an MPEG video sector on the VCD/SVCD which is suitable to be jumped to directly."
"<p>APS are required for entry points and scantables. APS have to fulfil the requirement to precede every I-frame by a GOP header which shall be preceded by a sequence header in its turn."
"<p>The start codes of these 3 items are required to be contained all in the same MPEG pack/sector, thus forming a so-called access point sector."
"<p>This requirement can be relaxed by enabling the relaxed aps option, i.e. every sector containing an I-frame will be regarded as an APS."
"<p><b>Warning:</b> The sequence header is needed for a playing device to figure out display parameters, such as display resolution and frame rate, relaxing the aps requirement may lead to non-working entry points."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>According to the specification, it is mandatory for Super Video CDs to encode scan information data into user data blocks in the picture layer of all intra coded picture."
"<p>It can be used by playing devices for implementing fast forward & fast reverse scanning."
"<p>The already existing scan information data can be updated by enabling the update scan offsets option."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Viewing Restriction may be interpreted by the playing device."
"<p>The allowed range goes from 0 to 3."
"<ul>"
"<li>0 = unrestricted, free to view for all</li>"
"<li>3 = restricted, content not suitable for ages under 18</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>Actually, the exact meaning is not defined and is player dependant."
"<p><b>Most players ignore that value.<b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This option allows to set the number of empty sectors added before the lead-out area begins, i.e. the number of post-gap sectors."
"<p>The ECMA-130 specification requires the last data track before the lead-out to carry a post-gap of at least 150 sectors, which is used as default for this parameter."
"<p>Some operating systems may encounter I/O errors due to read-ahead issues when reading the last MPEG track if this parameter is set too low."
"<p>Allowed value content: [0..300]. Default: 150."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Used to set the track pre-gap for all tracks in sectors globally."
"<p>The specification requires the pre-gaps to be at least 150 sectors long."
"<p>Allowed value content: [0..300]. Default: 150."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Margins are used to compensate for inaccurate sector-addressing issues on CD-ROM media. Interestingly, they have been abandoned for Super Video CDs."
"<p>For Video CD 1.0/1.1/2.0 this margin should be at least 15 sectors long."
"<p>Allowed value content: [0..150]. Default: 30 for Video CD 1.0/1.1/2.0, otherwise (i.e. Super Video CD 1.0 and HQ-VCD 1.0) 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdburndialog.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Margins are used to compensate for inaccurate sector-addressing issues on CD-ROM media. Interestingly, they have been abandoned for Super Video CDs."
"<p>For Video CD 1.0/1.1/2.0 this margin should be at least 15 sectors long."
"<p>Allowed value content: [0..150]. Default: 45 for Video CD 1.0/1.1/2.0, otherwise 0."
msgid "May also look like | << on the remote control. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "May also look like >> | on the remote control."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "This key may be mapped to the STOP key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "This key is usually mapped to the > or PLAY key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid "Target to be jumped to on time-out of <wait>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay reactivity of keys."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate the use of numeric keys."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwrite default numeric keys."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Numeric keys."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Times to repeat the playback of 'play track'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Time in seconds to wait after playback of 'play track'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Target to be jumped to on time-out of <wait>."
"<p>If omitted (and <wait> is not set to an infinite time) one of the targets is selected at random."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>When reactivity is set to delayed, it is recommended that the length of the referenced 'play track' is not more than 5 seconds."
"<p>The recommended setting for a play item consisting of one still picture and no audio is to loop once and have a delayed reactivity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid "These are actually pseudo keys, representing the numeric keys 0, 1, ..., 9."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If numeric keys enabled, you can overwrite the default settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Times to repeat the playback of 'play track'."
"<p>The reactivity attribute controls whether the playback of 'play track' is finished, thus delayed, before executing user triggered action or an immediate jump is performed."
"<p>After the specified number of repetitions have completed, the <wait> time begins to count down, unless set to an infinite wait time."
"<p>If this element is omitted, a default of `1' is used, i.e. the 'play track' will be displayed once."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Time in seconds to wait after playback of 'play track' before triggering the <timeout> action (unless the user triggers some action before time ran up)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Event Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "File Info"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Length:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Muxrate:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable playback control (for the whole CD)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgid "Use numeric keys"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvcdtrackdialog.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Reactivity delayed to the end of playing track"
msgid "Could not find VcdImager executable. To create Video CDs you have to install VcdImager >= 0.7.12. You can find this on your distribution’s software repository or download it from http://www.vcdimager.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvideodvdburndialog.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Video DVD Project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvideodvdview.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Be aware that you need to provide the complete Video DVD filestructure. K3b does not support video transcoding and preparation of video object files yet. That means you need to already have the VTS_X_YY.VOB and VTS_X_YY.IFO files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvideodvdview.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b Video DVD Restrictions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bview.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "&Burn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bview.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the burn dialog for the current project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bview.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "&Properties"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bview.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the properties dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/k3bvolumenamewidget.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Volume Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: projects/kostore/KoStore.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "The directory mode is not supported for remote locations."
msgid "Unrecoverable error while ripping track %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Ripping Audio Tracks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Ripping Audio Tracks From '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Extracting Digital Audio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load libcdparanoia."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "Reading CD table of contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open device %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Searching index 0 for all tracks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting digital audio extraction (ripping)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Ripping track %1 (%2 - %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "Ripping track %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudioripjob.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Successfully ripped track %1 to %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "CD Ripping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not read pregaps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Starts copying the selected tracks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximal number of read retries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This specifies the maximum number of retries to read a sector of audio data from the cd. After that K3b will either skip the sector if the <em>Ignore Read Errors</em> option is enabled or stop the process."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not read the pregaps at the end of every track"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3baudiorippingdialog.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p>"
"<p>Although the default behavior of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>"
"<p>The following strings will be replaced with their respective meaning in every track name.<br>"
"<em>Hint:</em> %A differs from %a only on soundtracks or compilations."
"<p>"
"<table border=\"0\">"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><em>Meaning</em></td>"
"<td><em>Alternatives</em></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%a</td>"
"<td>artist of the track</td>"
"<td>%{a} or %{artist}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%t</td>"
"<td>title of the track</td>"
"<td>%{t} or %{title}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%n</td>"
"<td>track number</td>"
"<td>%{n} or %{number}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%y</td>"
"<td>year of the CD</td>"
"<td>%{y} or %{year}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%c</td>"
"<td>extended track information</td>"
"<td>%{c} or %{comment}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%g</td>"
"<td>genre of the CD</td>"
"<td>%{g} or %{genre}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%A</td>"
"<td>album artist</td>"
"<td>%{A} or %{albumartist}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%T</td>"
"<td>album title</td>"
"<td>%{T} or %{albumtitle}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%C</td>"
"<td>extended CD information</td>"
"<td>%{C} or %{albumcomment}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%d</td>"
"<td>current date</td>"
"<td>%{d} or %{date}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%e</td>"
"<td>file extension (if left out, it is added automatically)</td>"
"<td>%{e} or %{ext}</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bcddbpatternwidget.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Please do NOT modify/translate the quotes, they are part of the pattern!"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Conditional inclusion:</b>"
"<p>These patterns make it possible to selectively include texts, depending on the value of CDDB entries. You can choose only to include or exclude texts if one of the entries is empty, or if it has a specific value. Examples:"
"<ul>"
"<li>@T{TEXT} includes TEXT if the album title is specified"
"<li>!T{TEXT} includes TEXT if the album title is not specified"
"<li>@C='Soundtrack'{TEXT} includes TEXT if the CD's extended information is named Soundtrack"
"<li>!C='Soundtrack'{TEXT} includes TEXT if the CD's extended information is anything else but Soundtrack"
"<li>It is also possible to include special strings in texts and conditions, e.g. !a='%A'{%a} only includes the title's artist information if it does not differ from the album artist.</ul>"
"<p>Conditional includes make use of the same characters as the special strings, which means that the X in @X{...} can be one character out of [atnycgATCd]."
msgid "Starts extracting the selected VideoCd tracks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Free space in destination folder: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Necessary space for extracted files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore extended PSD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Ignore extended PSD (located in the ISO 9660 filesystem under `/EXT/PSD_X.VCD') and use the <em>standard</em> PSD.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume a 2336-byte sector mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disk image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p>"
"<b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Create XML description file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This option creates an XML description file with all video CD information.</p>"
"<p>This file will always contain all of the information.</p>"
"<p>Example: If you only extract sequences, the description file will also hold the information for files and segments.</p>"
"<p>The filename is the same as the video CD name, with a .xml extension. The default is VIDEOCD.xml.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/k3bvideocdrippingdialog.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue although the folder is not empty?"
"<p>If this option is checked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.\n"
"<p>If this option is not checked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.\n"
"<p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time."
"<p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.\n"
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.\n"
"<p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark."
"<p>Video DVD audio streams normally are encoded with a sampling rate of 48000 Hz. Audio CDs on the other hand are encoded with a sampling rate of 44100 Hz.\n"
"<p>If this option is checked K3b will change the sampling rate of the audio stream to 44100 Hz."
msgid "Low s&cheduling priority for the video transcoding process"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdaudiomodel.cpp:156
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdtitlemodel.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Title %1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdaudiomodel.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 %2Ch (%3%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdaudiomodel.cpp:181
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdtitlemodel.cpp:53
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdtitlemodel.cpp:77
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdtitlemodel.cpp:102
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdtitlemodel.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "unknown language"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdaudiomodel.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (not supported)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdaudiomodel.cpp:258
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:85
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdtitlemodel.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdaudiomodel.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingdialog.cpp:279
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgctxt "Ch is short for Channels"
msgid "%1Ch"
msgid_plural "%1Ch"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingdialog.cpp:330
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingdialog.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "Video DVD Ripping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingdialog.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "1 title from %2"
msgid_plural "%1 titles from %2"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingdialog.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>When using the <em>AC3 pass-through</em> audio codec all selected audio streams need to be in AC3 format. Please select another audio codec or choose AC3 audio streams for all ripped titles."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingdialog.cpp:502
#, kde-format
msgid "AC3 Pass-through"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Ripping Video DVD Titles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Transcoding 1 title to %2/%3"
msgid_plural "Transcoding %1 titles to %2/%3"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Successfully ripped title %1 to '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to rip title %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Determined clipping values for title %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Top: %1, Bottom: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Left: %1, Right: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Insane clipping values. No clipping will be done at all."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingjob.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to determine clipping values for title %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Shows plain Video DVD vob files from the DVD (including decryption) for further processing with another application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Please select the titles to rip."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "No Titles Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b was unable to unmount device '%1' containing medium '%2'. Video DVD ripping will not work if the device is mounted. Please unmount manually."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Unmounting failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Unable to read Video DVD contents: Found encrypted Video DVD."
"<p>Install <i>libdvdcss</i> to get Video DVD decryption support."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Video DVD)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 title"
msgid_plural "%1 titles"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "K3b uses transcode to rip Video DVDs. Please make sure it is installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>K3b uses transcode to rip Video DVDs. Your installation of transcode lacks support for any of the codecs supported by K3b."
"<p>Please make sure it is installed properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to read Video DVD contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Open the Video DVD ripping dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingview.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Rips single titles from a video DVD into a compressed format such as XviD. Menu structures are completely ignored."
"<p>If you intend to copy the plain Video DVD vob files from the DVD (including decryption) for further processing with another application, please use \"Show files\" button."
"<p>If you intend to make a copy of the entire Video DVD including all menus and extras it is recommended to use the K3b Copy tool."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep original dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "640x? (automatic height)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "320x? (automatic height)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:187
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "auto"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Pattern special strings:</b>"
"<p>The following strings will be replaced with their respective meaning in every track name.<br>"
"<p>"
"<table border=\"0\">"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><em>Meaning</em></td>"
"<td><em>Alternatives</em></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%t</td>"
"<td>title number</td>"
"<td>%{t} or %{title_number}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%i</td>"
"<td>volume id (mostly the name of the Video DVD)</td>"
"<td>%{i} or %{volume_id}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%b</td>"
"<td>beautified volume id</td>"
"<td>%{b} or %{beautified_volume_id}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%l</td>"
"<td>two chars language code</td>"
"<td>%{l} or %{lang_code}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%n</td>"
"<td>language name</td>"
"<td>%{n} or %{lang_name}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%a</td>"
"<td>audio format (on the Video DVD)</td>"
"<td>%{a} or %{audio_format}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%c</td>"
"<td>number of audio channels (on the Video DVD)</td>"
"<td>%{c} or %{channels}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%v</td>"
"<td>size of the original video</td>"
"<td>%{v} or %{orig_video_size}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%s</td>"
"<td>size of the resulting video (<em>Caution: auto-clipping values are not taken into account.</em>)</td>"
"<td>%{s} or %{video_size}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%r</td>"
"<td>aspect ratio of the original video</td>"
"<td>%{r} or %{aspect_ratio}</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>%d</td>"
"<td>current date</td>"
"<td>%{d} or %{date}</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"<p><em>Hint: K3b also accepts slight variations of the long special strings. One can, for example, leave out the underscores.</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Picture Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: rip/videodvd/k3bvideodvdrippingwidget.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please choose the width and height of the resulting video. If one value is set to <em>Auto</em> K3b will choose this value depending on the aspect ratio of the video picture.<br>"
"Be aware that setting both the width and the height to fixed values will result in no aspect ratio correction being performed."
msgid "The DirMngr process that tried to clear the CRL cache ended prematurely because of an unexpected error. Please check the output of %1 for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/clearcrlcachecommand.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error occurred while trying to clear the CRL cache. The output from %1 was:\n"
msgid "Select One or More Files to Decrypt and/or Verify"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Delete Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Neither the OpenPGP nor the CMS backends support certificate deletion.\n"
"Check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The OpenPGP backend does not support certificate deletion.\n"
"Check your installation.\n"
"Only the selected CMS certificates will be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:191
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The OpenPGP backend does not support certificate deletion.\n"
"Check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The CMS backend does not support certificate deletion.\n"
"Check your installation.\n"
"Only the selected OpenPGP certificates will be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:229
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The CMS backend does not support certificate deletion.\n"
"Check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:327
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Deletion Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Deletion Problem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "OpenPGP backend: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "CMS backend: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/deletecertificatescommand.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>An error occurred while trying to delete the certificate:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:95
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button Update the log text widget"
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Dump"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:321
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start process gpgsm. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:323
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:350
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Dump Certificate Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:346
#, kde-format
msgid "The GpgSM process that tried to dump the certificate ended prematurely because of an unexpected error. Please check the output of gpgsm --dump-cert %1 for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcertificatecommand.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error occurred while trying to dump the certificate. The output from GpgSM was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "CRL Cache Dump"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:301
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:327
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Dump CRL Cache Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "The GpgSM process that tried to dump the CRL cache ended prematurely because of an unexpected error. Please check the output of gpgsm --call-dirmngr listcrls for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/dumpcrlcachecommand.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error occurred while trying to dump the CRL cache. The output from GpgSM was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/encryptclipboardcommand.cpp:167
#: src/commands/encryptclipboardcommand.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt Clipboard Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportcertificatecommand.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Export Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportcertificatecommand.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "OpenPGP Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportcertificatecommand.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid "S/MIME Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportcertificatecommand.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Exporting certificates..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportcertificatecommand.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>An error occurred while trying to export the certificate:</p>"
"<para>When OpenPGP certificates have been exported to a public directory server, it is nearly impossible to remove them again.</para>"
"<para>Before exporting your certificate to a public directory server, make sure that you have created a revocation certificate so you can revoke the certificate if needed later.</para>"
"<para><application>Kleopatra</application> uses <application>PaperKey</application> to create a minimized and printable version of your secret key.</para>"
"<para>Please make sure it is installed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportpaperkeycommand.cpp:93
#: src/commands/importpaperkeycommand.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Failed to find PaperKey executable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportpaperkeycommand.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Print secret key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportpaperkeycommand.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Error printing secret key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportpaperkeycommand.cpp:137
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>The GPG process that tried to export the secret key ended prematurely because of an unexpected error.</para>"
"<para>Please check the output of <icode>%1</icode> for details.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportpaperkeycommand.cpp:146
#: src/commands/exportsecretkeycommand.cpp:156
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>An error occurred while trying to export the secret key.</para>"
" "
"<para>The output from <command>%1</command> was: <message>%2</message></para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportsecretkeycommand.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Secret Key Export Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportsecretkeycommand.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Secret Key Export Finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportsecretkeycommand.cpp:148
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>The GPG or GpgSM process that tried to export the secret key ended prematurely because of an unexpected error.</para>"
"<para>Please check the output of <icode>%1</icode> for details.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/exportsecretkeycommand.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Secret key successfully exported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/genrevokecommand.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a revocation certificate for the OpenPGP key:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/genrevokecommand.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A revocation certificate is a kind of \"kill switch\" to publicly\n"
"declare that a key shall not anymore be used. It is not possible\n"
"to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/genrevokecommand.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Use it to revoke this key in case of a compromise or loss of\n"
"the secret key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/genrevokecommand.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"To avoid an accidental use of this file, a colon has been inserted\n"
"before the 5 dashes below. Remove this colon with a text editor\n"
"before importing and publishing this revocation certificate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/genrevokecommand.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"Certificate successfully created.<br>"
"<br>"
"Note:<br>"
"To prevent accidental import of the revocation<br>"
"it is required to manually edit the certificate<br>"
msgid "No imports (should not happen, please report a bug)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:329
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Detailed results of certificate import:</p>"
"<table width=\"100%\">%1</table>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Detailed results of importing %1:</p>"
"<table width=\"100%\">%2</table>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:335
#, kde-format
msgid "Totals"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "A phone call to the person."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Using a business card."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirming it on a trusted website."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgid "In order to mark the certificate as valid (green) it needs to be certified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Certifying means that you check the Fingerprint."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Some suggestions to do this are:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you wish to start this process now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "You have imported a new certificate (public key)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Import Result"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>An error occurred while trying to import the certificate:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>An error occurred while trying to import the certificate %1:</p>"
"<p><b>%2</b></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:523
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<title>You have imported a Secret Key.</title>"
"<para>The key has the fingerprint:<nl/>"
"<numid>%1</numid></para>"
"<para>And claims the User IDs:"
"<list>"
"<item>%2</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
"Is this your own key? (Set trust level to ultimate)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Secret key imported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:578
#: src/commands/importcertificatescommand.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "The type of this certificate (%1) is not supported by this Kleopatra installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcrlcommand.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Revocation Lists, DER encoded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcrlcommand.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Select CRL File to Import"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcrlcommand.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start process dirmngr. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/importcrlcommand.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "The GpgSM process that tried to import the CRL file ended prematurely because of an unexpected error. Please check the output of gpgsm --call-dirmngr loadcrl <filename> for details."
"<para>The GPG or GpgSM process that tried to learn the smart card ended prematurely because of an unexpected error.</para>"
"<para>Please check the output of <icode>%1</icode> for details.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:336
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title %1:\"OpenPGP\" or \"CMS\""
msgid "%1 Certificate Server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"Failed to search on certificate server. The error returned was:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:383
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>The query result has been truncated.</para>"
"<para>Either the local or a remote limit on the maximum number of returned hits has been exceeded.</para>"
"<para>You can try to increase the local limit in the configuration dialog, but if one of the configured servers is the limiting factor, you have to refine your search.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Result Truncated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:413
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>You do not have any directory servers configured.</para>"
"<para>You need to configure at least one directory server to search on one.</para>"
"<para>You can configure directory servers here: <interface>Settings->Configure Kleopatra</interface>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "No Directory Servers Configured"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You seem to be searching for a fingerPrint or a key-id.</p>"
"<p>Different keyservers expect different ways to search for these. Some require a \"0x\" prefix, while others require there be no such prefix.</p>"
"<p>If your search does not yield any results, try removing the 0x prefix from your search.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You seem to be searching for a fingerPrint or a key-id.</p>"
"<p>Different keyservers expect different ways to search for these. Some require a \"0x\" prefix, while others require there be no such prefix.</p>"
"<p>If your search does not yield any results, try adding the 0x prefix to your search.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/lookupcertificatescommand.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Hex-String Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshopenpgpcertscommand.cpp:64
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>No OpenPGP directory services have been configured.</para>"
"<para>If not all of the certificates carry the name of their preferred certificate server (few do), a fallback server is needed to fetch from.</para>"
"<para>Since none is configured, <application>Kleopatra</application> will use <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the fallback.</para>"
"<para>You can configure OpenPGP directory servers in Kleopatra's configuration dialog.</para>"
"<para>Do you want to continue with <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as fallback server?</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshopenpgpcertscommand.cpp:73
#: src/commands/refreshopenpgpcertscommand.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "OpenPGP Certificate Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshopenpgpcertscommand.cpp:81
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>Refreshing OpenPGP certificates implies downloading all certificates anew, to check if any of them have been revoked in the meantime.</para>"
"<para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection, and the number of certificates to check.</para>"
"<para>Refreshing X.509 certificates implies downloading CRLs for all certificates, even if they might otherwise still be valid.</para>"
"<para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection, and the number of certificates to check.</para>"
" "
"<para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshx509certscommand.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "X.509 Certificate Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshx509certscommand.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "X.509 Certificate Refresh Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshx509certscommand.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "X.509 Certificate Refresh Finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshx509certscommand.cpp:93
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>The GpgSM process that tried to refresh X.509 certificates ended prematurely because of an unexpected error.</para>"
"<para>Please check the output of <icode>%1</icode> for details.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/commands/refreshx509certscommand.cpp:101
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>An error occurred while trying to refresh X.509 certificates.</para>"
"<para>The output from <command>%1</command> was: <bcode>%2</bcode></para>"
msgid "This means that every configuration option of the GnuPG System will be reset to its default."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is the name of the profile"
msgid "The configuration profile \"%1\" was applied."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "GnuPG Profile - Kleopatra"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "General Operations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate GnuPG Profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "GnuPG Profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "A profile consists of various settings that can apply to multiple components of the GnuPG system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "EMail Operations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid "Don't confirm signing certificate if there is only one valid certificate for the identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Don't confirm encryption certificates if there is exactly one valid certificate for each recipient"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "File Operations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Create OpenPGP encrypted files with \".pgp\" file extensions instead of \".gpg\""
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AddASCIIArmor), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:239
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Create signed or encrypted files as text files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Set this option to encode encrypted or signed files as base64 encoded text. So that they can be opened with an editor or sent in a mail body. This will increase file size by one third."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoDecryptVerify), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:243
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically start operation based on input detection for decrypt/verify."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DontUseTmpDir), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:244
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Create temporary decrypted files in the folder of the encrypted file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Set this option to avoid using the users temporary directory."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Checksum program to use when creating checksum files:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/cryptooperationsconfigwidget.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive command to use when archiving files:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/dirservconfigpage.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "LDAP &timeout (minutes:seconds):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/dirservconfigpage.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "&Maximum number of items returned by query:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/dirservconfigpage.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically add &new servers discovered in CRL distribution points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/dirservconfigpage.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Backend error: gpgconf does not seem to know the entry for %1/%2/%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/dirservconfigpage.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Backend error: gpgconf has wrong type for %1/%2/%3: %4 %5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/conf/kleopageconfigdialog.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The settings of the current module have changed.\n"
"Do you want to apply the changes or discard them?"
msgid "This option enables interval checking of certificate validity. You can also choose the checking interval (in hours). Note that validation is perfomed implicitly whenever significant files in ~/.gnupg change. This option therefore only affects external factors of certificate validity."
msgid "If this option is selected, S/MIME certificates are validated online using the Online Certificates Status Protocol (OCSP). Fill in the URL of the OCSP responder below."
msgid "By default, GnuPG uses the file ~/.gnupg/policies.txt to check if a certificate policy is allowed. If this option is selected, policies are not checked."
msgid "If this option is checked while a root CA certificate is being imported, you will be asked to confirm its fingerprint and to state whether or not you consider this root certificate to be trusted. A root certificate needs to be trusted before the certificates it certified become trusted, but lightly allowing trusted root certificates into your certificate store will undermine the security of the system."
msgid "When looking for the location of a CRL, the to-be-tested certificate usually contains what are known as \"CRL Distribution Point\" (DP) entries, which are URLs describing the way to access the CRL. The first-found DP entry is used. With this option, all entries using the HTTP scheme are ignored when looking for a suitable DP."
msgid "If this option is selected, the value of the HTTP proxy shown on the right (which comes from the environment variable http_proxy) will be used for any HTTP request."
msgid "When looking for the location of a CRL, the to-be-tested certificate usually contains what are known as \"CRL Distribution Point\" (DP) entries, which are URLs describing the way to access the CRL. The first found DP entry is used. With this option, all entries using the LDAP scheme are ignored when looking for a suitable DP."
"Entering an LDAP server here will make all LDAP requests go to that server first. More precisely, this setting overrides any specified host and port part in a LDAP URL and will also be used if host and port have been omitted from the URL. Other LDAP servers will be used only if the connection to the \"proxy\" failed.\n"
"The syntax is \"HOST\" or \"HOST:PORT\". If PORT is omitted, port 389 (standard LDAP port) is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crlview.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "CRL cache dump:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crlview.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crlview.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start gpgsm process. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crlview.cpp:117 src/crlview.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Manager Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crlview.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "The GpgSM process ended prematurely because of an unexpected error."
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that a signature is compliant with that."
msgid "The signature is VS-NfD-compliant."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that a signature is not compliant with that."
msgid "The signature <b>is not</b> VS-NfD-compliant."
msgctxt "separator for a list of e-mail addresses"
msgid ", "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The sender's address %1 is not stored in the certificate. Stored: %2</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:563
#, kde-format
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that the decryption is compliant with that."
msgid "The decryption is VS-NfD-compliant."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:565
#, kde-format
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that the decryption is compliant with that."
msgid "The decryption <b>is not</b> VS-NfD-compliant."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note:</b> You cannot be sure who encrypted this message as it is not signed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "One unknown recipient."
msgid_plural "%1 unknown recipients."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgid "Recipient:"
msgid_plural "Recipients:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "One unknown recipient"
msgid_plural "%1 unknown recipients"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/decryptverifytask.cpp:846
#, kde-format
msgctxt "label: result example: foo.sig: Verification failed. "
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that all cryptographic operations necessary for the communication are compliant with that."
msgctxt "VS-NfD-conforming is a German standard for restricted documents for which special restrictions about algorithms apply. The string states that all cryptographic operations necessary for the communication are compliant with that."
msgid "VS-NfD-compliant communication not possible."
msgid "Keep each file separate instead of creating an archive for all."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:173
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>Archiving in combination with sign-only currently requires what are known as opaque signatures - unlike detached ones, these embed the content in the signature.</para>"
"<para>This format is rather unusual. You might want to archive the files separately, and then sign the archive as one file with Kleopatra.</para>"
"<para>Future versions of Kleopatra are expected to also support detached signatures in this case.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Unusual Signature Warning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:199
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>None of the recipients you are encrypting to seems to be your own.</para>"
"<para>This means that you will not be able to decrypt the data anymore, once encrypted.</para>"
"<para>Do you want to continue, or cancel to change the recipient selection?</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Encrypt-To-Self Warning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "The S/MIME signature."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "The signature."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "The signed and encrypted file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "The encrypted file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "The S/MIME encrypted file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Output directory."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Results"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptfileswizard.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Status and progress of the crypto operations is shown here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Prove authenticity (sign)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Sign as:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:143
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Encrypt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt for me:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt for others:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "Encrypt with password. Anyone you share the password with can read the data."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/crypto/gui/signencryptwidget.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Tooltip information for symetric encryption"
msgid "Additionally to the keys of the recipients you can encrypt your data with a password. Anyone who has the password can read the data without any secret key. Using a password is <b>less secure</b> then public key cryptography. Even if you pick a very strong password."
msgid "Send certified certificate to server afterwards"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Step 1:</b> Please select the user IDs you wish to certify."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "I have verified the fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Certificate: %1\n"
"Fingerprint: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Certification will be performed using certificate %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid "Signed user IDs:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Summary:</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Check level:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected secret key:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Default certificate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "No statement made"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Not checked"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Casually checked"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Thoroughly checked"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "The certificate was not certified because it was already certified by the same certificate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "The certificate could not be certified. <b>Error</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Certification canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Certification successful."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/certifycertificatedialog.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg is name, email of certificate holder"
msgid "Certify Certificate: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/deletecertificatesdialog.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "These are the certificates you have selected for deletion:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/deletecertificatesdialog.cpp:113
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid ""
"These certificates will be deleted even though you did <emphasis>not</emphasis><nl/>"
" explicitly select them (<a href=\"whatsthis://\">Why?</a>):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/deletecertificatesdialog.cpp:134
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Why do you want to delete more certificates than I selected?</title>"
"<para>When you delete CA certificates (both root CAs and intermediate CAs), the certificates issued by them will also be deleted.</para>"
"<para>This can be nicely seen in <application>Kleopatra</application>'s hierarchical view mode: In this mode, if you delete a certificate that has children, those children will also be deleted. Think of CA certificates as folders containing other certificates: When you delete the folder, you delete its contents, too.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/deletecertificatesdialog.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/deletecertificatesdialog.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "The certificate to be deleted is your own. It contains private key material, which is needed to decrypt past communication encrypted to the certificate, and should therefore not be deleted."
msgid_plural "All of the certificates to be deleted are your own. They contain private key material, which is needed to decrypt past communication encrypted to the certificate, and should therefore not be deleted."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/deletecertificatesdialog.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "One of the certificates to be deleted is your own. It contains private key material, which is needed to decrypt past communication encrypted to the certificate, and should therefore not be deleted."
msgid_plural "Some of the certificates to be deleted are your own. They contain private key material, which is needed to decrypt past communication encrypted to the certificate, and should therefore not be deleted."
"<font size=\"-1\">Choose this if you explicitly do <em>not</em> trust the certificate owner, e.g. because you have knowledge of him certifying without checking or without the certificate owner's consent.<br>"
"Certifications at this trust level are ignored when checking the validity of OpenPGP certificates.</font>"
"<font size=\"-1\">Choose this if and only if this is your certificate. This is the default if the secret key is available, but if you imported this certificate, you might need to adjust the trust level yourself.<br>"
"Certificates will become valid with just a single certification at this trust level.</font>"
msgid "Choose this if you know the person, and have asked them whether this was their certificate, but you have not verified they are actually in possession of the secret certificate."
msgid "Choose this if you have, for instance, checked the ID card of the person, and have verified that they are in possession of the secret key (e.g. by sending them encrypted mail and asking for it to be decrypted)."
msgid "No update found in the available version database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/updatenotification.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/updatenotification.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is the version number"
msgid "Version %1 is available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/updatenotification.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Link to NEWS style changelog"
msgid "See the <a href=\"https://www.gpg4win.org/change-history.html\">new features</a>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/updatenotification.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Update available!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/updatenotification.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Show this notification for future updates."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/updatenotification.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "&Get update"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/weboftrustdialog.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Certifications"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/weboftrustwidget.cpp:153
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<para>An error occurred while loading the certifications: <message>%1</message></para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/dialogs/weboftrustwidget.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Certifications Loading Failed"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuickSignEMail), group (EMailOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/emailoperationspreferences.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Quick Sign EMail"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (QuickSignEMail), group (EMailOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/emailoperationspreferences.kcfg:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimize the number of steps when signing emails, use preset defaults unless problems occur."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuickEncryptEMail), group (EMailOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/emailoperationspreferences.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Quick Encrypt EMail"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (QuickEncryptEMail), group (EMailOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/emailoperationspreferences.kcfg:16
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimize the number of steps when encrypting emails, use preset defaults unless problems occur."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DecryptVerifyPopupGeometry), group (EMailOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/emailoperationspreferences.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Decrypt/Verify Popup Geometry"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DecryptVerifyPopupGeometry), group (EMailOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/emailoperationspreferences.kcfg:21
#, kde-format
msgid "The remembered size and position of the Decrypt/Verify Result Popup used by clients which do not support inline display of D/V results, such as MS Outlook."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UsePGPFileExt), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Use pgp as the default extension for generated OpenPGP files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UsePGPFileExt), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this to make kleopatra default to pgp file extensions for OpenPGP files."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoDecryptVerify), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:16
#, kde-format
msgid "With this option set Kleopatra no longer asks you what you want to do with input files but instead automatically starts the operations it detects as applicable to the input."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArchiveCommand), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this command to create file archives."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArchiveCommand), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:21
#, kde-format
msgid "When encrypting multiple files or a folder Kleopatra creates an encrypted archive with this command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AddASCIIArmor), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:26
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to encode encrypted or signed files as base64 encoded text. So that they can be opened with an editor or sent in a mail body. This will increase file size by one third."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DontUseTmpDir), group (FileOperations)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/fileoperationspreferences.kcfg:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to avoid using the users temporary directory."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RefreshInterval), group (SMime Validation)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/smimevalidationpreferences.kcfg:6
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate refresh interval (in hours). Zero (0) disables."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowValidity), group (Tooltip)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/tooltippreferences.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Show certificate validity"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowValidity), group (Tooltip)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/tooltippreferences.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Show validity information for certificates in tooltip, such as whether the certificate is expired or revoked."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowOwnerInformation), group (Tooltip)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/tooltippreferences.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Show certificate owner information"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowOwnerInformation), group (Tooltip)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/tooltippreferences.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Show owner information for certificates in tooltip, such as User IDs, subject and issuers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCertificateDetails), group (Tooltip)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/tooltippreferences.kcfg:19
#, kde-format
msgid "Show certificate details"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCertificateDetails), group (Tooltip)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/kcfg/tooltippreferences.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Show more certificate details, such as fingerprint, key length and expiration dates"
msgid "There was an error while connecting to Kleopatra: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/main.cpp:166
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>The version of the <application>GpgME</application> library you are running against is older than the one that the <application>GpgME++</application> library was built against.</para>"
"<para><application>Kleopatra</application> will not function in this setting.</para>"
"<para>Please ask your administrator for help in resolving this issue.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/main.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "GpgME Too Old"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/main.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "GPG UI Server Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/main.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>The Kleopatra GPG UI Server Module could not be initialized.<br/>"
"The error given was: <b>%1</b><br/>"
"You can use Kleopatra as a certificate manager, but cryptographic plugins that rely on a GPG UI Server being present might not work correctly, or at all.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/main.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid arguments: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Quit [ApplicationName]"
msgid "&Quit %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Only &Close Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"%1 may be used by other applications as a service.\n"
"You may instead want to close this window without exiting %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Really Quit?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Compliance means that GnuPG is running in a more restricted mode e.g. to handle restricted documents."
msgid "Compliance: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start the GnuPG Log Viewer (kwatchgnupg). Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Error Starting KWatchGnuPG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The Gpg4win compendium is only availableat this point (24.7.2017) in german and english.Please check with Gpg4win before translating this filename."
msgid "gpg4win-compendium-en.pdf"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "GnuPG Log Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgid "Check for updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgid "Gpg4win Compendium"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Title for a generic data input / output area supporting text actions."
msgid "Notepad"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to Pad view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure GnuPG Backend..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform Self-Test"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid "Manage Smartcards"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit or initialize a crypto hardware token."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:462
#, kde-format
msgid "Set Focus to Quick Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not configure the cryptography backend (gpgconf tool not found)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Configuration Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "There are still some background operations ongoing. These will be terminated when closing the window. Proceed?"
"<para><application>Kleopatra</application> tried to send a mail via your default mail client.</para>"
"<para>Some mail clients are known not to support attachments when invoked this way.</para>"
"<para>If your mail client does not have an attachment, then drag the <application>Kleopatra</application> icon and drop it on the message compose window of your mail client.</para>"
"<para>If that does not work, either, save the request to a file, and then attach that.</para>"
msgid "<para>Install <application>%1</application> version %2 or higher.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/enginecheck.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "unknown problem"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/enginecheck.cpp:136
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<para>Make sure <application>%1</application> is installed and in <envar>PATH</envar>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/enginecheck.cpp:180
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<para><application>%1</application> v%2.%3.%4 is required for this test, but only %5 is installed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/enginecheck.cpp:188
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para><application>%1</application> is required for this test, but does not seem available.</para>"
"<para>See tests further up for more information.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/enginecheck.cpp:192
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info %1: test name"
msgid "<para>See \"%1\" above.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Gpg-Agent Connectivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "GpgME library too old"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Either the GpgME library itself is too old, or the GpgME++ library was compiled against an older GpgME that did not support connecting to gpg-agent."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:75
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Upgrade to <application>gpgme</application> 1.2.0 or higher, and ensure that gpgme++ was compiled against it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "GpgME does not support gpg-agent"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:90
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>The <application>GpgME</application> library is new enough to support <application>gpg-agent</application>, but does not seem to do so in this installation.</para>"
"<para>The error returned was: <message>%1</message>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "unexpected error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgagentcheck.cpp:105
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>Unexpected error while asking <application>gpg-agent</application> for its version.</para>"
"<para>The error returned was: <message>%1</message>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "%1 Configuration Check"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "The process terminated prematurely"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgctxt "self-test did not pass"
msgid "Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There was an error executing the GnuPG configuration self-check for %2:\n"
" %1\n"
"You might want to execute \"gpgconf %3\" on the command line.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Diagnostics:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "self-check did not pass"
msgid "Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Self-test did not pass"
msgid ""
"The GnuPG configuration self-check failed.\n"
"\n"
"Error code: %1\n"
"Diagnostics:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/gpgconfcheck.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "self-check did not pass"
msgid ""
"The GnuPG configuration self-check failed with error code %1.\n"
"No output was received."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/libkleopatrarccheck.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Config File 'libkleopatrarc'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/libkleopatrarccheck.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Errors found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/libkleopatrarccheck.cpp:79
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>Kleopatra detected the following errors in the libkleopatrarc configuration:</para>"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/registrycheck.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Windows Registry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/registrycheck.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Obsolete registry entries found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/registrycheck.cpp:76
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<para>Kleopatra detected an obsolete registry key (<resource>%1\\%2</resource>), added by either a previous <application>Gpg4win</application> version or applications such as <application>WinPT</application> or <application>EnigMail</application>.</para>"
"<para>Keeping the entry might lead to an old GnuPG backend being used.</para>"
msgid "Could not delete the registry key <resource>%1\\%2</resource>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/registrycheck.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "Error Deleting Registry Key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title"
msgid "UiServer Connectivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "not reachable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:79
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Could not connect to UiServer: <message>%1</message>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:82
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<para>Check that your firewall is not set to block local connections (allow connections to <resource>localhost</resource> or <resource>127.0.0.1</resource>).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "multiple instances"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:88
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "It seems another <application>Kleopatra</application> is running (with process-id %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/selftest/uiservercheck.cpp:91
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Quit any other running instances of <application>Kleopatra</application>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "&Open Certificate Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure %1..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "&About %1..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "&Shutdown Kleopatra"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "SmartCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Update Card Status"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Set NetKey v3 Initial PIN..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/systrayicon.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn NetKey v3 Card Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "No option name given"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:387
#, kde-format
msgid "Parse error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Parse error: numeric session id too large"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "CAPABILITIES does not take arguments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown value for WHAT"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgid "START_KEYMANAGER does not take arguments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgid "START_CONFDIALOG does not take arguments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Message #%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty file path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:574
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:660
#, kde-format
msgid "Only absolute file paths are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Only files are allowed in INPUT/OUTPUT FILE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:677
#, kde-format
msgid "unknown exception caught"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:742
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot mix --info with non-info SENDER or RECIPIENT"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "Argument is not a valid RFC-2822 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:749
#, kde-format
msgid "Garbage after valid RFC-2822 mailbox detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:1214
#, kde-format
msgid "Caught unexpected exception: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/uiserver/assuanserverconnection.cpp:1219
#, kde-format
msgid "Caught unknown exception - please report this error to the developers."
msgid "No filename given. Your data was NOT saved. Do you still want to proceed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving to file '%1' failed. What do you want to do?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Save failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Try saving with a different filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving to file '%1' failed. Do you want to try saving to a different filename?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:41
#: rkward/misc/rkprogresscontrol.cpp:372
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command running in the R-engine wants you to see the following file(s):"
"<ul>"
"<li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "A command running in the R-engine wants you to see the following file(s):\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Showing file(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command running in the R-engine wants you to edit the following file(s). Please look at these files, edit them as appropriate, and save them. When done, press the \"Done\"-button, or close this dialog to resume."
"<ul>"
"<li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command running in the R-engine wants you to edit one or more file(s). Please look at these files, edit them as appropriate, and save them. When done, press the \"Done\"-button, or close this dialog to resume.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit file(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/renvironmentobject.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "This section contains data in your \"workspace\". This is data that you created or imported, in contrast to data contained in a loaded R package. Technically, this corresponds to the <i>.GlobalEnv</i> environment."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/renvironmentobject.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The package '%1' (probably you just loaded it) is currently blacklisted for retrieving structure information. Practically this means, the objects in this package will not appear in the object browser, and there will be no object name completion or function argument hinting for objects in this package.\n"
"Packages will typically be blacklisted, if they contain huge amount of data, that would take too long to load. To unlist the package, visit Settings->Configure RKWard->Workspace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/renvironmentobject.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Package blacklisted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "The object '%1' was removed from workspace or changed to a different type of object, but is currently opened for editing. Do you want to restore it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore object?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove the object '%1'? The object is currently opened for editing, it will be removed in the editor, too. There's no way to get it back."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:83
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove object?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove the object '%1'? There's no way to get it back."
msgctxt "Note: 'namespace' is a technical term, should not be translated"
msgid "Orphan Namespaces"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkpseudoobjects.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "This special object does not actually exist anywhere in R. It is used, here, to list namespaces which are loaded, but not attached to a package on the search path. These are typically 'imported' namespaces."
msgid "This section contains environments that are not part of <i>.GlobalEnv</i> / your \"workspace\". Most importantly, this includes loaded packages, but also objects added to R's <i>search()<i>-path using <i>attach()</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/robjectlist.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Did not unload package %1. It is required in RKWard. If you really want to do this, do so on the R Console."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/robjectlist.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Package %1 appears not to have been loaded"
msgid "This column contains one or more invalid fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:685
#, kde-format
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:686
#, kde-format
msgid "Levels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:689
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit these fields to rename variables."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:690
#, kde-format
msgid "A descriptive label for each column (optional)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:691
#, kde-format
msgid "Type of data."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:692
#, kde-format
msgid "Double click on these fields to customize data display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/rkvareditmodel.cpp:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Double click on these fields to edit factor levels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Cuts the selected section and puts it to the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Copies the selected section to the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Pastes the clipboard contents to current position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Paste inside table"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Pastes the clipboard contents to current position, but not beyond the table's boundaries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Paste inside selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Pastes the clipboard contents to current position, but not beyond the boundaries of the current selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "verb: switch to read-only state. Make this short."
msgid "Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable editing (to prevent accidental modification of data)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "verb: switch to read-write state. Make this short."
msgid "Unlock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable editing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "The editor '%1' contains the following duplicate columns. Editing this table may not be safe, and has been disabled. You may re-enable editing if you know what you are doing, but you are strongly advised to fix the table, and/or backup your data, first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate columns detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 [read-only]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert new variable left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete this variable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert new case above (at %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete marked rows (%1-%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete this row (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid "Inserting clipboard contents..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Reporting bugs in RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Where should I report bugs or wishes?</b></p>"
"<p>Thank you for taking the time to help improve RKWard. To help us handle your request, efficiently, please submit your bug reports or wishes in the <a href=\"%1\">KDE bugtracking system</a>. Note that you need a user account for this, so that we will be able to contact you, for follow-up questions. <b>If you do not have an account, please <a href=\"%2\">create one</a>, first.</b></p>"
"<p>In case this is not possible for some reason, refer to <a href=\"%3\">%3</a> for alternative ways of reporting issues.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>What information should I provide, and how?</b></p>"
"Clicking \"Report issue\" will take you to the KDE bugtracking system. After logging in, some information will already be pre-filled into the report form. Please make sure to fill in the missing bits - in English - where indicated, especially in the \"Comment\" field.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Report issue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Forwarding you to the KDE bugtracking system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "You are now being forwarded to the KDE bugtracking system. Should you continue to see this page for more than a few seconds (e.g. if JavaScript is disabled), please click \"Proceed\", below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Proceed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Report As Bug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Message code: %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"---Problem description---\n"
"Please fill in the missing bits *in English*.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Please give a brief summary on the problem:\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"I encountered the error message quoted below. Additionally, I saw the following symptoms:\n"
"###Please fill in (if applicable)###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"What - in detail - did you do directly before you encountered this problem?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When you try to repeat the above, does the problem occur again (no, sometimes, always)?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If applicable: When doing the same thing in an R session outside of RKWard, do you see the same problem?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Do you have any further information that might help us to track this problem down? In particular, if applicable, can you provide sample data and sample R code to reproduce this problem?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"RKWard is available in many different packagings, and sometimes problems are specific to one method of installation. How did you install RKWard (which file(s) did you download)?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Please stand by while gathering some information on your setup.\n"
"In case the backend has died or hung up, you may want to press 'Cancel' to skip this step."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Gathering setup information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkimportdialog.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid "File format:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkimportdialog.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "No plugins defined for context '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkimportdialog.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Load / Unload R packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Install / Update / Remove R packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Manage RKWard Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:203
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:210
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Package %1 at %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "The following packages, which you have selected for removal, are essential to the operation of RKWard, and will not be removed. If you are absolutely sure, that you want to remove these packages, please do so on the R command line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Not removing certain packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Your current user permissions do not allow removing the following packages. These will be skipped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:222
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Insufficient user permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Your current user permissions do not allow removing the following packages. Do you want to skip these packages, or do you want to proceed with administrator privileges (you will be prompted for the password)?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "You are about to remove the following packages. Are you sure you want to proceed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "About to remove packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Please stand by while removing selected packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Removing packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected library location not writable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The directory you have selected for installation (%1) is not writable with your current user permissions.</p>"
"<p>Would you like to install to %2, instead (you can also press \"Cancel\" and use the \"Configure Repositories\"-button to set up a different directory)?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Alternatively, if you have access to an administrator account on this machine, you can use that to install the package(s), or you could change the permissions of '%1'. Sorry, automatic switching to Administrator is not yet supported in RKWard on Windows.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:281
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "Install to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Alternatively, if you are the administrator of this machine, you can try to install the packages as root (you'll be prompted for the root password).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "Become root"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Please stand by while installing selected packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Installing packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgid "Installation process died with exit code %1"
msgid "There has been an error while trying to load / unload packages. See transcript below for details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Error while handling packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:704
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:705
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Many packages are available on CRAN (Comprehensive R Archive Network), and other repositories.<br>"
"Click this to add more sources."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:712
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only packages matching:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:714
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can limit the packages displayed in the list to with names or titles matching a filter string.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only packages providing RKWard dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:719
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Some but not all R packages come with plugins for RKWard. That means they provide a graphical user-interface in addition to R functions. Check this box to show only such packages.</p>"
"<p></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:723
#, kde-format
msgid "Select all updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:792
#, kde-format
msgid "The package requested by the backend (\"%1\") was not found in the package repositories. Maybe the package name was mis-spelled. Or maybe you need to add additional repositories via the \"Configure Repositories\" button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:792
#, kde-format
msgid "Package not available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:865
#, kde-format
msgid "Install packages to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:869
#, kde-format
msgid "Install suggested packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:871
#, kde-format
msgid "Some packages \"suggest\" additional packages, which are not strictly necessary for using that package, but which may provide additional related functionality. Check this option to include such additional suggested packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:956
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please stand by while searching for installed and available packages.</p>"
"<p><strong>Note:</strong> This requires a working internet connection, and may take some time, esp. if one or more repositories are temporarily unavailable.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages marked with an RKWard icon in this column provide enhancements to RKWard, typically in the form of additional graphical dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1026
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can select packages for installation / removal by checking / unchecking the corresponding boxes in this column.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1027
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The name of the package.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1028
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>A descriptive title for the package. Currently this is not available for packages in non-local repositories.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1029
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Installed and / or available version of the package</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1030
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Location where the package is installed / available</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1053
#, kde-format
msgid "Updateable Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1054
#, kde-format
msgid "Packages for which an update is available. This may include packages which were merely built against a newer version of R."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "New Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1057
#, kde-format
msgid "Packages which are available for installation, but which are not currently installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1059
#, kde-format
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1060
#, kde-format
msgid "Packages which are installed locally. Note that updates may be available for these packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1088
#, kde-format
msgid "Install"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1091
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1276
#, kde-format
msgid "Installed plugin groups (.pluginmap files)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkreadlinedialog.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Context:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Crash recovery file detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>It looks like RKWard has crashed, recently. We are sorry about that! However, not everything is lost, and with a bit of luck, your data has been saved in time.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>A workspace recovery file exists, dating from <i>%2</i>.</p>"
msgid_plural "<p>%1 workspace recovery files exist, the most recent one of which dates from <i>%2</i>.</p>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Do you want to open this file, now, save it for later (as <i>%1</i>), or discard it?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Recover"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Saves the recovery file(s), and opens it (or the most recent one)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Save for later"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Saves the recovery file(s) for later use, but does not open it"
msgid "RKWard logo, many suggestions, help on wording"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "David Sibai"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Several valuable comments, hints and patches"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilias Soumpasis"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Translation, Suggestions, plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Ralf Tautenhahn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Many comments, useful suggestions, and bug reports"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Jannis Vajen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "German Translation, bug reports"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Roland Vollgraf"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Some patches"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Roy Qu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "patches and helpful comments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Many more people on rkward-devel@kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry, if we forgot to list you. Please contact us to get added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "After starting (and after loading the specified workspace, if applicable), evaluate the given R code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Verbosity of debug messages (0-5)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Mask for components to debug (see debug.h)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/main.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "Where to send debug message (file|terminal)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger for the backend. (Enclose any debugger arguments in single quotes ('') together with the command. Make sure to re-direct stdout!)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Use specified R installation, instead of the one configured at compile time (note: rkward R library must be installed to that installation of R)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Reuse a running RKWard instance (if available). If a running instance is reused, only the file arguments will be interpreted, all other options will be ignored."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "When used in conjunction with rkward://runplugin/-URLs specified on the command line, suppresses the warning about application-external (untrusted) links."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "File or files to open, typically a workspace, or an R script file. When loading several things, you should specify the workspace, first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Decimal Places"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Default setting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "As required"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Fixed precision:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Formatting options for '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editlabelsdialog.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Levels / Value labels for '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editlabelsdialog.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Levels can be assigned only to consecutive integers starting with 1 (the index column is read only). To remove levels at the end of the list, just set them to empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkaccordiontable.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Click to add new row"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkaccordiontable.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove this row / element"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkcommonfunctions.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><em>Note:</em> This setting does not take effect until you restart RKWard.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkdynamicsearchline.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkdynamicsearchline.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> This search line accepts so-called regular expressions. To limit the search to matches at the start of the string, start the filter with '^', e.g. ('^rk.'). To limit searches to the end of the string, append '$' at the end of the filter. To match arbitrary text in the middle of the search term, insert '.*'.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkfindbar.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Search backwards (previous occurrence of search term)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkfindbar.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Search forward (next occurrence of search term)"
"<li><i>%1</i> means looking for matches in objects that are on the search path, only (in <i>.GlobalEnv</i> or a loaded package)</li>"
"<li><i>%2</i> includes direct child objects. In this case, the list will show matching objects on the search path, <i>and</i> objects on the search path that hold matching child objects.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Show all objects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Show functions, only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "Show objects excluding functions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "When looking for a particular function, you may want to exclude 'data' objects, and vice versa. This control allows you to limit the list to objects that are not (or do not contain) functions, or to those that are (or contain) functions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Width is limited, please opt for something that is not much longer than the English string. Simply 'Clear'/'Reset' should be good enough to understand the function."
msgid "Reset filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Discards the current object search filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:503
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkprogresscontrol.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>There have been errors and / or warnings. See below for a transcript</b>"
msgid "You tried to invoke a plugin called '%1', but that plugin is currently unknown. Probably you need to load the corresponding PluginMap (Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins), or perhaps the plugin was renamed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "No such plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad serialization format while trying to invoke plugin '%1'. Please contact the RKWard team (Help->About RKWard->Authors)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad serialization format while trying to invoke plugin '%1'. In general, this should not happen, unless you modified the parameters by hand. Please consider reporting this issue."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad serialization format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The plugin has crashed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Not all specified settings could be applied. Most likely this is because some R objects are no longer present in your current workspace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgid "Not all settings applied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The plugin could not be auto-submitted with these settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not submit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open plugin map file %1. (Is not readble, or failed to parse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Skipping plugin map file '%1': Not compatible with this version of RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified required file '%1' does not exist or is not readable. Ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not resolve specified required pluginmap '%1'. You may have to install additional packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate declaration of component id \"%1\" within pluginmap file \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified file '%1' for component id \"%2\" does not exist or is not readable. Ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid "Component '%1' is not available in a version compatible with this version of RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Copyright (c): %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Author roles (contributor, etc.)"
msgid "Roles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Translators:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard plugin map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "R package"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:932
#, kde-format
msgid "This object has %1 dimension(s), but %2 dimension(s) is/are expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:935
#, kde-format
msgid "This object has a length of %1, but a minimum length of %2 is expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:936
#, kde-format
msgid "This object has a length of %1, but a maximum length of %2 is expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:948
#, kde-format
msgid "This object does not appear to belong to any of the classes <i>%1</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:955
#, kde-format
msgid "This object's data type is <i>%1</i>, while expected type(s) is/are <i>%2</i>."
msgid "There has been an error while trying to parse the description of this plugin ('%1'). Please refer to stdout for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponent.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not create plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponent.cpp:677
#, kde-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:156
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Code Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:193
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid "Submit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:198
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:207
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Wizard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>%1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Run again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Processing. Please wait"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgid "Below you can preview the R commands corresponding to the settings you made. Click 'Submit' to run the commands."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:564
#, kde-format
msgid "Below you can preview the result of your settings, and the R commands to be run. Click 'Submit' to run the commands."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:620
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:638
#, kde-format
msgid "Next >"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:630
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "< Back"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Variable(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Show all environments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Show objects in all environments on the <i>search()</i> path, instead of just those in <i>.GlobalEnv</i>. Check this, if you want to select objects from a loaded package."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Show filter options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarslot.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Variable:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarslot.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Using this object, here, may lead to failures or unexpected results, for the following reason(s):</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Canceled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Command Chain"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Closed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Waiting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Command Stack"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend executable could not be found. This is likely to be a problem with your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend executable could not be started. Error message was: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Error during handshake with backend process. Expected token '%1', received token '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Version mismatch during handshake with backend process. Frontend is version '%1' while backend is '%2'.\n"
"Please fix your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend process could not be started. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend process failed to start with exit code %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Backend process has exited with code %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "The R engine has shut down with status: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The R engine has encountered a fatal error:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:715
#, kde-format
msgid "Message from the R backend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:723
#, kde-format
msgid "Question from the R backend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:1574
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"</p>"
"\t- The 'rkward' R-library either could not be loaded at all, or not in the correct version. This may lead to all sorts of errors, from single missing features to complete failure to function. The most likely cause is that the last installation did not place all files in the correct place. However, in some cases, left-overs from a previous installation that was not cleanly removed may be the cause.</p>"
"\t\t"
"<p><b>You should quit RKWard, now, and fix your installation</b>. For help with that, see <a href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/compiling\">http://rkward.kde.org/compiling</a>.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:1578
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>\t-There was a problem setting up the communication with R. Most likely this indicates a broken installation.</p>"
"\t\t"
"<p><b>You should quit RKWard, now, and fix your installation</b>. For help with that, see <a href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/compiling\">http://rkward.kde.org/compiling</a>.</p>"
"</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:93
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "R Startup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:329
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>\t-An unspecified error occurred that is not yet handled by RKWard. Likely RKWard will not function properly. Please check your setup.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:331
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>There was a problem starting the R backend. The following error(s) occurred:</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:339
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "Error starting R"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:574
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:575
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command in the R backend is trying to change the character encoding. While RKWard offers support for this, and will try to adjust to the new locale, this operation may cause subtle bugs, if data windows are currently open. Also the feature is not well tested, yet, and it may be advisable to save your workspace before proceeding.\n"
"If you have any data editor opened, or in any doubt, it is recommended to close those first (this will probably be auto-detected in later versions of RKWard). In this case, please choose 'Cancel' now, then close the data windows, save, and retry."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:574
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:575
#, kde-format
msgid "Locale change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:747
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "The R-backend has indicated that in order to carry out the current task it needs the package '%1', which is not currently installed. We will open the package-management tool, and there you can try to locate and install the needed package."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:747
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "Require package '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:844
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:845
#, kde-format
msgid "R backend requests information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:871
+#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:872
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The R backend will be shut down immediately. This means, you can not use any more functions that rely on it. I.e. you can do hardly anything at all, not even save the workspace (but if you're lucky, R already did that). What you can do, however, is save any open command-files, the output, or copy data out of open data editors. Quit RKWard after that. Sorry!"
msgid "There has been an error while trying to connect the on-screen graphics backend. This means, on-screen graphics using the RKWard device will not work in this session."
msgid "R history files [*.Rhistory] (*.Rhistory);;All files [*] (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:973
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt running command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:980
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy selection literally"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:983
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy commands, only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:990
#, kde-format
msgid "Print Console"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:997
#, kde-format
msgid "Import command history..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:999
#, kde-format
msgid "Export command history..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:1018
#, kde-format
msgid "You have configured RKWard to pipe script editor commands through the R Console. However, another command is currently active in the console. Do you want to append it to the command in the console, or do you want to reset the console, first? Press cancel if you do not wish to run the new command, now."
"<p>RKWard either could not find its resource files at all, or only an old version of those files. The most likely cause is that the last installation failed to place the files in the correct place. This can lead to all sorts of problems, from single missing features to complete failure to function.</p>"
"<p><b>You should quit RKWard, now, and fix your installation</b>. For help with that, see <a href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/compiling\">http://rkward.kde.org/compiling</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Broken installation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Your installation of KDE is configured to use \"native\" file dialogs. This is known to cause issues in some cases, and we recommend to disable \"native\" file dialogs.\n"
"Should \"native\" file dialogs be disabled in RKWard?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Potential problem with your configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, disable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "No, use \"native\" file dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You are about to start an RKWard dialog from outside of RKWard, probably by clicking on an 'rkward://'-link, somewhere. In case you have found this link on an external website, please bear in mind that R can be used to run arbitrary commands on your computer, <b>potentially including downloading and installing malicious software</b>. If you do not trust the source of the link you were following, you should press 'Cancel', below.</p>"
"<p>In case you click 'Continue', no R code will be run, unless and until you click 'Submit' in the dialog window, and you are encouraged to review the generated R code, before doing so.</p>"
"<p><i>Note</i>: Checking 'Do not ask again' will suppress this message for the remainder of this session, only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "A note on external links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting up plugins..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugins are needed: you may manage these through \"Settings->Manage R package and plugins\".\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgid "No active plugin maps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "New RKWard plugin packs (listed below) have been found, and have been activated, automatically. To de-activate selected plugin packs, use Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "New plugins found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:344
#, kde-format
msgid "The following RKWard pluginmap files could not be loaded, and have been disabled. This could be because they are broken, not compatible with this version of RKWard, or not meant for direct loading (see the 'Details' for more information). They have been disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:344 rkward/rkward.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to load some plugin maps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Some errors were encountered while loading the following RKWard pluginmap files. This could be because individual plugins are broken or not compatible with this version of RKWard (see the 'Details' for more information). Other plugins were loaded, successfully, however."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: You will not be warned about these pluginmap files again, until you upgrade RKWard, or remove and re-add them in Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins."
"<p>A list of filters (file name extensions) that should be treated as R script files. Most importantly, files matching one of these filters will always be opened with R syntax highlighting.</p>"
msgid "<b>These settings are for debugging purposes, only.</b> It is safe to leave them untouched. Also, these settings will only apply to the current session, and will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug flags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Command timeout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "<i>Note:</i> Debug output is written to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Directory where rkward may store files (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup Action (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Load .RData-file from current directory, if available (R option '--restore')"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for a file to open"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Show selection dialog (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Show RKWard Help on Startup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Initial working directory (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not change current directory on startup"
msgid "<p>The initial working directory to use. Note that if you are loading a workspace on startup, and you have configured RKWard to change to the directory of loaded workspaces, that directory will take precedence.</p>"
msgid "The workplace layout (i.e. which script-, data-, help-windows are open) may be saved (and loaded) per R workspace, or independent of the R workspace. Which do you prefer?"
"<p>The default device to be used for plotting, i.e. when new plot is created, while no graphics device is active (see <i>options(\"device\")</i>).</p>"
"<p>The RKWard native device is the recommended choice for most users. This corresponds to the R command <i>RK()</i>.</p>"
"<p>The 'Platform default device' corresponds to one of <i>X11()</i>, <i>windows()</i>, or <i>quartz()</i>, depending on the platform.</p>"
"<p>You can also specify the name of a function such as <i>cairoDevice</i>.</p>"
"<p>Many scripts use calls to platform specific standard devices (<i>X11()</i>, <i>windows()</i>, <i>quartz()</i>), although any on-screen device could be used at these places. RKWard provides overloads for these standard device functions, which can change their behavior when used in user code:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>The calls can be re-directed to the RKWard native device (<i>RK()</i>). Some, but not all function arguments will be matched, others will be ignored.</li>"
"<li>The original platform specific devices can be used, but embedded into RKWard windows. This option is not available on MacOS X.</li>"
"<li>The original platform specific devices can be used unchanged, without the addition of RKWard specific features.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>Regardless of this setting, the original devices are always accessible as <i>grDevices::X11()</i>, etc.</p>"
"<p>Using a device on a platform where it is not defined (e.g. <i>Windows()</i> on Mac OS X) will always fall back to the <i>RK()</i> device.</p>"
msgid "Add the name of the package that no structure should be fetched for"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Carbon copy commands to output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Commands entered in the console"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Commands run via the 'Run' menu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Commands originating from dialogs and plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Also carbon copy the command output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Output Window options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "show window on new output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "raise window on new output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "CSS file to use for output (leave empty for default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Select CSS file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a CSS file for custom formatting of the output window. Leave empty to use the default CSS file shipped with RKWard. Note that this setting takes effect, when initializing an output file (e.g. after flushing the output), only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "File format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "<Default>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "SVG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "JPG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "JPG quality"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Width:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Height:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleplugins.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Some plugins are available with both, a wizard-like interface and a traditional dialog interface. If both are available, which mode of presentation do you prefer?"
msgid "The following settings mostly affect R behavior in the console. It is generally safe to keep these unchanged."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Display warnings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Suppress warnings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Print warnings later (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Print warnings immediately"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert warnings to errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Decimal character (only for printing)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Output width (characters)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of elements shown in print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum length of warnings/errors to print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep comments in functions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "TRUE (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "FALSE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep comments in packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:142
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "TRUE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:143
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "FALSE (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum level of nested expressions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Default decimal precision in print ()"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Check vector bounds (warn)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Internet Explorer functions for internet access"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Pager command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Use Internet Explorer functions for accessing the internet from R. Enabling this option may help in case of problems with accessing the internet from R (e.g. for installing packages).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Further (option) commands to run in each session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "R-Backend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:348
#, kde-format
msgid "CRAN download mirror (leave empty to be prompted once each session):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Select mirror"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional package repositories (where libraries are downloaded from)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive downloaded packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:371
#, kde-format
msgid "Build packages from source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "Build packages from source (not configurable on this platform)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Installing packages from pre-compiled binaries (if available) is generally faster, and does not require an installation of development tools and libraries. On the other hand, building packages from source provides best compatibility. On Mac OS X and Linux, building packages from source is currently recommended."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgid "R Library locations (where libraries get installed to, locally)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: The startup defaults will always be used in addition to the locations you specify in this list"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:418
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid "Add R Library Directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgid "Add repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgid "Add URL of new repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "R-Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:448
#, kde-format
msgid "Select CRAN mirror"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "For now, settings only apply to new commands. All previous commands remain visible/invisible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "always show command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "always show result"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "show errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "show/raise window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "User commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugin generated commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Application commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronization commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of paragraphs/lines to display in the Command Log"
msgid "Some of the commands you were trying to cancel are marked as \"sync\" (letter 'S' in the type column). Cancelling such commands could lead to loss of data. These commands have _not_ been cancelled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rcontrolwindow.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Some commands not cancelled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rcontrolwindow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Resume execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcallstackviewer.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Active calls</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcallstackviewer.cpp:127
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Not in a debugger context"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcallstackviewer.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Current call:</b> %1<br>"
"<b>Environment:</b> %2<br>"
"<b>Local objects:</b> %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to open \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open command file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Script Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:296
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert line break and run"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:303
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Run block"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:307
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark selection as block"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:310
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Unmark block"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:315
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "CD to script directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:316
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Change the working directory to the directory of this script"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:321
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Script..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:323
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Script As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:414
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:614
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:415
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:615
#, kde-format
msgid " [modified]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:421
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgid "The document \"%1\" has been modified. Close it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:421
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgid "File not saved"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:546
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred while trying to create an autosave of the script file '%1':"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:613
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgid "Unnamed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:849
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:850
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Active)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:869
+#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:870
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Unused)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindowpart.rc:6
#, kde-format
msgid "&Tools Move"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Incomplete statement.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Syntax error.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "An unspecified error occurred while running the command.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Step out"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Continue until the caller of this function is reached (unless another debug statement is hit, earlier)</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> In some cases, the calling function will never be reached, because the call was the last step in the caller. In these cases, the behavior is identical to 'Continue'.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "This window cannot be closed, while a debugger is active. If you have no idea what this means, and you want to get out, press the 'Cancel' button on the right hand side of this window."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugmessagewindow.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This window is used for displaying RKWard related debug messages. It is targetted primarily at (plugin) developers. It does <b>not</b> offer any features for debugging R code.</p>"
"<p>Note that the list of messages is cleared every time you close the window.</p>"
"<p>Type and severity level of messages can be controlled from Settings->Configure RKWard->Debug</p>"
msgid "No help found on '%1'. Maybe the corresponding package is not installed/loaded, or maybe you mistyped the command. Try using Help->Search R Help for more options."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhelpsearchwindow.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "No help found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhelpsearchwindow.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Topic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhelpsearchwindow.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Package"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Output %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "Output Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<HTML><BODY><H1>RKWard output file could not be found</H1>\n"
"</BODY></HTML>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "Page does not exist or is broken"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to clear the output? This will also remove all image files used in the output. It will not be possible to restore it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgid "Flush output?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Flushing output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:615
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom In"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom Out"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Default &Encoding"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:622
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the encoding to assume in case no explicit encoding has been set in the page or in the HTTP headers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:640
#, kde-format
msgid "&Flush Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:644
#, kde-format
msgid "&Refresh Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:658
#, kde-format
msgid "Print output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Output as HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgid "Print page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:668
#, kde-format
msgid "Export page as HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:723
#, kde-format
msgid "No Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:735
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Help page missing</h1>"
"\n"
"<p>The help page for this component has not yet been written (or is broken). Please consider contributing it.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:740
#, kde-format
msgid "Use %1 now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:757
#, kde-format
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:763
#, kde-format
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:780
#, kde-format
msgid "GUI settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:804
#, kde-format
msgid "Related functions and pages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:811
#, kde-format
msgid "Technical details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:832
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:838
#, kde-format
msgid "<h1>On this page:</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:861
#, kde-format
msgid "Unnamed GUI element"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:935
#, kde-format
msgid "R Reference on '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:946
#, kde-format
msgid "BROKEN REFERENCE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkmdiwindow.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Help on %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkmdiwindow.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Attach"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Left Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "Top Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Bottom Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Not shown in sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Help on R"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Search R Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Help on RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Shows the R help index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Shows/raises the R Help Search window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Show help on RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Next Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Show/Hide %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate Document view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Show &Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons, the following dialog allows you to configure the keyboard shortcuts only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.\n"
"\n"
"Therefore, if you want to configure keyboard shortcuts e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:113
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons, the following dialog allows you to configure the toolbar buttons only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.\n"
"\n"
"Therefore, if you want to configure tool buttons e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "You have tried to embed a new R graphics device window in RKWard. However, this is not currently supported in this build of RKWard on Mac OS X. See http://rkward.kde.org/mac for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:133
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not embed R X11 window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "You have tried to embed a new R graphics device window in RKWard. However, either no window was created, or RKWard failed to detect the new window. If you think RKWard should have done better, consider reporting this as a bug. Alternatively, you may want to adjust Settings->Configure RKWard->Onscreen Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Graphics Device Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "The current window appears too large to fit on the screen. If this happens regularly, you may want to adjust the default graphics window size in Settings->Configure RKWard->Onscreen Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "Large window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Closing device (saving history)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Shutting down device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The graphics device is being closed, saving the last plot to the plot history. This may take a while, if the R backend is still busy. You can close the graphics device immediately, in case it is stuck. However, the last plot may be missing from the plot history, if you do this.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Note: On X11, the embedded window may be expurged, and you will have to close it manually in this case.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Close immediately"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep waiting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify fixed size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgid "Height"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate graphics device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy contents of graphics device number %1 to output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:564
#, kde-format
msgid "Print contents of graphics device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify R object"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify the R object name, you want to save the graph to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:596
#, kde-format
msgid "Save contents of graphics device number %1 to object '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:605
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate graphics device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:611
#, kde-format
msgid "Load next plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:612
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:620
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:628
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:636
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:644
#, kde-format
msgid "Loading plot from history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Load previous plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:627
#, kde-format
msgid "Load first plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:635
#, kde-format
msgid "Load last plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid "Load plot %1 in device number %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "Append this plot to history (device number %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:657
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove current plot from history (device number %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:663
#, kde-format
msgid "This will clear the plot history for all device windows, not just this one. If this is not your intent, press cancel, below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear plot history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:671
#, kde-format
msgid "Plot properties (device number %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:685
#, kde-format
msgid "<Unsaved plot>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:712
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw area follows size of window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:719
#, kde-format
msgid "Set fixed size 500x500"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:722
#, kde-format
msgid "Set fixed size 1000x1000"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:725
#, kde-format
msgid "Set fixed size 2000x2000"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:728
#, kde-format
msgid "Set specified fixed size..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:733
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "First plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:743
#, kde-format
msgid "Next plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "Last plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:751
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:760
#, kde-format
msgid "Append this plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:765
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove this plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:771
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:777
#, kde-format
msgid "Plot properties"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:782
#, kde-format
msgid "Make active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:786
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy to output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:790
#, kde-format
msgid "Store as R object..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:792
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "Stop interaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "The url you are trying to open ('%1') is not a local file or the filetype is not supported by RKWard. Do you want to open the url in the default application?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Open in default application?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are about to edit object \"%1\", which is very large (%2 fields). RKWard is not optimized to handle very large objects in the built in data editor. This will use a lot of memory, and - depending on your system - might be very slow. For large objects it is generally recommended to edit using command line means or to split into smaller chunks before editing. On the other hand, if you have enough memory, or the data is simple enough (numeric data is easier to handle, than factor), editing may not be a problem at all. You can configure this warning (or turn it off entirely) under Settings->Configure RKWard->General.\n"
"Really edit object?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid "About to edit very large object"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:887
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Workplace layout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:896
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore Workplace layout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Close all"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Window Left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Window Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Split Ve&rtical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Split the currently active view into two views, vertically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Split &Horizontal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Split the currently active view into two views, horizontally."
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-30 16:18+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-04-04 14:11+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "Using the RKWard R Console"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Describe features and settings regarding the RKWard R Console."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "The console can - by default - be found at the bottom of the application window. Press the tool button labelled \"R Console\" to invoke it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "What is the console?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="What is the console?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard is based on the R language for statistical computing. The console allows you to enter R commands directly. Obviously, to use this, you need to know some basics of the R language. Select Help->Help on R for some introductory information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="What is the console?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The console is meant for interactive use and small commands. For editing complex commands / scripts, using the Script File Editor (File->New->Script File) is much more comfortable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="What is the console?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Many console features are available from the context menu. To invoke the context menu, click the right mouse button inside the console window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:18
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupting commands"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Interrupting commands">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:18
#, kde-format
msgid "To interrupt a running command, press Ctrl+C, or choose \"Interrupt running command\" from the context menu. Note that the command will not necessarily end immediately. If there are several other commands running at the same time (e.g. some action you invoked from the Analysis menu), the console will only become available again, when the R backend becomes idle."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:22
#, kde-format
msgid "Re-running selected commands"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Re-running selected commands">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:22
#, kde-format
msgid "To re-run (a sequence of) selected commands, select them using the mouse. Then choose \"Run selection\" from the context menu (default shortcut is Ctrl+Return). Leading \"> \" and \"+ \" on the selected lines will be removed automatically."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:26
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying commands / output"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Copying commands / output">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:26
#, kde-format
msgid "There are two copy modes available from the context menu (or the Edit menu). One allows you to copy the selection literally, i.e. including the prompts \"> \" and \"+ \". In contrast, \"Copy commands, only\" will remove the prompts from the text copied into the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Copying commands / output">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:26
#, kde-format
msgid "Note that the customary shortcut for copying text - Ctrl+C - does NOT work in the console, as Ctrl+C already means interrupting the current command."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:32
#, kde-format
msgid "Function reference"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Function reference">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:32
#, kde-format
msgid "Pressing F2 (or selecting \"Function reference\" from the context menu) will try to look up the R help page for whichever keyword the cursor is currently on."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Navigating the command history"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Navigating the command history">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "The console provides a mechanism to recall recent commands, similar to the readline functionality offered in R or most shells."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Navigating the command history">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "To recall the previous command, simply press the up arrow. Press the up arrow repeatedly to recall the command before that, and so on. Similarly, pressing the down arrow goes downwards in the command history. Of course, you can also edit a recalled command line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Navigating the command history">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "It is also possible to search the command history for lines starting with a specified string. To use this, enter - for example - \"print\" in the console. Now use Shift+Up / Shift+Down. You will note, that only those recent command lines that started with \"print\" will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Navigating the command history">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "It is possible to make the second mode of searching the command history the default. In this case, pressing Shift+Up/Down will navigate all commands, while pressing Up/Down without the Shift key will show only matching lines. (see <link href=\"#settings\">Section settings</link>)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Navigating the command history">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "You can also save / load a command history at any time during your session, using <i>File->Import / Export command history</i> or the R commands <i>savehistory()</i> and <i>loadhistory()</i>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Filename and Object name completion"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Filename and Object name completion">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Pressing the Tab key while typing the name of an R object will try to complete the name of that R object. If several objects start with the typed characters, a list of all those objects will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Filename and Object name completion">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:48
#, kde-format
msgid "For an example, enter \"base::pa\" in the console, then press Tab. This will list all objects from package base starting with \"pa\". Now append an \"s\", and press Tab again. The word will be changed to \"paste\", as that is the only matching object name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Filename and Object name completion">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Based on some simple heuristics, RKWard will try to complete file names instead of object names, where appropriate. This is done, when the cursor seems to be inside a quoted string that does not seem to be part of an object name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="...">
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "To configure the behavior of the console, select \"Configure\" from the context menu. The following options are configurable:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Load/save command history</b>: Whether the <link href=\"#command_history\">command history</link> is saved when closing RKWard, and reloaded when next starting RKWard again. If this is not checked, each session of RKWard will start out with an empty command history."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Maximum length of command history</b>: Only this many lines are kept in the <link href=\"#command_history\">command history</link>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Maximum number of paragraphs/lines to display in the console</b>: No more than this many total lines (commands and output) will be shown in the console. When this number of lines is exceeded, lines will be removed at the top of the console window. To clear the console entirely, choose \"Clear\" from the context menu or the Edit menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Run commands from script editor through the console</b>: Commands coming from script editors may be sent through the console, i.e. the commands and their results will be shown in the console. If this option is not checked, the commands will only be visible in the Command log, but not in the console."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Also add those commands to console history</b>: If the above option is checked, this affects, whether such commands are also added to the console history. Turning off this option may help to keep the console history \"clean\"."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_console.rkh:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Command history is context sensitive by default</b>: If this is checked, the context sensitive mode of navigating the <link href=\"#command_history\">command history</link> is the default, i.e. available with Up/Down without Shift. Else the key binding for this is Shift+Up/Down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard for new Users"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Provide some starting points for users new to R and RKWard. For a more in depth guide see <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_for_r_users\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Where's my data?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Where's my data?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:9
#, kde-format
msgid "If you have previously used different statistics tools, you may be accustomed to the idea, that all your data is basically stored in one single spreadsheet, and that spreadsheet is visible all of the time. While, of course, R can deal with this sort of data (technically called a \"data.frame\"), it is much more flexible, and may be slightly confusing at first."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Where's my data?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:9
#, kde-format
msgid "R - and hence RKWard - can deal with a large number of different types of data: The well known spreadsheets, but also single vectors of data (like a column in a spreadsheet), so called \"list\"s of different vectors or other objects that may have different lengths, single data points, etc. Even most of the language itself, the functions, are stored just like data and can also be edited."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Where's my data?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:9
#, kde-format
msgid "At the same time, R is not confined to working with just one piece of data at a time, but rather you have a \"Workspace\", where all your different variables, tables, etc. are accessible. You can have many data.frames at once, and additional data of other types. At the left side of the application window, there should be an icon labelled \"Workspace\". You can click on this to see all the objects present in your workspace. All the objects you create or modify will be visible inside the \".GlobalEnv\". Most other objects are predefined in libraries, such as \"package:base\". See <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_workspace_browser\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Where's my data?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:9
#, kde-format
msgid "You do not need to worry about all these details. To create a new spreadsheet (data.frame), choose File->New->Dataset from the menu. All you need to do is to assign a name to this table, then you can start editing. To work with pre-existing data, pick the appropriate option from the File->Import menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:18
#, kde-format
msgid "How can I make use of my results in an external application?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="How can I make use of my results in an external application?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:18
#, kde-format
msgid "In this section you will learn about some basic methods how to make use of your results in external applications."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="How can I make use of my results in an external application?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:18
#, kde-format
msgid "Suppose you produced a textual output from tests you performed. Such will be presented in the \"output window\" of RKWard. It's easy to keep track on your work since a standard of RKWard is to show everything in chronological order together with the date of creation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="How can I make use of my results in an external application?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:18
#, kde-format
msgid "See <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_output\"/> for details on working with the output. The easiest method of reusing the output is to select the relevant portion, and copy and paste them to an office suite."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Basic Analyses"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Basic Analyses">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:25
#, kde-format
msgid "In order to familiarize yourself with RKWard (or with your data), one of the first things to do might be to choose Analysis->Descriptive Statistics from the Menu. You will be presented with a dialog that allows you to select one or more variables to analyse. This looks similar to the workspace browser introduced above. On the additional tabs you can choose which types of descriptive statistics should be calculated."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Basic Analyses">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:25
#, kde-format
msgid "At the lower right of the dialog, there is a button labelled \"Code\". Using this, you can show/hide a text area. If you look at the contents of this text area (you may have to resize the window to view it more comfortably), you can see the text changing according to the settings you choose in the dialog. This text is actually R syntax. It is the code that is needed to perform these calculations in R. Most of RKWard is based on generating this code for you, and then running it inside R. Later, when you feel more comfortable, have specific needs not covered by RKWard, or you want to automate repetitive tasks, you can use this syntax to literally program your analyses. Note that the code is divided into up to three sections: \"Preprocess\" for loading required libraries or defining helper functions, \"Calculate\" to perform the actual calculations, and \"Printout\" to generate output in RKWard's output window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Basic Analyses">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:25
#, kde-format
msgid "For now, just click submit, once you've made your choices, and watch the results show up in a new window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "So much more"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="So much more">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "The purpose of RKWard is to make the power of the R language easily accessible to the user, without having to learn a full programming language, first. However, for advanced needs, you may want to make use of the full flexibility of the R language. RKWard offers a lot of tools to make this easier, both for users new to R, and R experts. Read on in <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_for_r_users\"/> for more on this."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="So much more">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_new_users.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "Also, you may want to select Help->Help on R from the menu for some starting points in learning R."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard for R Users"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Briefly explains the main components of RKWard, assuming the user is already familiar with basic concepts of R."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "The Console"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "First things first: An emulation of the standard R console can be found at the bottom on the screen. There you will notice several buttons, one of which is labelled \"R Console\" and has a console icon."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "This console works almost exactly like the regular R text console, so you can start working right away. Differences include:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "Syntax highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "While typing function calls, a list of arguments to that function is shown in a box (argument hinting)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "While the cursor is on an R symbol or function, pressing F2 will search the R help for that symbol. Also available from the Help menu, or the right mouse button menu"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "You can easily create a transcript of the commands you run in the console using Run->CC commands to output..."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="The Console">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "See <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_console\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:21
#, kde-format
msgid "Script Editors"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Script Editors">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:21
#, kde-format
msgid "Often it is more convenient to write scripts in a separate file, instead of typing them directly in the console. To open a new script editor (with syntax highlighting, and many more features), choose File->New->Script File, or open an already existing Script file using File->Open R Script File."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Script Editors">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:21
#, kde-format
msgid "You will note that the editor opens in a new window in the main workplace (the area of the window, that you are most likely reading this text, in). You can open any number of script editor windows at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Script Editors">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:21
#, kde-format
msgid "To run the code in a script editor window, either copy and paste it to the console, or choose one of the actions in the Run menu, such as Run All or Run Selection. Note: The contents of the menus may change according to the type of active window. Hence, if you look at the Run menu while reading this, there will be no entries."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:28
#, kde-format
msgid "Workspace View"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Workspace View">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:28
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard comes with a \"workspace view\" or \"object browser\". By default this is available by clicking on \"Workspace\" on the left side of the application window. This allows you to examine and manipulate all objects in the R workspace. By default, only the \".GlobalEnv\" environment is shown (where you'll typically do your work; see <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/.GlobalEnv\"/>). But, checking \"Show All Environments\", you can easily explore data and functions in loaded R libraries (and even in package namespaces)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Workspace View">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:28
#, kde-format
msgid "The object browser provides function to select which types of object are shown (on the top). Hovering the mouse over an item will show some additional information on the symbol. Right-clicking on an item will show available actions. See <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_workspace_browser\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "R Help"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="R Help">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "By default R help pages are shown as HTML, inside RKWard. You can invoke the help in the usual way by running e.g. \"?print\" or \"help (print)\" or \"help.start ()\" in the console. Additionally, there is a tool window to search your installed R help pages. This is accessible using a button located at the bottom of the window (next to the console button). To view a help page found using this tool, double click on it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Managing installed and loaded Libraries"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Managing installed and loaded Libraries">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:36
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard provides an advanced dialog to have installation, updating, and loading of packages. This is available from Settings->Manage R Packages."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Window management"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Window management">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:39
#, kde-format
msgid "All windows shown in the main view area can be detached to a separate top level window using Windows->Detach. Similarly, detached windows can be attached to the main workplace using Window->Attach to main window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Window management">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Windows can be closed using Windows->Close (Ctrl+W by default). Ctrl+Tab and Ctrl+Shift+Tab cycle through all active document / tool windows in your session."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Window management">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool windows (e.g. the R Console) can be detached and re-attached using the arrow-icon in their window border."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Editing data"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Editing data">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:46
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard provides a built-in editor for data.frames. In fact, you can edit many data.frames at the same time, and even while running lengthy calculations. Still the data is stored as a regular data.frame in R. To explore the data editor, either choose File->New->Dataset, or right click a data.frame in the Workspace browser, and choose Edit from the menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Editing data">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Support for adding other types of data, esp. single vectors is planned, but not currently supported."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Graphics">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:51
#, kde-format
msgid "R has a few immensely powerful graphics systems (although not interactive) provided by various packages such as <b>graphics</b> and <b>lattice</b>. RKWard wraps around the standard platform-dependent screen device to provide a uniform experience. In additional to the standard functionality of these packages, RKWard provides a screen device history mechanism to store and browse your plots. See <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_plot_history\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Utility functions"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Utility functions">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:54
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard provides various utility functions which are listed in the index of the <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/rkward-package\">rkward package overview</link>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Everything else"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Everything else">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:57
#, kde-format
msgid "You will notice that RKWard provides a lot of further menu options. These provide access to functionality in R. In fact, they do so by generating R syntax from settings made in a graphical dialog. For instance, select Analysis->Descriptive Statistics. You will notice a small window at the bottom (can be toggled on or off using the \"Code\" button) that contains the R code needed to generate these statistics. This way, even if you prefer to script your code by hand, you can use dialogs to gain usage examples or snippets of code for functions you are less familiar with in R."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Everything else">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Also, all commands that are executed get shown in the Command Log, available as a tool window next to the R Console."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <related>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_for_r_users.rkh:63
#, kde-format
msgid "<link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_for_new_users\"/> For an introduction to some more basic concepts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Output) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_output.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard Output"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Output) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_output.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Describe the RKWard output window, and how to make use of the generated output."
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Output) <section title="Using the output in an office suite">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_output.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "One of the many goals of RKWard is to have easy integration with an office-suite. Right now output is simply stored in HTML format (including images as png) of your results. HTML can be read and worked on with any modern office suite."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Output) <section title="Using the output in an office suite">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_output.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The easiest way to get output into your office suite, is to first select the relevant portions, copy them (Edit->Copy), then paste them. This works well, at least in OpenOffice. You can also drag and drop images from the output to an OpenOffice document."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Output) <section title="Using the output in an office suite">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_output.rkh:10
#, kde-format
msgid "If you need access to the raw HTML and image files, these are stored in a hidden directory. By default this is a sub-folder called \".rkward\" of your home directory (Settings->Configure RKWard->General). You'll want the files \"rk_out.html\" and the \"graph*.png\" files."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Screen device history) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_plot_history.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "Screen device history"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Screen device history) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_plot_history.rkh:5
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen device history provides an interface to flip through your plots, similar a web browser. The current implementation understands most function calls from the graphics and lattice packages. Adding other graphical engines is planned for future. See the Technical Details section below for more information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Screen device history) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_plot_history.rkh:5
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen device history is only accessible from an open screen device, under the <i>History</i> menu. It is available on most screen device windows. Such devices are called \"managed\" devices for the purpose of this help page. File devices, such as png, pdf, etc. are not, obviously, affected by this screen history implementation, and hence they are not managed. In addition, \"preview\" devices, which are available on some of the plugins are not managed either."
msgid "Several actions are available either from the <i>History</i> menu or from the toolbar icons on a managed device. The displayed icons on the toolbar can be configured from the device window's Settings->Configure Toolbars menu item."
msgid "<b>Go to plot</b>: This provides a drop down list of _all_ the plots stored in the history; giving an easily accessible \"jumping\" action. RKWard tries hard to identify the appropriate plot calls, but this is not always feasible. In such cases a further attempt is made to identify the <i>X label</i>, <i>Y label</i> and the <i>Main</i> titles of the plot and the displayed string looks like \"<b>X:</b> <i>xlab</i>; <b>Y:</b> <i>ylab</i>; <i>main</i>\". Sometimes even that is not possible (indicated by <b><Unknown></b>). Plots which are pending to be saved are indicated by <b><Unsaved plot></b>. The displayed strings are prepended with their corresponding position in the history. For the usual \"linear browsing\" see first / previous / next / last actions below."
msgid "<b>First, Previous, Next, and Last plot</b>: Obvious browsing (or replaying) actions. These will try to save any unsaved/pending plot before displaying/replaying the intended (first / previous / next / last) plot. This should be very helpful for browsing to an already stored in the history and update it. For example, a base graphics plot modified by, say, <code>abline(h=0, v=0)</code> will automatically get stored \"in-place\" in the history."
msgid "<b>Append this plot</b>: This action is provided to forcefully append the displayed plot to the end of the history, irrespective of its status (saved / unsaved) and type (graphics / lattice / ...). In cases when a plot does not automatically get stored in the history, this action should come in handy. But this flexibility comes at the cost of not being able to identify the plot call."
msgid "<b>Remove this plot</b>: This will remove the currently displayed from the history (if it is stored) and replay the next \"available\" plot. When multiple devices are displaying the same plot (to be precise, same position in the history), then removing a plot from one device will not remove it from other devices; instead it will set the status of this plot on the other devices as new / pending. Thus, if you happen to remove one by mistake, and if it happens to be displayed on a second device, then you can re-add it to the history from the second device."
msgid "<b>Clear history</b>: As the name suggests, this action will clear the plotting history. But the plots currently displayed on the devices, upon further action, will get added back to the history. To completely reset the screen device history close all open devices and call <code>rk.clear.plot.history()</code>"
msgid "<b>Plot properties</b>: This shows some additional information such as the size of the displayed plot as stored in the memory, the position of the current plot in the history, and, whenever possible the complete plot call."
msgid "<b>Screen device history</b>: Enables / disables the recording of plots globally. You can toggle this from within a running RKWard session which will affect all currently open and future screen devices. When unchecked, RKWard will not store any further plots in the history; although, the ones already stored are not lost! You can access the stored plots by re-enabling this. When toggling this, RKWard tries to save any unsaved plots, but be careful especially when the maximum history length is small (see below). You may want to disable this when the implemented history behavior seems non-intuitive or when dealing with large plots."
msgid "<b>Maximum number of recorded plots</b>: Controls the maximum number of plots that can be stored in the history. When this limit is reached, plots from the beginning of the history will get removed one by one, much like a push-pop stack. A warning dialog is shown when this happens. Be careful when setting this below the number of already stored plots. In that case an appropriate number of plots from the beginning of the history stack will get removed, which may not be desirable."
msgid "<b>Maximum size of a single recorded plot</b>: Controls the maximum allowed size (in KB) of a single plot that can be stored in the history. For a plot larger than this specified size, a dialog box, to save or to ignore the plot, will be presented. Unlike the above length restriction, this setting will affect only the future plots (that is, will not remove any already stored, yet large, plots)."
msgid "<code>rk.plot.history.summary(which,type)</code>: this helper function provides some summaries about the screen device history. Here, <code>which</code> is a \"device id\" (default is <i>NULL</i>: summaries about all managed devices) and <code>type</code> is either <i>devices</i> (returns device specific information) or <i>history</i> (returns information on all the saved plots in the history)."
msgid "Technically speaking, function calls that pass through either <code>graphics::plot.new()</code> or <code>graphics::persp()</code> or <code>lattice::print.trellis()</code> are captured."
msgid "The lattice plots are added to the history using a custom <code>print.trellis()</code> function set by <code>lattice.options(\"print.function\")</code>. So, you are warned against resetting or modifying this from a running RKWard session. Similarly, you are very strongly advised against using the <code>plot</code> method on a trellis object since it will not pass through <code>print.trellis()</code> and hence not be stored in the history. This may seem innocuous, but it will have irreparable consequences when trying to use <code>trellis.last.object()</code>, thereafter. You have been warned!"
msgid "You can control RKWard in many situations without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard. The easiest way to find out about shortcuts of interest is to browse the menu. Shortcuts are listed next to their action in the menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Shortcut keys) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_shortcuts.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Most shortcuts are configurable, using Settings->Configure Shortcuts. For technical reasons, only the shortcuts of those components will be listed that are active at that time. Hence, for example, if you want to edit the shortcuts for the data editor, first open a data editor, then select Settings->Configure Shortcuts. Most shortcuts for the script editor are managed separately using Settings->Configure Editor->Shortcuts."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (RKWard Shortcut keys) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_shortcuts.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "On most systems, you can also configure shortcuts by right-clicking on the respective menu item."
msgid "Splitting views is currently supported for the main window, only. Use Window->Split Vertical or Window->Split Horizontal to split the current view area vertically, or horizontally. For windows that support it (e.g. scripts, help pages), the newly created view area will contain a copy of the current window. When splitting other windows (such as onscreen graphics devices), the new view area will be initialized to show this help page."
msgid "To add further files to a view area, simply open them the normal way (from \"File Browser\" window, the menu, or from the \"R Console\" window). Simply make sure that the view area where you want them new window to open has focus / is active."
msgid "To remove a view area, simply close all windows inside it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <title>
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:3
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:21
#, kde-format
msgid "Trouble Shooting"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:4
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard is far from complete and certainly there are many issues that need to be fixed. However, some of the things you notice are not due to the nature of RKWard but R or something else. This section will try to cover some common issues. See also <link href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/faq\">the online FAQ</link>."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="The \"Analysis\" menu is missing, or shows up as \"(no label)\"">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:7
#, kde-format
msgid "This problem will often occur, when moving an RKWard installation to a different path, esp. on Windows and Mac. You may have to visit Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins and re-add the relevant \".pluginmap\"-files. Starting with version 0.6.3, RKWard should detect a changed installation path, and adjust paths, automatically."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="People tend to ask me what RKWard means. What should I answer?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:12
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, it's a very odd name. ;) However, R comes obviously from the <link href=\"http://www.r-project.org/\">R-language</link> which is the statistical basis of RKWard. K is derived from <link href=\"http://kde.org/\">KDE</link> which delivered the basic GUI technologies for RKWard. And <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ward\">Ward</link>? That's another story."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="Sometimes I enter a command short after the start of RKWard but it is not processed. What's wrong?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:15
#, kde-format
msgid "This happens because RKWard starts first and subsequent R is started in the background. Depending on the speed of your machine it can take some time to start R. In any case you can check the state of R within RKWard. Just look at the little box on the right bottom corner of RKWard. If it is green you can go ahead."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="Sometimes I enter a command short after the start of RKWard but it is not processed. What's wrong?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:15
#, kde-format
msgid "You can start submitting commands while the backend has not yet started, or while another lengthy calculation is still taking place. In this case your commands will be placed into a queue, first, and executed as soon as the backend becomes available, again."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard says it needs a package. Was the installation of RKWard not complete?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:20
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard has basically all the functionality which comes with the standard packages of R. But RKWard is at the same time rather extensible. Many developers made use of this and thus some of the procedures in RKWard depend on \"external\" packages (obtained from <link href=\"http://cran.r-project.org/\">The Comprehensive R Archive Network (CRAN)</link>) to perform a task."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard says it needs a package. Was the installation of RKWard not complete?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Here is an example. All tests related to <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/moments\">skewness</link> and <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/moments\">kurtosis</link> (which you would certainly expect to be shipped as a base package of R) are performed from an external package. If you read this the first time or restarted RKWard after you installed it and try to follow the link you will be out of luck. First you need to run a test from Analysis->Moment in order to achieve this."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard says it needs a package. Was the installation of RKWard not complete?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Typically you would call them from R via <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/update.packages\">update.packages</link> and <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/library\">library</link> to achieve this. But RKWard simplifies this for you. You'll be guided through the install procedure for the required package. Please note you need root privileges in certain situations."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard claims to take care of seamless integration with an office-suite. Why is there no option to save it as an office file?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:27
#, kde-format
msgid "We agree that RKWard is still very lacking when it comes to office integration, and \"seamless\" integration is still far away. Refer to <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_output\"/> for information on how to accomplish the most important things right now."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard is running since ages. Has it hung up?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:30
#, kde-format
msgid "This depends. Some test and plots just need some time if you have huge amounts of data or sophisticated calculations. Therefore patience is sometimes needed. In any case you can check the state of R within RKWard. Just look at the little box on the right bottom corner of RKWard. Red means there is still something to calculate or plot. If it's green, R is done calculating."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard is running since ages. Has it hung up?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:30
#, kde-format
msgid "But some statistical test are rather memory and stack hungry and can make the entire system unresponsive, if there is a lot of swapping. This is not a bug in RKWard or R, just the calculation taking your system to its limits. An example of very memory hungry tests are the <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/wilcox.test\">Wilcoxon Rank Sum and Signed Rank Tests</link>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="RKWard is running since ages. Has it hung up?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Therefore it's important you know the test. Moreover it's very important to save the workspace and other sections you worked on before you do such operations. There is currently no recovery functionality within RKWard in case of a crash! You can find build-in tests from R to address this memory issue (see: <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/mem.limits\"/>, and <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/memory.limit\"/>)."
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="I think I did something wrong? Where is 'Undo' and 'Redo'?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Right now RKWard doesn't have \"undo\" or \"redo\" functionality in all places. For example there is such functionality for the script editor, but there is no undo or redo for finished plots or tests. Therefore it's important that you know what you do before you start. It's recommended to use copies of original data and to give everything a meaningful name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Trouble Shooting) <section title="I think I did something wrong? Where is 'Undo' and 'Redo'?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_trouble_shooting.rkh:37
#, kde-format
msgid "However, RKWard tries to give you as much information as possible about things you have done. For tests and plots that you run from the menu, the <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_output\"/> will contain a \"run again\" link below the output. You can use this to re-do this action with identical or slightly modified settings. Also, tests and plots try to show the most relevant settings in combination with the creation date. Moreover you can check and copy any code generated for your documentation purposes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "Welcome to RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:5
#, kde-format
msgid "This help page gives a rough overview of the most important parts of RKWard."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:5
#, kde-format
msgid "By default, this page is shown each time RKWard is started. You can disable or re-enable this behavior under Settings->Configure RKWard->General."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Introduction to RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Introduction to RKWard">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard is a GUI frontend and IDE to <link href=\"http://www.r-project.org\">R</link>, a powerful scripting language for statistical computing. It aims to provide useful features both to experienced users of R, wishing to exploit R's scripting capabilities, as well as to users new to R, looking for an easy way to carry out statistical computation tasks."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Getting Started">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Due to the large differences in prior knowledge of R, we provide two different guides for getting started with RKWard. The first is aimed at users with some knowledge of the R language, and focuses on introducing the IDE features of RKWard: <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_for_r_users\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Getting Started">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:15
#, kde-format
msgid "The second gives a more hands on introduction to getting started with RKWard, but does not go quite as deep. If you have never used R or RKWard before, you should start with this guide, then later read the above page link: <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_for_new_users\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Trouble Shooting">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:21
#, kde-format
msgid "If you encounter problems please feel free to search in <link href=\"rkward://page/rkward_trouble_shooting\">Trouble Shooting</link> first."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing something?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Missing something?">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you missing a particular GUI dialog in the current menu? A growing number of plugins is available for separate download as R packages. See what's available for installation at Settings->Manage R packages and plugins. In the R package installation section, you can select to show packages providing graphics dialogs for RKWard."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Still missing something?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Still missing something?">
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Check out the <link href=\"http://api.kde.org/doc/rkwardplugins/\">Introduction to Writing Plugins for RKWard</link> to learn how easy it is to enhance RKWard with your custom dialogs. And if you like, how to share your work with the community of RKWard users. See the <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/rkward-package\">rkward package overview</link> for RKWard specific function for development and scripting. As another way of contributing, consider supporting the development of RKWard with money. One easy way to give a small amount is <a href=\"http://flattr.com/thing/1092073/RKWard\">donating via <i>Flattr</i></a>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Still missing something?">
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Check out the <link href=\"help:rkwardplugins\">Introduction to Writing Plugins for RKWard</link> to learn how easy it is to enhance RKWard with your custom dialogs. And if you like, how to share your work with the community of RKWard users. See the <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/rkward-package\">rkward package overview</link> for RKWard specific function for development and scripting. As another way of contributing, consider supporting the development of RKWard with money. One easy way to give a small amount is <a href=\"http://flattr.com/thing/1092073/RKWard\">donating via <i>Flattr</i></a>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="...">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "General Information"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="General Information">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_welcome.rkh:33
#, kde-format
msgid "For more general information on RKWard, who writes it, how to help, further questions, etc. refer to <link href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/\">the project homepage</link>."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <title>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:3
#, kde-format
msgid "Workspace Browser"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:5
#, kde-format
msgid "The workspace browser allows to view and manipulate R objects. This includes both your own objects (data, functions), and so-called \"package environments\". As a rough analogy, this is similar to a regular file-system browser, except you browse R objects in your workspace, instead of files on your computer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <summary>
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:5
#, kde-format
msgid "The workspace browser can be invoked using Windows->Activate->Show / Hide Workspace Browser (default shortcut is Alt+1), or by clicking on the \"Workspace\" icon, which is located on the top of the left window border, by default."
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Literally hundreds or even thousands of objects are present in a typical R session. This can be overwhelming at first, therefore the workspace browser offers to show only a certain subset of objects. The options here are \"Show Hidden Objects\", \"All vs. Non-Functions vs. Functions\", and \"Show All Environments\" (available at the top of the browser window, or choosing \"Show Objects\" from the context menu)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "The first should be obvious. It controls whether objects whose name start with a dot ('.') are shown or not. Those are often used for internal objects, which are not meant for direct use, so it's generally safe to hide them from view."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "The second allows to select by the type of object. \"All\" does not filter, while \"Functions\" shows only functions, and \"Non-Functions\" shows all other objects (typically data)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "The \"Show All Environments\" option controls, whether package environments and their objects are shown. Roughly speaking, if you turn off this option, only your \"own\" objects are shown, while with the option turned on, all pre-defined objects are also shown. More technically speaking, when the option is turned off, only the .GlobalEnv (see <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/globalenv\"/>) is shown, which is the environment, in which you create and edit your data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Note that objects are organized in a hierarchy, i.e. some types of objects contain further \"child\" objects. This is indicated by a \"+\" symbol to the left of the object name. Clicking on this will expand the view to show all the children of the object."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/pages/rkward_workspace_browser.rkh:11
#, kde-format
msgid "Hovering the mouse pointer over an object will show a short summary of the objects' basic properties."
msgid "Several actions are available from the context menu (by right-clicking on one of the objects), however some of these actions are only available for some types of objects. The most important actions for objects in package environments:"
msgid "<b>View</b>: Open a window with detailed information about the object. This will, among others, use the R commands <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/print\">print</link> and <link href=\"rkward://rhelp/summary\">summary</link> to show more information."
msgid "<b>Copy to new symbol / Copy to .GlobalEnv</b>: In order to manipulate objects, you need to copy them to the .GlobalEnv. For instance, you could copy an object from the environment \"package:datasets\" into the .GlobalEnv, and in a second step, edit it."
msgid "Some default settings for the Workspace Browser can be configured using Settings->Configure RKWard->Workspace, or by selecting \"Configure Defaults\" from the context menu:"
msgid "<b>Show hidden objects / show all environments</b>: See <link href=\"#introduction\">above</link>. In contrast to the settings made directly in the workspace browser, these configure the <i>default</i> settings in the workspace browser (i.e. those that are effectively after restarting RKWard)."
msgid "<b>Show objects with children</b>: Controls whether objects with children (such as environments, lists) are shown, even if they do not correspond to the current filter."
msgid "<b>Show variables / functions</b>: Equivalent to the \"All vs. Non-Function vs. Functions\" control described <link href=\"#introduction\">above</link>."
msgid "<b>Never fetch the structure of these packages</b>: Some (few) R packages contain <b>very</b> many small objects (tens of thousands). In the worst case, trying to fetch structure information on those (i.e. fetching the information to be shown in the workspace browser) can consume a lot of resources and make RKWard unresponsive. Package \"GO\" is one such package, and is \"blacklisted\" by default. If you note that loading a package takes exceedingly long, you may consider adding it to this list."